Case - Servicemanual 86k3f
This document was ed by and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this report form. Report 3i3n4
Overview 26281t
& View Case - Servicemanual as PDF for free.
More details 6y5l6z
- Words: 49,609
- Pages: 266
CASE™ Exercise Testing System Service Manual Version V6.5 2027786-082
Revision F
NOTE: The information in this manual only applies to the CASE Version 6.5. Due to continuing product innovation, specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice.
CASE and MUSE are trademarks owned by GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, a General Electric Company going to market as GE Healthcare. All other marks are owned by their respective owners. © 2007 General Electric Company. All rights reserved. T-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
27 July 2007
Contents
1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Manual Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Responsibility of the Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Warnings, Cautions, and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Equipment Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Service Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Equipment Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
2
Equipment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Assembly Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Writer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard PC Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Input and Output Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB A or B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COM A or B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANALOG AND TTL I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-11
1
DVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Motherboard Power and I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Installation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Installing the Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Installing the Release Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Preparing the NEC Flat Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Preparing the CHILIN Flat Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Mounting the Flat Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Routing the Cables to the Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Adjusting the Viewing Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Installing the Keyboard and the Mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Configuring the Mouse (PN 2022144-001) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Connecting the System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Preparing the Acquisition Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Loading Writer Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Mains Connection, Power Up, Functional Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Network Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Configure the Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Domain Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Workgroup Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Centricity Xi Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Save Existing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Copy Custom Setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Merge Local Examination Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Merge Networked Examination Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Merge List and Configured Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Copy System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Finish Database Merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Install CASE Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Reconfigure the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Configure Network Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Install Option Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Restore System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Restore Custom Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Installing a Network Printer for all s on This CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Data Interface with MUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 Establish Connection to MUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 Read MUSE Patient Data from CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Configure Internet Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Establish a MUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Install the Centricity EMR Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Migrate Historical CardioSoft Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 Migrate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 Metabolic Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communication Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial Port Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command String Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shared File Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data File Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3-39 3-39 3-39 3-40 3-42 3-42
InSite 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Installing InSite 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Pre-Installation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Uninstalling InSite 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Operating InSite 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Setting the Operation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Restricting Remote Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
5
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Required Tools and Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Inspection and Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exterior Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4
Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Recommended Test Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Protective Earth Resistance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Leakage Current Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Earth Leakage (AC line) Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Enclosure Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Patient Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Patient Leakage Current, Mains on Applied Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3
6
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Troubleshooting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Service Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Service Screen Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Access the Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Acquisition Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Keypad Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Writer Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Entering a One-Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 General Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Power-up Self-test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 General Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Flat Monitor Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Printer Debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Usage and Workaround of Acrobat 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
7
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 System Backup and Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Saving to Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Saving System Configurations to Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Saving Custom Settings to Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Restoring from Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Restoring System Configuration from Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Restoring Custom Setups from Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 How the Data is Repaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 ed Modalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Non-ed Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Directory / File Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Repair directory structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Configuring the Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Using the Repaired Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Merging Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 External Stored Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Examinations with Full Disclosure ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Repair Message Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Patient-Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Remote Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Controlling Electrostatic Discharge Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Servicing Light Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Servicing the Keypad Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Removing the Worksurface Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 Accessing the Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Upgrading the Floppy Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 Servicing the Print Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 Writer Board Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47 Servicing the I/O Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49 Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
8
System Rebuild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 CD Image and Application Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial BIOS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bios Setup — Changing the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disk Image Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-4 8-4 8-4 8-5 8-5
5
Final Bios Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XP Systems — CRT or Flat Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modify CRT Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRT or Flat Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The System Configuration Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-5 8-6 8-6 8-6 8-7
Configure the CASE System Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Set Menus and Dialog Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Set Input Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Set Regional Standards and Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Set Non-Unicode Program Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Install Supplemental XP System Files and XP Security Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Install XP Security Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Install the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Options Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
9
Upper Level Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Upper Level Product Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Field Replaceable Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 FRU Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Core FRUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Cables, Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Keyboards and Mice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 KISS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Monitors and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Power Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 FRU Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Documentation FRUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
A B C
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
Technical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-1
Electromagnetic Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Emissions . . . . . . Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Immunity . . . . . . . Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Immunity . . . . . . . Recommended Separation Distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compliant Cables and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D
CASE Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-1 Directory Structure and Notes on CASE Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Files in Windows system32 directory: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File name nomenclature of the examination procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File in the Windows INF directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Files in the Windows directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revision F
C-3 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
D-3 D-3 D-4 D-4 D-4
7
For your notes
8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
1
Revision F
Introduction
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
1-1
For your notes
1-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Introduction: Manual Information
Manual Information Revision History Each page of the document has the document part number and revision letter at the bottom of the page. The revision letter identifies the document’s update level. The revision history of this document is summarized in the table below. Table 1. Revision History PN 2027786-082 Revision
Date
Comment
A
5 May 2006
B
2 June 2006
Revised the System Restore instructions to include the “XP Supl Files CASE UPD from V6.01” CD-ROM Corrected the Keypad part number in the FRU list.
C
20 November 2006
ECO 084616, Warning note added on page 1-5, 19” monitor changed on page 9-13
D
04 January 2007
Revision for CASE update to V6.51 / ECO 086172
E
22 February 2007
ECO 086785, update for WIN XP Patch CD and new motherboard
F
27 July 2007
Initial release of this manual; corresponds with CASE software version 6.5
ECO 087386, update new mouse, hard drive and display without stand and cables, Ferrite bead installation, update of equipment symbols description, update of Maintenance chapter/Electrical Safety Tests
Manual Purpose This manual supplies technical information for service representative and technical personnel so they can maintain the equipment to the assembly level. Use it as a guide for maintenance and electrical repairs considered field repairable. Where necessary the manual identifies additional sources of relevant information and or technical assistance. See the operator manual for the instructions necessary to operate the equipment safely in accordance with its function and intended use.
Intended Audience This manual is intended for the person who uses, maintains, or troubleshoots this equipment.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
1-3
Introduction: Conventions
Conventions These are the conventions used in the manual:
Styles Bold text indicates keys on the function keypad, the keyboard, text to be
entered, or hardware items such as buttons or switches on the equipment. Italicized text indicates software that identify menu items, on-screen controls, buttons, or options in various windows. To perform an operation which appears with a plus (+) sign between the names of two keys, you press and hold the first key while pressing the second key once. This is called a keystroke combination. Example: “Press Ctrl + Esc” means to press and hold down the Ctrl key while pressing the Esc key. When instructions are given for typing a precise text string with one or more spaces, the point where the space bar must be pressed is indicated as Space. The purpose is to ensure you press the spacebar when required.
Illustrations All illustrations in this manual are provided as examples only. They may not necessarily reflect your equipment setup or data displayed. In this manual, all names appearing in examples and illustrations are fictitious. The use of any real person’s name is purely coincidental.
1-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Introduction: Safety Information
Safety Information Responsibility of the Manufacturer GE Medical Systems Information Technologies is responsible for the effects of safety, reliability, and performance only if: Assembly operations, extensions, readjustments, modifications, or repairs are carried out by persons authorized by GE Medical Systems Information Technologies. The electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the requirements of the appropriate regulations. The equipment is used in accordance with the instructions for use.
General This device is not intended for home use. GE Medical Systems Information Technologies for information before connecting any devices to the equipment that are not recommended in this manual. Parts and accessories used must meet the requirements of the applicable IEC 60601 series safety standards, and/or the system configuration must meet the requirements of the IEC 60601-1-1 medical electrical systems standard. Periodically, and whenever the integrity of the device is in doubt, test all functions. The use of ACCESSORY equipment not complying with the equivalent safety requirements of this equipment may lead to a reduced level of safety of the resulting system. Consideration relating to the choice shall include: use of the accessory in the PATIENT VICINITY; and evidence that the safety certification of the ACCESSORY has been performed in accordance to the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1-1 harmonized national standard. If the installation of the equipment, in the USA, will use 240V rather than 120V, the source must be a center-tapped, 240V, single-phase circuit. WARNING FIRE HAZARD — For continued protection against risk of fire replace fuse only with fuse of same type and rating.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
1-5
Introduction: Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes The danger, warning, and caution are used throughout this manual to point out hazards and to designate a degree or level or seriousness. Familiarize yourself with their definitions and significance. Hazard is defined as a source of potential injury to a person. Term
1-6
Definition
DANGER
Indicates an imminent hazard which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a potential hazard or unsafe practice which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a potential hazard or unsafe practice which, if not avoided, could result in minor personal injury or product/property damage.
NOTE
Provides application tips or other useful information to assure that you get the most from your equipment.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Introduction: Equipment Symbols
Equipment Symbols CAUTION, consult accompanying documents.
WARNING, dangerous voltage.
Type BF equipment, external defibrillator protected.
Power switch (ON - OFF)
Equipotential
Signal input
Signal output
Fuse On/Standby
ASSIFIED CL
C
R
US
MEDICAL EQUIPMENT UL 2601-1 CAN/CSA 601.1 4P41
Classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. with respect to electric shock, fire, mechanical and other specified hazards, only in accordance with UL 2601-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 601.1, IEC 60601-1, and, if required, IEC 60601-2-27, IEC 60601-2-30, IEC 60601-2-34, IEC 60601-1-1. This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately. Please an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
1-7
Introduction: Service Information
Service Information Service Requirements Follow the service requirements listed below. Refer equipment servicing to GE Medical Systems Information Technologies’authorized service personnel only. Any unauthorized attempt to repair equipment under warranty voids that warranty. It is the ’s responsibility to report the need for service to GE Medical Systems Information Technologies or to one of their authorized agents. Failure on the part of the responsible individual, hospital, or institution using this equipment to implement a satisfactory maintenance schedule may cause undue equipment failure and possible health hazards. Regular maintenance, irrespective of usage, is essential to ensure that the equipment will always be functional when required.
Equipment Identification The Serial Number and Unit ID number tags appear on back of the device in the location shown below.
Serial Number location
1-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Introduction: Service Information
Every GE Medical Systems Information Technologies device has a unique serial number for identification.
### ## ## #### # #
A
Revision F
B
C
A
Product Code
B
Year Manufactured (00-99) 00 = 2000 01 = 2001 02 = 2002 (and so on)
C
Fiscal Week Manufactured
D
Production Sequence Number
E
Manufacturing Site
F
Miscellaneous Characteristic
D
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
E
F
1-9
Introduction: Service Information
For your notes
1-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
2
Revision F
Equipment Overview
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-1
For your notes
2-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: General Description
General Description Shown below is a general overview of a CASE system. See the “CASE Operator’s Manual” for details on operating procedures.
Front View Monitor
Paper tray Function keypad Console for keyboard and mouse
Power switch, floppy disk/SD card reader, and CD drive
Acquisition Module Holder
Rear View
Route external device cables through clamps
Access
Equipotential pin, power inlet with fuses, Mains switch
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-3
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
Assembly Descriptions Familiarity with the components of the CASE assembly will aid in troubleshooting the equipment. The CASE consists of the following components.
Monitor The system uses either a 19" or 17” flat monitor rated IEC-950 universal AC input.
This monitor has a standard IEC320 power cord and a DVI video connector on a cable for the digital DVI input signal. The monitor displays optimal waveform quality at the system setting of 1280 x 1024 with a 60Hz refresh rate and 16 bit color depth.
Keypad The keypad is designed as a bus powered, low speed USB peripheral using a Cypress MCU.
There is protection from ESD on the PCB as well. The keypad is hot pluggable, and in the CASE system, it relies on a custom software driver running the USB ports on the motherboard under NT 4.
2-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
Thermal Writer The thermal writer assembly contains a thermal print head with cue hole sensor, a motor/encoder assembly to drive the platen roller, and an Information Technologies designed PCB to receive scan line data and motor commands from the PC over USB.
The PCB is based on an Cypress high speed USB MCU with an 8051 core. The program is stored on a FLASH memory chip that can be reprogrammed from the host PC. The PCB connects to the thermal print head motor and cue sensor through a 40-pin ribbon harness. A standard type 'B' R/A USB connector provides the link to the PC using any high speed USB A-to-B cable under 5m. The functioning of this USB writer PCB depends on communication with the host PC motherboard USB controller which is under the control of a software driver. A special driver is always needed to communicate with this writer PCB (this driver is built into the application software). Check operation in the CASE system, since full functionality depends on cooperation with the motherboard USB ports and associated software drivers.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-5
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
Power System AC power comes into the unit through an IEC-320 inlet module that has an equipotential ground stud mounted near it.
The AC power then goes to a power distribution PCB. Its function is to route AC power and isolated AC power to the proper places in the unit. Regular AC power is routed to the medical grade power supplies. Isolated AC power is derived from the isolation transformer, and routed to the IEC-950 CRT monitor. No switching of AC power is needed with inputs from 100–240 VAC since all supplies and the isolation transformer are universal input in the unit.
2-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
Standard PC Components PC Subsystem The PC subsystem (A) provides processing, video, and network capability using industry standard PC components.
B
A
Besides on PCB connectors for floppy and IDE drives, the motherboard has an I/O arrangement in one corner (per standard ATX designs) that has off PCB connectors.
Acquisition/Interface Card This PCB (B) plugs into an expansion slot on the motherboard and provides an interface to the PC that allows CAM-14 acquisition and analog/TTL I/O and needed COM ports.
PS/2 Keyboard A standard 104-key Windows 95 keyboard with PS/2 interface is connected to the PC I/O PS/2 keyboard connector.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-7
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
PS/2 Mouse A standard two-or three-button mouse with PS/2 interface is connected to the PC I/O PS/2 mouse connector.
Hard Drive This drive (A) connects to the motherboard primary IDE channel as a master through a standard IDE ribbon cable. Power comes from the power distribution PCB.
A
B
C
Floppy Drive / SD Card Reader This drive (B) connects to the motherboard floppy channel through a standard floppy ribbon cable and an internal USB cable. Power comes from the power distribution PCB.
CD-R/W Drive This drive (C) connects to the motherboard primary IDE channel as a slave through a standard IDE ribbon cable daisy-chained with the hard drive. Power comes from the power distribution PCB.
2-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Connections
Connections Shown below is the CASE rear connector . See Chapter 3 of this document and the CASE Operator’s Manual, “B Miscellaneous, Connecting Peripheral Devices,” for information on connecting peripheral devices to the CASE. Analog I/O
COM 2
Com D
LAN
Com B
LPT 1 Mouse
Com A
CAM 14
Keyboard
Com 1 Treill
Video DVI
Com C
USB Ports Stress Keyboard and External Thermal Writer can be connected to either USB Port.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-9
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Input and Output Connectors The pin-by-pin descriptions identify the signal names and pin outs for each connector on the unit.
USB A or B Table 1. USB Jack or Plug Pin
Name
1
Vcc
2
- Data
3
+ Data
4
Ground
COM A or B Table 2. Acquisition PCB Serial Ports Pin
Name
1
HANDSHAKE OUT
2
HANDSHAKE IN
3
XMIT 422-
4
GND
5
RXD 422-
6
XMIT 422+
7
+12V, 0.5A MAX
8
RXD 422+
SHLD
CHASSIS
7
8
6 4
5
3
2
1 MD1322-007
ANALOG AND TTL I/O Table 3. Acquisition PCB Analog and TTL I/O Connector Pin 1
+12V, 300mA MAX
2
CH1OUT
3
TTL-I/O
4
CH2OUT
5
GND
6
CH3OUT
7
AN2IN
8
CH4OUT
9
AN1IN
SHLD
2-10
Name 5
1
9
6
MD1322-010
CHASSIS
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Acquisition Interface Table 4. Acquisition Module I/F Pin
Name
1
+12V, 0.5A MAX
2
GND
3
AMTX+
4
AMTX-
5
AMRX+
6
AMRX-
7, 8, 9, 10
N/C
DVI C3 24
C4
C5
C2
17 9
C1
8
1
Table 5. DVI Pin
Revision F
Name
1
T.M.D.S. DATA 2-
2
T.M.D.S. DATA 2+
3
T.M.D.S. DATA 2/4 SHIELD
4
T.M.D.S. DATA 4-
5
T.M.D.S. DATA 4+
6
DDC CLOCK
7
DDC DATA
8
ANALOG VERT. SYNC
9
T.M.D.S. DATA 1‘-
10
T.M.D.S. DATA 1+
11
T.M.D.S. DATA 1/3 SHIELD
12
T.M.D.S. DATA 3-
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-11
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Table 5. DVI (Continued)
2-12
13
T.M.D.S. DATA 3+
14
+5V POWER
15
GND
16
HOT PLUG DETECT
17
T.M.D.S. DATA 0-
18
T.M.D.S. DATA 0+
19
T.M.D.S. DATA 0/5 SHIELD
20
T.M.D.S. DATA 5-
21
T.M.D.S. DATA 5+
22
T.M.D.S. CLOCK SHIELD
23
T.M.D.S. CLOCK+
24
T.M.D.S. CLOCK-
C1
ANALOG RED
C2
ANALOG GREEN
C3
ANALOG BLUE
C4
ANALOG HORZ SYNC
C5
ANALOG GROUND
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Motherboard Power and I/O Table 6. Power Supply Connector Pin
Name
1
+3.3V
2
+3.3V
3
GROUND
4
+5V
5
GROUND
6
+5V
7
GROUND
8
PWRGD (power good)
9
+5VSB (standby for real-time clock)
10
+12V
11
+3.3V
12
-12V
13
GROUND
14
PS-ON# (power supply remote on/off control)
15
GROUND
16
GROUND
17
GROUND
18
-5V
19
+5V
20
+5V Table 7. PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse Connector Pin
Revision F
Name
1
DATA
2
N/C
3
GROUND
4
+5V (fused)
5
CLOCK
6
N/C
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-13
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Table 8. Parallel Port Connector Pin
2-14
Name
1
STROBE #
2
DATA BIT 0
3
DATA BIT 1
4
DATA BIT 2
5
DATA BIT 3
6
DATA BIT 4
7
DATA BIT 5
8
DATA BIT 6
9
DATA BIT 7
10
ACK#
11
BUSY
12
ERROR
13
SELECT
14
AUTO FEED #
15
FAULT #
16
INIT #
17
SLCT IN #
18
GROUND
19
GROUND
20
GROUND
21
GROUND
22
GROUND
23
GROUND
24
GROUND
25
GROUND
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Table 9. Com 1, 2, C and D Connectors Pin
Revision F
Name
1
DCD #
2
SERIAL IN
3
SERIAL OUT
4
DTR #
5
GROUND
6
DSR #
7
RTS #
8
CTS #
9
RI #
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-15
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
For your notes
2-16
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
3
Revision F
Installation
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-1
For your notes
3-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Installation Overview
Installation Overview Installation of the CASE system consists of the following steps: 1.
Unpack and inspect the system. that the shipment is complete and undamaged. If the shipment has missing or damaged pieces, stop the installation and GE Healthcare.
2.
Assemble the system. Refer to “Assembly” on page 3-4 for details.
3.
Connect the CASE to the exercise device. Refer to the installation instructions included with the exercise device for details.
4.
Install and configure InSite 2.0, if applicable. InSite 2.0 is the service option that allows diagnostics for the CASE system. Refer to Chapter 4, “InSite 2.0” for details on installing and configuring InSite 2.
5.
Connect the CASE system to the network, if applicable. Refer to “Network Installation” on page 3-17.
6.
Connect the CASE system to the MUSE system, if applicable. This allows the CASE system to share information with the MUSE system, speeding up data entry and reducing errors. Refer to “Data Interface with MUSE” on page 3-32 for details.
7.
Configure the CASE system for an EMR application, if applicable. By interfacing with an EMR application, the CASE system can be controlled by and transfer data with the EMR application. Refer to “Configuring a CASE/ CardioSoft System with the EMR Application” on page 3-34 for details.
8.
Configure the CASE system for a metabolic interface, if applicable. Refer to “Metabolic Interface” on page 3-39 for details.
After the installation is complete, the CASE system is ready for the .
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-3
Installation: Assembly
Assembly After unpacking and inspecting the CASE system, complete the following procedures to put your new CASE into service.
Installing the Monitor 1.
Lock the wheels.
2.
Open rear access .
2-10A
Route the light cable through this opening.
27D
3-4
3.
Remove the nuts from the extended screws at the base of the .
4.
Route the light cable through the indicated opening on the tray.
5.
NOTE The light cable and cable guide MUST be routed through the center of the neck. If your assembly is not in the center, remove the cable guide and insert it in the center of the neck before proceeding. Insert the screws into the matching holes of the tray.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
6.
Secure the to the tray using the nuts removed in Step 3 and apply in the order shown below.
Front 2
5
3
4
6 1
Back
2-11B
Installing the Release Handle To install the Release Handle follow these steps:
Revision F
1.
Insert the Release Handle into the threaded hole and turn clockwise until the handle is bottomed out.
2.
Lift and turn handle to the center position.
3.
Turn handle counter-clockwise to release tension and clockwise to increase tension on the mounting plate.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-5
Installation: Assembly
Preparing the NEC Flat Monitor To prepare the NEC monitor for mounting on the CASE system follow these steps: CAUTION APPROPRIATE CABLE USAGE — The CASE system is configured to operate ONLY with the digital video interface (DVI) cable (2019792-001 CABLE ASSY DVI-D TO DVI-D VIDEO 1.8 m). DO NOT use the VGA cable that is shipped with the flat monitor to configure the CASE system. Discard the VGA cable that is shipped with the flat monitor.
1.
Remove monitor from its shipping carton.
2.
Place hands on each side of the monitor and lift up to highest position.
3.
Place the monitor face down on a 55 mm thick non-abrasive surface.
55 mm
4.
Remove the stand cover by sliding the top/bottom pieces off the stand as shown below.
5.
Remove the four screws connecting the monitor to the stand. Cover Top
1
3-6
4
3
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Cover Bottom
2
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
Preparing the CHILIN Flat Monitor To prepare the CHILIN monitor for mounting on the CASE system follow these steps: CAUTION APPROPRIATE CABLE USAGE - The CASE system is configured to operate ONLY with the digital video interface (DVI) cable (2019792-001 CABLE ASSY DVI-D TO DVI-D VIDEO 1.8M) that is shipped separately within the CASE shipment, when using the CHILIN monitor. DO NOT use the DVI or VGA cables that may have been delivered in the monitor's accessory box to configure the CASE system. Discard any cables you may find in the monitor's accessory box.
Revision F
1.
Remove monitor from its shipping carton. If the monitor is delivered without stand, proceed with step 4.
2.
Place the monitor face down on a non-abrasive surface
3.
Remove the four screws connecting the monitor to the stand. Start with the lower left one, this one is a little bit harder to remove, then to remove the other screws, turn the stand to allow access to the screws.
4.
After mounting the flat monitor (see page 3-8) and routing the cables to the connector (see page 3-9), connect the monitor to power as described below:
5.
Remove cover at the backside of the monitor.
6.
Connect cables as shown (use bracket to secure the power cord).
7.
Close cover.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-7
Installation: Assembly
Mounting the Flat Monitor 1.
Remove the CASE neck assembly and flat monitor from their packaging.
2.
Lay the flat monitor face down on a clean flat surface and fasten the mounting adapter to the back of the monitor display housing with four M4 pan head screws provided.
3.
Partially insert two M4 pan head screws provided into the two top holes of the mounting adapter.
4 - M4 Screws
2 - M4 Screws
4.
3-8
With the Mounting Plate locked in the vertical position, lift the monitor onto the Mounting Plate while guiding the two M4 pan head screws into the slots in the Mounting Plate.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
5.
Insert the two remaining two M4 pan head screws then tighten all four screws.
Routing the Cables to the Connector Cable Feed Through Hole
Cable Clamps
Connector
27E
CAUTION APPROPRIATE CABLE USAGE — The CASE system is configured to operate ONLY with the digital video interface (DVI) cable (2019792-001 CABLE ASSY DVI-D TO DVI-D VIDEO 1.8 m). DO NOT use the VGA cable that is shipped with the flat monitor to configure the CASE system. Discard the VGA cable that is shipped with the flat monitor.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-9
Installation: Assembly
1.
Remove monitor from its shipping carton.
2.
Guide the cables through the cable clamps to the connector .
3.
To lock the clamps, press first on its small tab, then press the large tab.
2 1 2-13A
Adjusting the Viewing Angle To adjust the viewing angle of the monitor, while holding the monitor, lift and turn the release handle counter clockwise. To lock the monitor in place, lift and return the handle to its original position.
3-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
Installing the Keyboard and the Mouse
2 1 3b
3a
28A
161A
Revision F
1.
Remove the tray liner.
2.
Open the access door, revealing the access .
3.
Guide the keyboard and mouse cables completely through a.
the center opening at the back of the tray, and
b.
the opening at the top of the access .
4.
Coil the excess cable in the tray and replace the access and the tray liner.
5.
Choose convenient locations for the keyboard and the mouse on the tray.
6.
If the mouse (PN 2022144-001) is sharing a USB connector, add the USB to PS/2 adapter as described in the next section.
7.
Connect the keyboard and mouse cables. See the Reference Diagram inside the back for connector locations.
8.
Connect the monitor to the DVI connector. See the Reference Diagram inside the back for connector location.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-11
Installation: Assembly
Configuring the Mouse (PN 2022144-001) For use with the CASE system, connect the PS/2 adapter to the mouse cable. The PS/2 adapter is required, because there is no free USB port for connection of the mouse cable.
Connecting the System Components 1.
Connect the remaining cables to the system components and secure the connections with retaining screws.
2.
When all connections are made, guide the cables through the gap at the top of the closed access and secure them with provided cable clamps if necessary.
Cable clamp
Reference diagram
2-15A
A reference diagram of the CASE Exercise Testing System’s back , complete with connector labels, is located inside the access door to the back of the unit. Refer to this diagram for information on where to make system connections. NOTE Coil the excess cable for storage as shown above. DO NOT squeeze the cables when closing the access . NOTE See the CASE Operator’s Manual, “B Miscellaneous, Connecting Peripheral Devices,” for information on connecting other devices to the CASE system. 3-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
Preparing the Acquisition Module
29B
Preparing the acquisition module NOTE There are two sets of lead label stickers for the acquisition module: AHA labeling and IEC labeling. If not already done, select the proper one for your use and apply. 1.
If not already done, connect the patient cable to the base of the acquisition module. To remove the cable from the acquisition module, press in the spring lock located on one side of the patient cable.
2.
If not already done, plug the individual lead wires into the acquisition module, observing the lead labels. CAUTION Trace each individual lead wire from its colored connector back to the Acquisition Module label to insure that it is matched to the correct label location. Improper connection will cause inaccuracies in the ECG.
3.
Place the supplied acquisition module holder to the right side of the cart, then place the acquisition module into the holder. NOTE The ECG signal input of the CASE Exercise Testing System is isolated and defibrillation-proof only in conjunction with the CAM-14 Acquisition Module (type BF).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-13
Installation: Assembly
Loading Writer Paper that the thermal paper is installed properly. 1.
Lift up the paper Compartment Lid and press the paper Release Button. (A stripe appears on the writer paper when only 20 feet of paper are left.) Release Button
Compartment Lid
53A
2.
Place fanfold paper in paper storage compartment.
Storage Compartment 54A
3.
Feed paper (plain side facing roller) under roller assembly until approximately 3–4 inches extend out of the paper storage compartment.
55A
4. 5.
Press the paper release button while moving the roller assembly back into position.
56A
6.
3-14
Release the paper release button to lock the roller assembly into position. Close the paper compartment lid.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
Mains Connection, Power Up, Functional Test NOTE Observe the Safety Information section in Chapter 1.
Mains connection (power line connection)
Mains power switch
Potential equalization system connection 34A
Back
Power button
200A
Side 1.
Connect the CASE Exercise Testing System to the power line and fasten with the clamp provided. NOTE DO NOT energize the system at this time.
2.
We also recommend connecting the system to the potential equalization system.
3.
Connect all system components to the power line and put them into operation as outlined in the respective operator manuals.
4.
Turn on the mains power switch on the back of the system.
5.
Turn on the CASE Exercise Testing System with the power button on the Side and the Windows operating screen will appear.
6.
to system. NOTE If logged in as go to Step 7. If logged in as go to Step 8.
Revision F
7.
Double click on the CASE icon when it appears.
8.
The Initial Screen will now appear.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-15
Installation: Assembly NOTE Do not turn off the mains power switch until you have: a. Exited from the application, and b.
Selected Yes from the Do you want to terminate the program and shut down the device dialog box.
Turn off the CASE Exercise Testing System with the Mains power switch on the back of the unit if it is not used for a prolonged period of time. In all other situations, turn it off and on with the power button on the side . The power button on the side does not disconnect the system from AC power. See the CASE Operator’s Manual for “Putting the System into Service.” CAUTION Before using the CASE system for the first time, you should conduct electrical safety tests on the equipment to ensure the safety of the patient and the operator. For information on conducting these tests, refer to “Electrical Safety Tests” on page 5-5. After the electrical safety tests have been successfully completed, you are ready to continue with the installation.
3-16
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Network Installation After connecting the CASE system to the exercise equipment, it is ready to be connected to the network. This section addresses the installation of the system in a CardioSoft network. The following is a high-level outline of the installation procedure. Perform the following installation procedure in the given order. CAUTIONS Before installation, close ALL programs (CASE / CardioSoft) on ALL stations. The CardioSoft server itself must not be used as a CardioSoft station. If an application is open on any system, it may cause failure of installation. To ensure trouble-free access to the database, install the same software version on all clients/workstations. 1.
Configure the Network Perform this step by choosing one type of network configuration (Domain Configuration or Workgroup Configuration) and follow all of the steps to setup the networking aspect of the installation.
2.
Save Existing Data Perform this step only after all systems have been configured in the network to merge all data from stand-alone systems to the CardioSoft server.
3.
Install CASE Application Perform this step only after all systems have been configured in the network and all of the data has been merged to the CardioSoft server.
4.
Reconfigure the System Perform this step only after the CASE application has been installed at each system to configure each system for customer use.
NOTE The RadiSys board used with the CASE System is Full Duplex, Intel ICH2 integrated MAC with Intel 82562 PHY IEEE 802.3 10Base-T and 100Base-TX compatible.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-17
Installation: Network Installation
Configure the Network CASE/CardioSoft can be installed on either a Domain or Workgroup network configuration. A network must determine which configuration to use prior to the network installation. The following table outlines the installation procedures for both network configurations. They are presented side-by-side to call out differences and similarities. Domain Configuration
Workgroup Configuration
Create a Domain or domain group to be used by the CASE systems
Create a or create s and a group on the server.
Create a shared folder on the server with full control permissions for the domain or domain group.
Create a shared folder on the server with full control permissions for the or group.
Provide the server name (or IP address) and path to the created shared folder for mapping a drive letter to the folder. Add each CASE system to the Windows NT / Windows 2000 domain. Provide static IPs for each system (if Remote View function will be used). Provide the domain name.
Provide the workgroup name.
Provide T/IP configuration settings.
Provide T/IP configuration settings.
Proceed only after the network configuration is identified. If you are installing on a Domain configuration, proceed to “Domain Configuration” on page 3-18. If you are installing on a Workgroup configuration, proceed to “Workgroup Configuration” on page 3-21. NOTE If existing CASE systems can communicate with the MUSE server, the MUSE server access permissions will need to be reconfigured if a new CASE is created.
Domain Configuration To install CASE on a domain, you first configure the server and then configure each workstation to be added to the network. A domain may have to perform both steps.
Server Configuration on a Domain The configuration of the server consists of the following tasks: Set up the domain Set up a shared folder on a domain server
3-18
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Set up a domain – Do one of the following: Create a new domain Select an existing domain In either case, the must be designated as a Network and exist on the domain where the CardioSoft server resides or on a domain that has a trust relationship with the domain where the CardioSoft server resides. Set up Shared Folder – The procedure for setting up a shared folder differs depending on whether you are installing a new CardioSoft server or updating an existing CardioSoft server. New CardioSoft Server 1.
to the server as the domain .
2.
Create a directory named cardio on the local drive of the server.
3.
Share the cardio directory and name the share cardio.
4.
Configure the share permissions such that the designated Network has full control permissions.
Existing CardioSoft Server NOTE Before renaming the old cardio folder, save the system configuration and all custom setups to disk. For additional information, refer to “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11. 1.
to the server as the domain .
2.
Rename the existing CardioSoft directory cardio to card_old.
3.
Create a new directory named cardio on the local drive of the server.
4.
Share the card_old directory and name the share card_old.
5.
Share the cardio directory and name the share cardio.
6.
Configure the share permissions for both shares such that the designated Network has full control permissions.
Workstation Configuration in a Domain Once the server has been configured, you must configure all the systems that will be connected to the CardioSoft network. The workstation configuration consists of the following steps: Adding a CASE system to the domain Configuring the CASE s and network settings
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-19
Installation: Network Installation
Add CASE System to Windows NT / Windows 2000 Domain – To add a case system to the domain, use the following procedures: 1.
Boot the CASE with the Network Enabled hardware profile.
2.
as local .
3.
Set the default hardware profile as Network Enabled.
4.
a.
Open System Properties by right clicking on My Computer and selecting Properties.
b.
Click the Hardware Profiles tab.
c.
Select Network Enabled and click the up arrow button.
d.
Click OK to close the window.
Change network settings. NOTE The domain may have to perform these steps. a.
Open network properties by right clicking on Network Neighborhood and selecting Properties.
b.
Click Change button in Identification tab.
c.
Click Domain radio button.
d.
Type in designated Domain Name.
e.
Check Create a computer in the domain.
f.
Enter the domain name.
g.
Enter the domain .
h.
Click OK to close the window, then click OK to close the network properties window.
i.
If prompted, restart the computer.
Configure s and Network Settings on CASE in a Domain – To configure the s and network settings, use the following procedures: 1.
to the CASE as local .
2.
Add the designated Network to the local group.
3.
a.
Open Start Menu->Programs-> Tools-> Manager.
b.
Double click on s in the Groups section.
c.
Click Add.
d.
In the Add Names textbox, type the domain name and name in this form: [Domain Name]\[Network ].
e.
Click OK and then close the Manager window.
Configure the T/IP settings. NOTE Perform these steps if the Remote View function is used or communication with a MUSE server (Version 5.0a) is needed. a. Right click on Network Neighborhood and select Properties. b.
3-20
Click on the Protocols tab.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
4.
c.
Click on T/IP Protocol and then click Properties.
d.
If using Remote View function, specify the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway.
e.
Click on the DNS tab and enter the necessary information.
f.
Click on the WINS Address tab and enter the necessary information.
Log off the CASE.
Repeat the section Workstation Configuration in a Domain for all systems before proceeding.
Workgroup Configuration To install CASE on a workgroup, you first configure the server and then configure each workstation to be added to the network. An may have to perform both steps.
Server Configuration in a Workgroup The configuration of the server consists of the following tasks: Set up the domain Set up a shared folder on a domain server Set up for a Workgroup – Do one of the following: Create a new . Select an existing . In both cases, the must exist on the CardioSoft server and be designated as a Network . Set up Shared Folder in a Workgroup – The procedure for setting up a shared folder varies slightly depending on whether the server is new. New CardioSoft Server
Revision F
1.
to the server as the .
2.
Create a directory named cardio on the local drive of the server.
3.
Share the cardio directory and name the share cardio.
4.
Configure the share permissions such that the designated Network has full control permissions.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-21
Installation: Network Installation
Existing CardioSoft Server NOTE Before renaming the old cardio folder, save the system configuration and all custom setups to disk. For additional information, refer to “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11. 1.
to the server as the .
2.
Rename the existing CardioSoft directory cardio to card_old.
3.
Create a new directory named cardio on the local drive of the server.
4.
Share the card_old directory and name the share card_old.
5.
Share the cardio directory and name the share cardio.
6.
Configure the share permissions for both shares such that the designated Network has full control permissions.
Workstation Configuration in a Workgroup Once the server has been configured, you must configure all the systems that will be connected to the CardioSoft network. The workstation configuration consists of the following steps: Adding a CASE system to the workgroup Configuring the CASE s and network settings Add CASE System to Windows NT / Windows 2000 Workgroup – To add a CASE system to the work group, use the following procedure: 1.
Boot the CASE with the Network Enabled hardware profile.
2.
as local .
3.
Set the default hardware profile as Network Enabled.
4.
3-22
a.
Open system properties by right clicking on My Computer and selecting Properties.
b.
Click the Hardware Profiles tab.
c.
Select Network Enabled and click the up arrow button.
d.
Click OK to close the window.
Change network settings. a.
Open network properties by right clicking on Network Neighborhood and selecting Properties.
b.
Click Change button in Identification tab.
c.
Click Workgroup radio button.
d.
Type in designated Workgroup Name.
e.
Click OK to close the window, then click OK to close the network properties window.
f.
If prompted, restart the computer.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Configure s and Network Settings on a CASE in a Workgroup – To configure the s and network setting, use the following procedure. 1.
to the CASE as local .
2.
Create the designated Network .
3.
a.
Open Start Menu-> Tools-> Manager.
b.
Select New in the Menu.
c.
Enter the exact same name and as the designated Network used on the CardioSoft server.
d.
Uncheck the checkbox labeled Change .
e.
Check the checkbox labeled Never Expires.
f.
Click Groups button.
g.
Add the designated Network to the s group.
h.
Click OK and then close the Manager window.
Configure the T/IP settings. NOTE Perform these steps if the Remote View function is used or communication with a MUSE server (Version 5.0a) is needed.
4.
a.
Right click on Network Neighborhood and select Properties.
b.
Click on the Protocols tab.
c.
Click on T/IP Protocol and then click Properties.
d.
If using Remote View function, specify the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway.
e.
Click on the DNS tab and enter the necessary information.
f.
Click on the WINS Address tab and enter the necessary information.
Log off the CASE.
Repeat the section Workstation Configuration in a Workgroup for all systems before proceeding.
Centricity Xi Configuration When interfacing the CASE to Centricity Xi, data from the CASE will not transfer to the Centricity system until the CASE application is shut down. However, by default, shutting down the CASE application shuts down the entire CASE system. To prevent this, add the following lines to the win.ini file on the CASE system: [Cardio] Mai-NTDown=0 The following table identifies the location of the win.ini file: CASE Version
Revision F
WIN.INI Location
v6 or later
CASE installation directory
prior to v6
Windows system directory
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-23
Installation: Network Installation
Save Existing Data This section describes how to back up existing system configurations, custom setups, lists, custom configured reports, and examination files. Start this section only after the network has been configured on all systems that will be connected to the CardioSoft network. This section must be completed if at least one CASE system added to the CardioSoft network has locally stored examinations. If all systems (CASE \ CardioSoft) and the shared CardioSoft server folder are new, this section can be skipped. NOTE This procedure copies the examination files and the custom setups from each CASE system. However, it copies the system configuration, the list, and any custom configured reports from only one CASE system, which should be designated as the “special station.” If the CardioSoft network existed before this installation began, it is recommended you use one of the CASE systems connected to the existing CardioSoft network as the “special station.”
Copy Custom Setups Copy to diskette the custom setups from every existing CASE system that is not currently connected to the CardioSoft network. The custom setups stored for CASE systems that were already connected to the CardioSys network should already have been copied before the cardio directory on the CardioSoft server was renamed to card_old. NOTE Refer to “Saving Custom Settings to Diskette” on page 7-5 for details.
Merge Local Examination Databases The following procedure merges locally stored examinations from the CASE system to the shared folder on the network server. It should be performed on each CASE system that meets the following criteria: Not currently connected to the CardioSoft network Has locally stored examinations Do not perform this procedure for any system that was connected to an existing CardioSoft network. NOTE Additional information can be found in “Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft” on page 7-11.
3-24
1.
to the CASE as designated Network .
2.
Map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
3.
Copy the CARD_REP.exe program to the local CASE program directory (e.g., D:\Case\).
4.
Launch the CARD_REP.exe program.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
5.
Change the Master Directory to the CASE program directory (e.g. D:\Case).
6.
Change the Repair Directory drive to the mapped cardio drive letter (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
7.
Press Start Repair button to run the merge process.
8.
Enter the , which can be found in “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11.
9.
After the merge is completed, press Program End.
10. Log off the CASE. Repeat Copy Custom Setups and Merge Local Examination Databases on all systems before proceeding.
Merge Networked Examination Database This procedure merges the local examination databases that were just ed to the server with the network examination databases that previously existed in the card_old folder on the server. It should be performed only: a.
IF the CardioSoft server previously existed and had examination data, and
b.
AFTER all of the locally stored examinations have been ed from each CASE workstation to the CASE server.
1.
to the special station CASE as the designated Network .
2.
Map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server if it is not already connected.
3.
Map any available drive letter (e.g. X:\) to the card_old shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
4.
Copy the program CARD_REP.exe to the card_old mapped drive (e.g. X:\).
5.
Launch the CARD_REP.exe program from the card_old mapped drive (e.g. X:\).
6.
Change the Master Directory to the mapped drive card_old (e.g. X:).
7.
Change the Repair Directory drive to the mapped cardio drive letter (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
8.
Press Start Repair button to run the merge process.
9.
Enter the , which can be found in “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11.
10. Close the CARD_REP program by pressing Program End. 11. Log off the CASE.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-25
Installation: Network Installation
Merge List and Configured Reports This procedure merges any custom configured reports and list from the special station to the cardio folder on the CASE/CardioSoft server. If no custom reports or list exists on the special station, this procedure can be skipped. The procedure varies slightly depending on whether the special station had been a stand-alone workstation or part of an existing network. Chose the appropriate procedure and perform all of the steps.
Special Station Was a Stand-Alone Station 1.
to the special station CASE as the designated Network .
2.
If it is not already connected, map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
3.
Launch the CARD_REP.exe program from the local CASE program directory (e.g. D:\CASE).
4.
Change the Master Directory to the local CASE program folder (e.g. D:\Case).
5.
Change the Repair Directory drive to the mapped cardio drive letter (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
6.
Press / Conf. Rep button to run the merge process.
7.
Click Yes.
8.
Close the CARD_REP program by pressing Program End.
9.
Log off the CASE.
Special Station Was Connected to Existing CardioSoft Network 1.
to the special station CASE as the designated Network .
2.
If it is not already connected, map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
3.
If it is not already connected, map any available drive letter (e.g. X:\) to the card_old shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
4.
Launch the CARD_REP.exe program from the card_old mapped drive (e.g. X:\).
5.
Change the Master Directory to the mapped drive card_old (e.g. X:).
6.
Change the Repair Directory drive to the mapped cardio drive letter (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
7.
Press / Conf. Rep button to run the merge process.
8.
Click Yes.
9.
Close the CARD_REP program by pressing Program End.
10. Log off the CASE.
3-26
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Copy System Configuration This procedure copies the system configuration of the special station to diskette. Log on to the special station as a local and follow the directions described in “Saving System Configurations to Diskette” on page 7-4. NOTE If the special station was on the CardioSoft network before the installation procedure was started, the system configuration should have already been saved before the cardio folder was renamed to card_old on the CardioSoft server.
Finish Database Merge Perform this task only after the following tasks have been completed: All local databases have been merged into the CARD_R0 folder. The original server database (if it existed) has been merged into the CARD_R0 folder. The list has been merged into the CARD_R0 folder. The configured reports have been merged into the CARD_R0 folder. The custom setups have been copied to diskette. The system configuration has been copied to diskette. To finish the database merge, use the following procedure:
Revision F
1.
to the special station CASE as the designated Network .
2.
Map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server if it is not already connected.
3.
Open the CARD_R0 folder on the mapped drive cardio (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
4.
Move all files in the CARD_R0 folder to the root of the mapped drive cardio (e.g. F:\).
5.
Delete the empty CARD_R0 folder.
6.
Log off the CASE.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-27
Installation: Network Installation
Install CASE Application The following procedure installs the CASE application. The application should be installed on all CASE workstations. Do not install it on the server. CAUTIONS Install the application only after you configure the CardioSoft network (“Configure the Network” on page 3-18) and save the existing data (“Save Existing Data” on page 3-24) Install the application on ONLY ONE workstation at a time. Attempting to install it on more than one workstation at the same time may corrupt the installation on ALL workstations. 1.
as the local .
2.
Map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server. NOTE Make sure the Reconnect at box is checked. Also, Connect as should be the designated Network . If the designated Network is a domain , then enter [Domain Name]\[Network ].
3.
Insert the application installation CD into the CD drive and begin the installation. If the installation does not start automatically (wait some seconds), launch setup.exe in directory Disk1 (“E:\Disk1\setup.exe”).
4.
At the Choose Program Directory (local) screen, choose the default, D:\CASE. Click Next.
5.
At the Choose Database Directory screen, select Browse… and browse to the root folder of the mapped drive cardio on the CardioSoft server.
6.
the Path edit box value is the root folder of the mapped network drive (e.g. F:\).
7.
Finish the installation and reboot the system as prompted.
Reconfigure the System Configuring the system is the last step in the installation process and prepares the CASE workstations. It should be performed only after the application has been installed on ALL workstations. CAUTION Do not start the application on any workstation until the all workstations have been reconfigured. Attempting to start the CASE application before all workstations have been configured may corrupt the installation on all workstations.
3-28
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Configure Network Profile The following procedure prepares the default Network profile. 1.
as the local .
2.
Open the System applet in Control and select the Profiles tab.
3.
Select the local profile ([Computer Name]\) and click the Copy To… button.
4.
Browse to the designated Network profile directory: (C:\winnt40\Profiles\[Network Name]).
5.
Click OK.
6.
Click OK to close the System applet.
7.
Close Control .
8.
Log off.
9.
as Network . NOTE From this point on, the CASE should as the designated Network . Inform the customer of this change.
10. the desktop wallpaper is the GE wallpaper and the mapped drive cardio on the CardioSoft server is connected.
Install Option Codes The following procedure installs option codes, if they are needed. 1.
Start the CASE application if it did not automatically start.
2.
Type in the desired option codes or load them from the provided diskette.
For additional information, refer to “Network Installation” on page 3-17.
Restore System Configuration For any new CASE workstations on the network, do the following: Load the system configuration that was copied from the special station as part of the data backup process. For more information, refer to “Restoring System Configuration from Diskette” on page 7-6. that all settings are correct for each tab in the System Configuration window. the connection from the workstation to the MUSE server was not broken, if the workstation should communicate with MUSE. For more information, refer to “Data Interface with MUSE” on page 3-32.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-29
Installation: Network Installation
Restore Custom Settings For any new CASE workstations on the network, do the following: Load the custom settings that were copied from the special station as part of the data backup process. The custom settings can be saved to the CardioSoft server from one CASE system and then copied from the server to each workstation. For more information, refer to “Restoring System Configuration from Diskette” on page 7-6. that the settings are correct for each tab in the Setup window.
Installing a Network Printer for all s on This CASE Windows NT stores network printer definitions in the s' profile. To avoid multiple installations for each , install the printer locally and add a new local port with the path of the network printer: NOTE This section should only be performed if a network printer is used. 1.
as local .
2.
Click Start -> Settings -> Printers.
3.
Double click Add Printer.
4.
Select My Computer and click Next.
5.
Select port LPT2 and click Next.
6.
Select manufacturer and model of the network printer or use an appropriate driver from CD/disk. Click Next.
7.
At the dialog Type in the name of this printer… Click Next.
8.
At the diadicate whether this printer will be shared… Click Next.
9.
At the dialog Would you like to print a test page… select No and click Finish.
10. Click Start -> Settings -> Printers. 11. Right click the installed printer, select Properties, select Ports tab, and click Add Port… 12. Select Local Port in the list and click New Port… 13. Enter the network printer name \\[Printer Server Name]\[Printer Name] to enter the port name and click OK. 14. At the Properties dialog, click OK.
3-30
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-31
Installation: Data Interface with MUSE
Data Interface with MUSE Tests on CASE can be transferred to the MUSE database for general accessibility. The tests can be transferred using one of three methods: a.
Save Examinations to a floppy disk and carry it to MUSE
b.
Send Examinations to MUSE using FTP via LAN
c.
Store Examinations on a shared directory located on MUSE via LAN
NOTE Methods b and c require a network connection with T/IP specifications. All methods require that each CASE use its unique Cart number and correct location number to generate a unique filename.
Establish Connection to MUSE The preferred method for transferring data depends on the version of MUSE with which you wish to transfer data. For MUSE 5.x, the preferred method is FTP. Use the following procedure to establish a connection from the CASE workstation to MUSE: 1.
Specify the FTP informations on CASE -> System Configuration -> MUSE by enabling “Data transfer via FTP”
2.
Type in the FTP Server (normally the same as the Web Server).
3.
Enter a name and if this information is required for the FTP server.
For MUSE 4.x, the preferred method is a shared directory. Use the following procedure to establish a connection from the CASE workstation to MUSE: 1.
Specify the informations on CASE -> System Configuration -> MUSE by enabling “Data transfer via shared directory”.
2.
Type in the correct shared directory. You have multiple methods to enter the correct shared directory. If the shared directory has been mapped and configured to reconnect at logon, you can enter the mapped drive letter (e.g., .F:\). If the shared directory has not been mapped, you can enter the UNC format in a valid form (e.g., \\SvrName\SharePointName). If no DNS/WINS is installed on the domain server (i.e. you are using RAS), enter the physical IP address of the server and the directory name (e.g., \\123.456.789.255\SharePointName).
3.
3-32
Enter a name and if this information is required for accessing this shared directory.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Data Interface with MUSE
Read MUSE Patient Data from CASE With MUSE v5.0 or above, you can read the MUSE patient data directly from the CASE workstation. This requires the following: MUSE v5.0 or above an on the MUSE server Internet Explorer v6.0 or above Network connection with T/IP specifications Acrobat Reader v4.0 or above
Configure Internet Explorer Before you can access MUSE from CASE, you must first configure Internet Explorer using the following procedure: 1.
On the Windows taskbar, select Start -> Settings -> Control .
2.
Double-click on “Internet”.
3.
Open the “Connection” tab.
4.
If your connection to the LAN does not require access to the proxy server, deactivate “Access via proxy server”. Otherwise, open “Advanced Settings” and configure the proxy settings appropriately.
5.
Do one of the following: If the workstation is connected directly to the LAN via an ethernet connection, activate “Connect to Internet via LAN” If the workstation is connected to the LAN remotely, activate “Connect via modem”.
6.
Click “OK” NOTE Some changes may not take effect until the OS is restarted.
Establish a MUSE To select patients from the MUSE database instead of the local database, you need to establish an on the MUSE server using the following procedure: 1.
Specify the Web informations on CASE -> System Configuration -> MUSE by enabling “Request MUSE data”.
2.
Type in Web Server, the name, and the You have multiple methods to enter the Web Server. Internet name convention: http:\\www.myMuseSvr. Intranet name convention: myMuseSvr IP address: 123.456.789.255
3.
Revision F
Select the correct MUSE site number.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-33
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application The CASE/CardioSoft system* can be configured with the EMR application. The process is identical for both new and existing systems with one exception: when configuring an existing system, you must migrate historical data. The general process is outlined below. Details are found on the following pages. 1.
Go through “Before You Begin” on page 3-35.
2.
Install Logician 5.6.3 or higher on each CASE / CardioSoft client. For details, refer to “Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application” on page 3-36.
3.
Install the CASE/CardioSoft interface kit. For details, refer to “Install the CASE/CardioSoft Interface Kit.” on page 3-36.
4.
Import the CardioSoft clinical kit to the EMR application using the instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes. For instructions on accessing the release notes, refer to “Acquire CASE/ CardioSoft – EMR Integration Release Notes” on page 3-35.
5.
Configure the CASE/CardioSoft EMR settings. For details, refer to “Configure CASE/CardioSoft EMR Settings” on page 3-36.
6.
If you are configuring an existing CASE/CardioSoft system, migrate historical CASE/CardioSoft data. This is a four-part process. The instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes explain how to: configure the cross-reference file, create LinkLogic relationships, and configure the LinkLogic document relationship. For details, refer to “Migrate Data” on page 3-38.
* The term “CASE/CardioSoft” is used generically to denote whichever system is being configured, CASE or CardioSoft.
3-34
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
Before You Begin Complete the following checklist to ensure that you are prepared to configure the CASE/Cardiosoft system with the EMR application.
Install CASE/CardioSoft system The CASE/CardioSoft system must be installed and operational before you configure the CASE/CardioSoft to EMR interface. Use the procedures described in the CASE Service Manual for configuring the CASE system. Use the installation procedures described in the CardioSoft Installation Guide for configuring the CardioSoft system. The CASE/CardioSoft database must reside in a shared location, accessible to all s. NOTE GE recommends installing the CASE/CardioSoft database on a separate server from the EMR application. If you install it on the same server, GE recommends that it is on a separate, dedicated hard drive to ensure that file sizes do not hinder performance. Enable EMR option on CASE/CardioSoft The following requirements must be met for the EMR Option to be enabled on the CASE/CardioSoft system: The CASE/CardioSoft option code for the EMR application must be entered in the System Configuration >> Option Codes tab PRIOR to configuring the EMR application on the CASE/ CardioSoft system. The EMR option must be enabled in the System Configuration >> General. Click For Service Only (service : helserv) to display the Service Screen. Click Enable EMRMode. Acquire permissions for the EMR application web site You will need a ID and to access the EMR application’s web site. Ask your EMR application manager for this information. Acquire CASE/CardioSoft – EMR Integration Release Notes You will need the CASE/CardioSoft EMR Integration Release Notes for EMR-specific instructions for configuring the EMR application. The release notes can be found on the EMR web site (http://.medicalogic.com/).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-35
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
Install EMR application The EMR application must be installed and operational before you begin to configure the CASE/CardioSoft to EMR interface. For information on installing the EMR application, go to http://.medicalogic.com/, select your version of the product, and then look under Installation Checklists. Acquire privileges You will need privileges to both the CASE/CardioSoft system and to the EMR application to complete this configuration. If you do not have privileges, your system . Acquire default provider name The customer site must designate the default provider for use before migrating historical data from the CASE/CardioSoft system to the EMR application.
Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application To configure the system, use the following instructions: 1.
Set up the CASE/CardioSoft in a networked environment. Make sure that the XEMR option code for interfacing to the EMR application is available (in the CASE/CardioSoft system, click System Configuration, then the Option Code tab).
2.
Install Logician 5.6.3 or higher on each CASE/CardioSoft client.
Install the Centricity EMR Application The installation of the Centricity EMR application consists of the following steps: 1.
Install the CASE/CardioSoft Interface Kit. Install the CASE/CardioSoft Interface Kit. This is available for / installation on the EMR application website (http://.medicalogic.com/).
2.
Import the Clinical Kits. Follow the instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes to import the CardioSoft clinical kit.
3.
Configure CASE/CardioSoft EMR Settings After importing the CASE/CardioSoft clinical kit into the EMR application, on the CASE/CardioSoft system that the EMR settings are configured correctly.
3-36
a.
Launch the CASE/CardioSoft application.
b.
Click System Configuration. The System Configuration window displays.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
c.
that the EMR tab now is available onscreen.
EMR tab Communication folders
Error logging folder location
CASE/CardioSoft System Configuration Setup Tab NOTE The Communication Folder locations were determined automatically after the EMR application was installed, using information from the file <EMR ApplicationInstallFolder>/CardioSoft/CardioSoft.ini. d.
Revision F
The folder for error logging is automatically generated. that the folder location is accurate (i.e., for CardioSoft c:\ cardio\emr_errors, or for CASE: d:\case\emr_errors).
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-37
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
Migrate Historical CardioSoft Data If you have been using CASE/CardioSoft prior to integrating with the EMR application, you will need to migrate your existing CASE/CardioSoft data. This migration transfers all of the data. You cannot selectively migrate only certain records. There are four steps to this migration: 1.
Configure the Cross Reference File.
2.
Create LinkLogic Relationships.
3.
Configure the LinkLogic Document Relationship.
4.
Migrate Data.
Follow the detailed instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes to configure the cross reference file, create LinkLogic relationships, and to configure the LinkLogic document relationship (steps 1 – 3 above). Refer to “Migrate Data” below to migrate historical data from the CASE/CardioSoft system to the EMR application.
Migrate Data After completing the instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes, use the following instructions to migrate the CASE/CardioSoft data: 1.
In the CASE/CardioSoft application, click System Configuration.
2.
Select the EMR tab.
3.
In the Data Transfer Via Shared Directory field, click the ellipsis and select the network LinkLogic installation of the ...Data\In folder.
4.
Click OK.
5.
Click Start. A demographics file (.hd) and its related ImageLink files (.ht) are created for every patient in the CASE/CardioSoft database. These files are picked up by LinkLogic and included in the patient’s chart.
3-38
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Metabolic Interface The CASE workstation can communicate with the data acquisition device over the workstation’s serial port. In addition, it can record test data to a shared file on the network. This section describes: the available communication commands the serial port settings the structure of the command string the test data settings the structure of the test data file
Communication Commands The stress test module can process the following commands from the serial port: 'E' 'T' 'O' 'H' 'R' 'W' 'S' 'M'
echo on start treill stop treill stage hold request measurements start pretest start exercise start recovery
Serial Port Settings The default settings for serial port are parity data bits stop bits baud rate handshake
no 8 1 1200 no
You can modify the settings for the serial port by modifying the following values in [CAS_RECORD] section of the cardio.ini file located in the Windows directory. ' Field
Revision F
Values
SpiroParity
0 = no parity 1 = even parity 2 = odd parity
SpiroDataBits
0 = 7 data bits 1 = 8 data bits
SpiroStopBits
0 = 1 stop bit 1 = 2 stop bits
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-39
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Field
Values
SpiroBaudrate
0 = 300 baud 1 = 600 baud 2 = 1200 baud 3 = 2400 baud 4 = 4800 baud 5 = 9600 baud 6 = 19200 baud 7 = 38400 baud 8 = 56000 baud 9 = 128000 baud
SpiroHandShake
0 = no handshake 1 = XonXoff 2 = hardware handshake 3 = hardware handshake and interpretation of CR and NULL
For example, to configure the serial port for even parity, 7 data bits, 2 stop bits, 9600 baud, and XonXoff, cardio.ini would look like this: [CAS_RECORD] SpiroParity = 1 SpiroDataBits = 0 SpiroStopBits = 1 SpiroBaudrate = 5 SpiroHandShake = 1
Command String Structure The CASE workstation sends the following string to the serial port every five seconds: [recoxxx34xMxxxx0x%xxx60xxxx4x-999x-999x-999xx-19xxxx1xx-12x]4CCR Position is very important in this message. Therefore, an x is used to indicate a space. The following table identifies the remainder of the values in the string. Explanatory notes follow the table. Part of string
3-40
Meaning
Value
Notes
[
Beginning
reco
Stage 'Recovery'
xxx34
Speed * 10
3.4
5, 8
xM
Speed designator
MPH
1
xxxx0
Grade * 10
0.0
5
x%
Grade designator
%
2
xxx60
Heart Rate
60 BPM
5
xxxx4
Ectopic Beats per Minute
4
3, 6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5, 10
Revision F
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Part of string
Meaning
Value
Notes
x-999
BP Measurement NBR
-999
6, 9
x-999
Systolic BP
-999
4, 6
x-999
Diastolic BP
-999
4, 6
xx-19
ST Level [mm]*10
-1.9
6
xxxx1
ST Slope [mV/s]*10
0.1
6
xx-12
ST Integral uV
-12
6, 9
x]
Ending
4C
Checksum
CR
Carriage return
7
1.
Could be 'K' for KPH. Kilometers per hour. If so, SPEED is KPH. Could be 'P' for KPM. Kilopondmeters. If so, SPEED is KPM from Ergo. Could be 'W' for WATTS. Watts. From Ergo.
2.
Could be 'D' dor DEGREES. If so, GRADE is DEGREES.
3.
This is ECTOPIC COUNT for the minute previous.
4.
mmHg
5.
If unavailable, 0.
6.
If unavailable, -999.
7.
Right-most 2 ASCII characters of checksum. Checksum includes [, all spaces,] Alpha characters must be Upper Case.
8.
If Ergometer Watts or KPM, SPEED value is not *10.
9.
Not ed in the current version (value = -999)
10. The stage names are fixed as the following table shows:
Phase
Stagenumber
Stagename in the shared file (4 characters)
Pre-Test
1
base
Pre-Test
2
warm warm
Exercise
1
ramp ramp
Recovery
1
reco reco
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-41
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Shared File Settings If the stress test module receives the R command (request measurement, see “Communication Commands” on page 3-39), the CASE workstation will write the stress test data to a shared file named ergospir.dat. By default, the file is stored in c:\temp. You can change that setting by modifying the following fields in the [CAS_RECORD] section of the win.ini file located in the Windows directory. Field
Values
SprioOptionWriteToFile
0 = Do not write to file 1 = Write to file
SpiroDirectory
Valid directory path
For example, if you want the shared file ergospir.dat to be written to a directory called spirapp\data located on the c:\ drive, the entry in win.ini would look like this: [CAS_RECORD] SpiroOptionWriteToFile = 1 SpiroDirectory = C:\SPIROAPP\DATA
Data File Structure The CASE workstation will write the following data string to the shared file every five seconds or immediately after phase or stage has changed. [recoxxx34xMxxxx0x%xxx60xxxx4x-999x-999x-999xx-19xxxx1xx-12x]4CCR Position is very important in this message. Therefore, an x is used to indicate a space. The following table identifies the remainder of the values in the string. Explanatory notes follow the table. Part of string
3-42
Meaning
Value
Notes
[
Beginning
reco
Stage 'Recovery'
xxx34
Speed * 10
3.4
5, 8
xM
Speed designator
MPH
1
xxxx0
Grade * 10
0.0
5
x%
Grade designator
%
2
xxx60
Heart Rate
60 BPM
5
xxxx4
Ectopic Beats per Minute
4
3, 6
x-999
BP Measurement NBR
-999
6, 9
x-999
Systolic BP
-999
4, 6
x-999
Diastolic BP
-999
4, 6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5, 10, 11
Revision F
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Part of string
Meaning
Value
Notes
xx-19
ST Level [mm] * 10
-1.9
6
xxxx1
ST Slope [mV/s] * 10
0.1
6
xx-12
ST Integral uV
-12
6, 9
x]
Ending
4C
Checksum
CR
Carriage return
7
NOTES 1.
Could be 'K' for KPH. Kilometers per hour. If so, SPEED is KPH. Could be 'P' for KPM. Kilopondmeters. If so, SPEED is KPM from Ergo. Could be 'W' for WATTS. Watts. From Ergo.
2.
Could be 'D' dor DEGREES. If so, GRADE is DEGREES.
3.
This is ECTOPIC COUNT for the minute previous.
4.
mmHg
5.
If unavailable, 0.
6.
If unavailable, -999.
7.
Right-most 2 ASCII characters of checksum. Checksum includes [, all spaces,] Alpha characters must be Upper Case.
8.
If Ergometer Watts or KPM, SPEED value is not *10.
9.
Not ed in the current version (value = -999)
10. The stage names are fixed as the following table shows:
Phase
Stagenumber
before Test-Start Pre-Test
Exercise
Recovery
Stagename in the shared file (4 characters) chck
1
base
2
warm
...
warm
1
exer
...
exer
1
reco
...
reco
Test finished
stop
If a phase or stage change occurs, the complete string is written immediately.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-43
Installation: Metabolic Interface
For your notes
3-44
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
4
Revision F
InSite 2.0
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-1
For your notes
4-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
Installing InSite 2.0 InSite 2.0 is a remote service solution that provides GE Service with the following two tools: GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent, which s files from the CardioSoft program directory\InSite\, s files to the CardioSoft program directory\InSite\, and watches disk space of the CardioSoft database drive. VNC Server, which provides remote access service capability provided GE Service knows the VNC server , and GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent is set to automatic mode. This document outlines the steps involved in installing InSite 2.0 in CardioSoft, CardioSoft Client, CardioSoft DFT, and CardioSoft WebServer. NOTE InSite 2.0 replaces the previous remote service option, which used a MultiTech modem and pcAnywhere to allow access to the CASE/CardioSoft system. When upgrading from an earlier CardioSoft version, uninstall pcAnywhere from the system before proceeding with the installation of InSite 2.0.
Pre-Installation Process Before beginning the installation of the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent, complete the following steps. NOTE During installation, InSite 2.0 will use the information entered and checked in the following steps as default values. This information includes device name, serial number, CardioSoft program directory, CardioSoft database drive, Proxy server address, and proxy server port. Be sure to record this information while completing these steps. 1.
that CardioSoft, CardioSoft Client, CardioSoft DFT, or CardioSoft WebServer are installed.
2.
Turn off the PC.
3.
Connect the CAM-USB with CAM14, CAM-USB A/T with CAM14, or CORINA to the PC.
4.
Turn the PC on.
5.
Start CardioSoft.
6.
Select System Configuration.
7.
On the General tab, fill out the Institution Name and Address fields (Name, Street, City).
8.
On the Option Code tab, check the Internal Serial Number.
9.
Exit CardioSoft.
10. Start Internet Explorer. Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-3
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
11. To use a proxy server, complete the following steps: a.
Select Tools > Internet Options > Connections tab > Settings.
b.
Select the Use a proxy server for your LAN... check box
c.
Enter the proxy server address and port number.
12. Determine whether the proxy server requires authentication (method, name, ). NOTE If a proxy server will be used, please your System for installation details. CAUTION If any of the above information is missing or incomplete, DO NOT PROCEED with the installation. Incorrect information provided during the installation may cause the services to function improperly requiring you to uninstall/reinstall InSite 2.0. Obtain ALL of the required information before proceeding.
4-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
Installation Procedure Use the following instructions to install the InSite 2.0 software: 1.
Log on to the system. NOTE You must have system privileges to perform the installation.
2.
Insert the CD in the CD ROM drive. If autoplay is enabled, the installation will begin immediately. If autoplay is not enabled, use the following instructions to begin the installation routine: a.
Select Start > Run > Browse.
b.
Locate the file X:\CASECardioSoftSAInstall X = CD ROM drive letter, e.g. D:\ or E:\).
c.
Double-click the file name. The following screen appears.
3.
Revision F
Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-5
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
4.
Specify the root installation directory for the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and the VNC Server. The default directory is C:\gehc-it\InSite 2.0.
5.
Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
6.
Confirm or modify the default values (use alphanumeric values only). The following table identifies the fields and required values. Use alphanumeric values only. Spaces are not allowed.
Device Name
Unique device name for the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent. It consists of Product Name, Product Version, Institution Name, and Mac Address. To locate the Mac Address, use the following instructions:
4-6
a.
From the Start button, select Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt to open a DOS window.
b.
Type the command ipconfig -all | more
c.
Record the value of the Ethernet Adapter Local Area Connection in the Physical Address line without the leading hyphen (-). This is the Mac Address.
Serial Number
The serial number of the CAM-USB, CAM-USB/AT, or CORINA.
Program Directory
The directory where CardioSoft application is installed.
Database Driver
The drive where the CardioSoft database is installed.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0 NOTE The GE Service technician will need to know a part of the device name (e.g., the Mac address) or the serial number to locate your PC using InSite 2.0. To ensure that this information is available when needed, record it in the following table: Device Name: Serial Number: CardioSoft Program Directory: CardioSoft Database Drive:
7.
After the fields have been verified or modified, click Next> to advance to the next screen.
8.
Indicate whether the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent will connect to the GE enterprise server through a proxy server and click Next> to advance to the next screen. What happens next depends on your response in step 8. If you selected Yes, you must define the proxy settings InSite 2.0 will use. Proceed to step 9. If you selected No, you will be prompted to select whether the CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and VNC Server should start automatically after install. Skip to step 14.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-7
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
9.
Enter the proxy server address and port that was recorded during the preinstallation process.
Record the information in the following table for service interventions: Proxy Server Address: Port:
10. Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
11. Indicate whether the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent will require authentication. and click Next> to advance to the next screen. What happens next depends on your response to step 11. If you selected Yes, you must specify the authentication settings InSite 2.0 will use. Proceed to step 12. If you selected No, you will be prompted to select whether the CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and VNC Server should start automatically after install. Skip to step 14. 4-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
12. Enter the Name and information required by the proxy server and select the authentication method.
Record the information in the following table for service interventions: Name: :
13. Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
14. Choose whether the installer should automatically start the VNC Server and CardioSoft InSite Service Agent upon completion. The installer automatically starts these services by rebooting the computer after installation of InSite 2.0. If you choose not to start these services automatically, you will need to start them manually (see “Operating InSite 2.0” on page 4-14).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-9
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
15. Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
16. Review the installation summary and do one of the following: If the summary is incorrect, click
to begin the installation. The progress is displayed, as seen below.
When the software has been ed, the following screen appears.
4-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
17. Click OK to continue the installation. When the installation is complete, the following screen appears.
18. Click Finish to exit the installer application. 19. your local GE Service Center to have them connection with InSite 2.0. You will need the information recorded during the installation process.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-11
InSite 2.0: Uninstalling InSite 2.0
Uninstalling InSite 2.0 If GE Services cannot connect to InSite 2.0, it could indicate that incorrect information was entered during the installation. To correct this problem, you will need to uninstall the software, gather the correct information, and re-install the software using the corrected information. Use the following procedure to uninstall InSite 2.0. 1.
From the Windows taskbar, select Start > Settings > Control .
2.
Double-click Add/Remove Programs.
3.
Locate GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent.
4.
Click Change/Remove. The Uninstall Welcome Screen appears.
5.
Click Next. The Uninstall Summary Screen appears.
4-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Uninstalling InSite 2.0
6.
Click Next. The InSite 2.0 uninstall routine uns the WinVNC service and displays the following dialog box.
7.
Click OK. The uninstall routine completes the uninstallation and displays the Uninstall Confirmation Screen.
8.
Revision F
Click Finish to complete the installation.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-13
InSite 2.0: Operating InSite 2.0
Operating InSite 2.0 InSite 2.0 can be operated in one of two modes: Automatic or Manual. Manual The default mode. Requires you to start the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and the VNCServer services when they are needed. Automatic Starts the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and the VNCServer services automatically when the system boots.
Setting the Operation Mode Use the following instructions to switch operating modes. 1.
From the Windows taskbar, select Start > Settings > Control . The Control opens.
2.
Double-click istrative Tools. The istrative Tools window opens.
3.
Double-click Services. The Services window opens, as seen below. A
4.
B
that the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and VNCServer services exist. The Status column (A) indicates the status of each service. The Startup Type column (B) indicates the currently selected operating mode of the services (Automatic or Manual).
5.
4-14
To toggle either the Status or the Startup Type, right-click the appropriate column for a service and select the appropriate option.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Restricting Remote Access
Restricting Remote Access To provide additional security from unauthorized access, you can use the WinVNC Current Properties window to: set a service (A), require confirmation prior to granting access to incoming connections (B), and set a confirmation response time, after which an incoming connection will be automatically rejected (C). A
B
C
NOTE During installation of InSite 2.0, a default is configured and the Display Query Window check box (B) is deselected. Use the following procedure to set these options. 1.
Revision F
Display the Windows taskbar if it is not visible.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-15
InSite 2.0: Restricting Remote Access
D
2.
Click the WinVNC icon (D). The WinVNC: Current Properties window opens. NOTE When the content of the blue diamond is red instead of yellow, a Remote Access Service connection is active. To cancel an active connection, rightclick the icon (D) and select Kill all clients.
3.
Change the under Incoming Connections (A). NOTE GE Service and inform them of the new : they need the to access your PC.
4.
Select the Display Query Window check box (B) and enter the Timeout (B) in seconds. NOTE When an incoming connection tries to access your PC, a Query Window will be displayed on your PC for the period of time specified at Timeout (C). This identifies the name used and the IP from which the connection is being made. You can use this information to that it is GE Service attempting to connect.
To accept the connection, click Accept. If you do not accept within the timeout period, the connection is rejected automatically. To reject the connection, click Reject. 5.
4-16
To accept your changes on the WinVNC: Current Properties window, click OK.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
5
Revision F
Maintenance
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-1
For your notes
5-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Introduction
Introduction A regular equipment maintenance program helps prevent unnecessary equipment and power failures and reduces possible health hazards. This chapter contains instructions for the following recommended maintenance: Inspecting and cleaning the unit Leakage tests to the equipment does not propose a health hazard Ground continuity test to all exposed metal is properly grounded WARNING Failure—on the part of all responsible individuals, hospitals or institutions employing the use of this device—to implement the recommended maintenance schedule may cause equipment failure and possible health hazards. The manufacturer does not, in any manner, assume responsibility for performing the recommended maintenance schedule unless an Equipment Maintenance Agreement exists. The sole responsibility rests with the individuals, hospitals, or institutions utilizing the device.
Required Tools and Supplies In addition to a standard set of hand tools, you will need the special tools and items listed below to maintain or repair the unit. Table 1-1. Tools and Supplies (Continued) Leakage Current Tester 120 V (or equivalent) 240 V (or equivalent) Multimeter Isopropyl Alcohol Dust Remover (compressed air) Lint-free Cloth
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-3
Maintenance: Inspection and Cleaning
Inspection and Cleaning Basic maintenance consists of visual inspection and both external and internal cleaning.
Visual Inspection Perform a visual inspection of all equipment and peripheral devices daily. Turn off the unit and remove power before making an inspection or cleaning the unit. Check the case and display screen for cracks or other damage. Regularly inspect all cords and cables for fraying or other damage. that all cords and connectors are securely seated. Inspect keys and controls for proper operation. Toggle keys should not stick in one position. Knobs should rotate fully in both directions.
Exterior Cleaning Clean the exterior surfaces once per month, and more frequently if needed. Use a clean, soft cloth and a mild dishwashing detergent diluted in water. Wring the excess water from the cloth. Do not drip water or any liquid on the equipment, and avoid with open vents, plugs, or connectors. Dry the surfaces with a clean cloth or paper towel.
Interior Cleaning Disassembly To clean the interior, log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. Remove the screws from the U access door, then remove the door.
General Check for dust buildup on the surfaces of the interior circuit boards, components, and assemblies. Use commercially available compressed air to blow away accumulated dust. Follow the manufacturer’s directions for use. After reassembly, reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
Thermal Printhead Clean the thermal printhead every three months, or more often with heavy use. A build-up of thermal paper coating on the printhead can cause light or uneven printing. Use a solution containing alcohol on a nonwoven, nonabrasive cloth such as TechniCloth to wipe off the printhead. Do not use paper toweling, as it can scratch the printhead.
5-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
Electrical Safety Tests The suggested electrical safety tests, described below, are based on UL 60601-1 or the international standard IEC 60601-1, as applicable. What follows is a general description of the suggested tests; refer to the governing standard for a more detailed description. Conduct the tests under normal ambient conditions of temperature, humidity, pressure, and line voltage. The leakage currents correspond to 110% of the rated voltage for the test unit. Most Safety Testers take this into ; otherwise, the measured values must be calculated.
Recommended Test Schedule GE recommends that the tests be performed according to the following schedule: After initial installation. Once every 12 months thereafter as part of a regular maintenance plan. Whenever internal assemblies are serviced.
Recommended Test Equipment The following equipment is required to conduct the electrical safety tests: Safety Tester calibrated to IEC 60601-1. Refer to the device’s manual for details on calibration and use. To ensure personal safety, refer to the tesing instrument’s documentation. Testing connector, as described for the individual tests, below
Protective Earth Resistance Test This test determines whether the device and/or its power cord has a power ground fault. If the device has a power cord, the test measures the impedance between the cord’s protective earth pin and any accessible metal part which is protectively earthed. If the device does not have a power cord, the test measures the impedance between the AC inlet’s protective earth teminal and any accessible metal part which is protectively earthed. Conduct the test both with and without a power cord. To conduct this test, the test circuit must conform to the following values: Hertz
Amperage
Voltage
50 Hz / 60 Hz
25 A
6V
The test fails if the measured value is greater than indicated in the following table:
Revision F
IEC 60601-1
UL 60601-1
With Power Cord
200 mOhm
200 mOhm
Without Power Cord
100 mOhm
100 mOhm
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-5
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
Leakage Current Measurement To perform the suggested measurements, the unit under test has to be separated from any interconnection to a system. If the unit is part of a system, extended tests must be performed in accordance with the governing standard. The following diagram shows the Measuring Circuit [M] required for leakage current. The reading in mV corresponds to mA (leakage current). The Safety Testers generally work with this Measuring Circuit [M] and the displayed values are already converted to leakage current.
Electrical Diagram for Leakage Current Measurement
Earth Leakage (AC line) Current Test
This test measures leakage current of the device’s internal power supply. The device has to be turned on and off, and connected to your safety-testing equipment. Measurements should be taken under the following conditions (refer to the safety tester diagram): Device in “ON” state Polarity switch NORM and RVS S1 (neutral) closed and open GND switch open
5-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
The test has failed if the measured values are greater than: Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): closed GND: open
Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): open GND: open
Total tests/combinations: 2
Total tests/combinations: 2
500 µA (IEC)
1,000 µA (IEC & UL)
300 µA (UL)
Enclosure Leakage Current Test This test measures the leakage current from the chassis to the ground during both normal conditions (N.C.) and single fault conditions (S.F.C.). In both cases, use the Safety Tester to measure the leakage current from any exposed conductive part to the ground, as illustrated in the following diagram.
Electrical Diagram for Enclosure Leakage Current Test Use the following settings on your Safety Tester during normal conditions:
Revision F
Switch
Setting
Polarity
NORM and RVS
GND
closed
S1 (neutral)
closed
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-7
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
Use the following settings on your Safety Tester during single fault conditions: Switch
Setting
Polarity
NORM and RVS
GND
open and closed
S1 (neutral)
closed and open
The test fails if the measured values are greater than indicated in the following table: IEC 60601-1.
UL 60601-1
N.C.
100 µA
100 µA
S.F.C.
500 µA
300 µA
Patient Leakage Current Test This test measures leakage current from the floating input (patient connection) to ground during normal condition (N.C.) and single fault condition (S.F.C.), and depends on a domestic power outlet with 115 or 230 V AC as the source into the floating inputs. In all cases, the leakage current is measured from the floating input to ground: The device has to be turned on and off, and connected to your safety testing instrument.
Electrical Diagram for Patient Leakage Current Test NOTE For your protection, the following values of resistor R may be used:
5-8
Device Type
Resistence
Line Voltage
Type BF
22 kOhm
120 to 130 V
47 kOhm
220 to 240 V
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
During N.C., measurements should be taken under the following conditions (refer to the safety tester diagram: Device in “ON” state Polarity switch NORM and RVS GND switch GND closed S1 (neutral) closed During S.F.C., measurements should be taken under the following conditions (refer to the safety tester diagram): Device in “ON” state Polarity switch NORM and RVS GND switch closed, S1 (neutral) open GND switch open, S1 (neutral) closed The test has failed if the measured values are greater than: N.C.
Revision F
S.F.C.
Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): closed GND: closed
Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): closed | open GND: open | closed
Total tests/combinations: 2
Total tests/combinations: 4
10 µA (IEC & UL)
50 µA (IEC & UL)
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-9
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
Patient Leakage Current, Mains on Applied Part
WARNING PERSONAL SAFETY — MAINS VOLTAGE is applied to floating input (patient connection) and patient cables/test plug conductors and safety tester PATIN JACK. For the protection of the person performing these tests, the following values of resistor R may be used: Type BF — 22 kOhm (120 to 130 V) Type BF — 47 kOhm (220 to 240 V) Disconnect safety tester from line voltage before connecting patient cable/test plug to device. After line voltage has been disconnected, connect the patient cable/test plug to device. This test performs leakage current tests during single fault conditions (S.F.C.) with line voltage applied to the floating (patient connection) inputs. In all cases, the leakage current is measured from the floating (patient) inputs jack of the device to ground. To setup this leakage current test:
5-10
1.
Disconnect the safety tester from the line voltage
2.
Ground all signal input/output connections (all SIPs/SOPs connected to ground)
3.
Connect the patient cable/test plug to device
4.
Connect the patient cable/test plug to the safety tester
5.
Ensure that the person/tester in not touching the patient cable/test plug or floating (patient) input or device conductive surfaces
6.
Connect safety tester to line voltage —see warning on previous page.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
During S.F.C, measurements should be taken under the following conditions (refer to safety tester diagram): Device in “ON” state Polarity switch NORM and RVS S1 (neutral) open GND switch closed The test has failed if the measured values are greater than: N.C.
S.F.C.
N/A
Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): closed GND: closed
Total tests/combinations: 0
Total tests/combinations: 2
N/A
5 mA (IEC & UL)
After completing this test, disconnect the safety tester from line voltage before disconnecting the patient cable/test plug and/or the device.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-11
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
For your notes
5-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
6
Revision F
Troubleshooting
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-1
For your notes
6-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Overview
Overview This chapter discusses the tools and techniques for troubleshooting problems with the CASE system. The topics include: Service Tools Service Screen Diagnostic Tests Entering a One-Day General Fault Isolation General Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions Flat Monitor Problems Printer Debugging Usage and Workaround of Acrobat 6
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-3
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Troubleshooting Tools CASE provides two groups of tools to help you diagnose issues with the system: Service Screen Diagnostic Tests Each tool is discussed in more detail below.
Service Screen The Service Screen is used to help diagnose issues with the CASE system. It provides access to the system log, key settings, software tests, and service functions. It can be accessed in the General Settings via the “For Service” key. When prompted for a , enter helserv or case8k, depending on model.
6-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Service Screen Description The following table describes the elements of the Service Screen. Element
Revision F
Description
Logbook
Displays internal logbook entries of e errors arising during the run period since the last program start. Each entry is time stamped. You can delete the log or save it for future reference.
Active
Activates the entries in the internal logbook. Can only be deactivated until next program start
Delete…
Deletes all entries in internal logbook.
Save as…
Saves all entries of the internal logbook to a text file.
OK or Cancel
Close the Service Screen
Archive Path
Select on a CASE System the path to the archive A: (floppy drive) or E: (CDROM drive). This Archive Path is only displayed if the case8k was entered.
CORINA time constant (HP filter)
Time Constant for CORINA ECG Acquisition Module. Should be not changed unless requested by customer.
CAM14 High Filter
High Filter for CAM14 ECG Acquisition Module. Should be not changed unless requested by customer.
Research Full Disclosure ECG (in directory \ONL500, \ONL2000)
Should be set to “none”. If you select any other value, the hard disk will fill up quickly: for every Full disclosure ECG a Full disclosure ECG with 500 Samples per second or 2000 Samples per second will be stored.
CAM14 Disable Lead-Fail Bias
Disable Lead-Fail Bias for CAM14 ECG Acquisition Module.
ACQ TEST
Test of the CASE ECG Acquisition Module.
WRTR TEST
Test of the Thermal Writer.
KEYPAD TEST
Test of the CASE function keyboard.
BURN-IN TEST
Burn-In Test for CASE.
LOOPBACK TEST
Loop back test for CASE Serial ports.
Test dictionary…
Compares the Text Strings of the selected language with the actual selected language of the system configuration.
Service notice…
Service Person can write notice to a file.
Set CAM-USB/CORINA Serial Number…
Set the CAM-USB or the CORINA Serial number of a CAM-USB or CORINA from Service with Serial Number 0.
Delete Network Locks…
All other stations of the network using this server must be stopped before this Network Locks should be deleted.
Save Log Files
Save the Log Files what have been activated from Engineering and send this Log Files please to Engineering.
Format floppy
Formats a floppy disk. CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-5
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Diagnostic Tests The diagnostic tests check operation of the acquisition module and board, writer, and keypad. A burn-in test in the menu is for factory production only.
Access the Tests
6-6
1.
On the startup screen, click System Config.
2.
On the System Configuration screen click For Service Only.
3.
When the prompt appears, enter helserv or case 8R.
4.
From the bottom of the Service Screen choose the CASE Test Software you want to view
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Acquisition Test Click ACQ TEST at the bottom of the service screen. The acquisition test screen appears.
The screen displays information about the status of data acquisition.
Keypad Test Click KEYPAD TEST at the bottom of the service screen.
Press each key on the keypad, and watch the interactive screen to be sure all are functioning properly.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-7
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Writer Test Click WRTR TEST at the bottom of the service screen.
The screen provides information about the writer settings. If the printhead or Power Distribution with Writer PCB assembly is replaced, the resistance value must be entered in this screen, then select Recalc and Save. Speed and roller tests can be run from the CASE Writer Utility screen.
6-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Entering a One-Day
Entering a One-Day The one-day is used when the CASE application has been protected through the List. The service/service and / 1,3,5,7 name and only get you to the desktop; they do not allow you to use the CASE application. The one-day is the only way to access the CASE application when the application has been protected. The one-day is made up of 6 characters, starting with today’s YEAR DATE MONTH (with 2-digits for each parameter). 0=r
5=m
1=z
6=f
2=x
7=n
3=v
8=a
4=c
9=s
Example: the six-digit number for January 15, 2002 is 021501. Using the chart above, the would convert into “rxzmrz”.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-9
Troubleshooting: General Fault Isolation
General Fault Isolation Visual Inspection A thorough visual inspection of the equipment can save time. Small things— disconnected cables, foreign debris on circuit boards, missing hardware, loose components—can frequently cause symptoms and equipment failures that may appear to be unrelated and difficult to track. NOTE Take the time to make all the recommended visual checks (refer to Table 2, “Visual Inspection List,” on page 6-10) before starting any detailed troubleshooting procedures Table 2. Visual Inspection List Area
Look for the following problems
I/O Connectors and Cables
Fraying or other damage Bent prongs or pins Cracked housing Loose screws in plugs
Fuses
Type and rating. Replace as necessary.
Interface Cables
Excessive tension or wear Loose connection Strain reliefs out of place
Circuit Boards
Moisture, dust, or debris (top and bottom) Loose or missing components Burn damage or smell of over-heated components Socketed components not firmly seated PCB not seated properly in edge connectors Solder problems: cracks, splashes on board, incomplete feedthrough, prior modifications or repairs
Ground Wires/Wiring
Loose wires or ground strap connections Faulty wiring Wires pinched or in vulnerable position
Mounting Hardware
Loose or missing screws or other hardware, especially fasteners used as connections to ground planes on PCBs
Power Source
Faulty wiring, especially AC outlet Circuit not dedicated to system (Power source problems can cause static discharge, resetting problems, and noise.)
Power-up Self-test On power-up, the system automatically runs an internal self-test. If all circuits test good, the start up screen displays.
6-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: General Troubleshooting
General Troubleshooting Problem: Stress test driver settings lost. Stress test profiles were changed or newly created and are no longer there. Solution: The file ERG_PROT_V5AN.DAT (ERG_PROT_ANSI.DAT old name before V4.2) in the Windows directory was inadvertently deleted or overwritten. A backup of this file should be made after changing profiles so that it can be restored even after a hard disk error (restore file into Windows directory). Problem: Defective data sets in the database. Errors occur during patient selection, but not when selecting examination options. Solution: technical for a reorganization tool, which may repair the error in the database. By activating the REORG procedure you can reorganize defective BTRIEVE files from CASE. This repair procedure may become necessary when the data becomes damaged for some reason or another (e.g. after a power failure). To carry out the repair procedure successfully, CASE must first of all be terminated. There must be sufficient memory space on your hard disk. As a general rule, the following applies: memory space required = twice as much free memory space as the sum of all CASE files with the suffix “BTR”. The original CASE files are still available in the form of “OLD” files after reorganization and should only be deleted when the reorganization has been completed successfully. If the reorganization is unsuccessful, the only option remaining is to retrieve the latest backup data or technical for the Database Repair Tool (CARD_REP). Problem: Error when reading examinations, examinations get lost Error messages when calling up examinations from the archive or examinations no longer there. Solution: There are two causes, which may lead to the loss of data on hard disks. One is a read error on the disk; the second is the destructive influence of some viruses. Indications of a defective hard disk sometimes exhibit themselves as reading errors in certain sectors. The number of defective sectors increases with time. Such a hard disk must be replaced.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-11
Troubleshooting: General Troubleshooting
Problem: Patient locked, although only called up from one workstation A patient in the network is locked, although they are only called up from one workstation. This error only occurs when the program crashes or after switching off the PC without having terminated CASE beforehand. Solution: Please be sure that CASE is not running from any workstation. Problem: Monitoring stress tests Attempt to monitor a stress test from two stations at the same time. Solution: None! A stress test currently being performed can be monitored from one station only at any one time. Problem: Swapping out examinations. Almost simultaneous swap-out at several stations; examinations are destroyed. Solution: None! Refer to Device Manual. Problem: Transferring examinations to data media When an examination is transferred to another data medium, naming a subdirectory with an umlaut (or other special characters), the examination cannot be retrieved. Solution: Create subdirectories without umlauts (or other special characters). It is not possible to transfer more than 512 examinations into the root directory of a data medium as DOS is only able to manage a maximum of 512 files on this medium. If more examinations are to be transferred, a subdirectory must be created. The number of files there is practically unlimited. Problem: No connection to ergometer Ergoline 900. Solution: Use Version “752” or “M345” with OEM 4 buttons, or Version “236”/“436” in Program 10 with original 25 button Ergoline. Problem: Modem RAS connection is not started. In MUSE Settings of System Configuration of CASE is activated “Start Modem connection before transfer”, but the connection is not started. Please do not start manually the Modem RAS connection, when you configure that the application should start the connection. Solution: Terminate the manually started Modem RAS connection.
6-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: General Troubleshooting
Problem: Not enough memory space when compressing examination. When compressing examination and using a Hard Disk >4.3GB the following message will occur that less than 15% of storage medium is free. Solution: Set the percentage of storage medium in CASE tab System Configuration, button Database to 1% or Disable Check of free disk space with entry “LOG_DisableFreeCheck=1” in section “[CARDIO]” in the “WIN.INI” file Problem: Reprogramming Serial Number Solution: 1. 2.
Go to the Service Screen and select Service Tool for Corina and CAM-USB v5.0. Select Read Acquisition System Information. Only when the Acquisition System serial number is “0” the Serial Number Programming Mode can be entered.
Problem: On some occasions, the program does not calculate the target load. Solution: To calculate the target load, the program needs to know the patient's gender, date of birth, height, and weight. In the following situations, the program is not able to calculate the target load: age < 15 years or age > 84 years or height < 50 cm or height > 250 cm or weight < 20 kg or weight > 200 kg or body surface area (men) < 1.6 m2 or body surface (women) < 1.2 m2 Problem: OS Message appears: Adobe Acrobat Reader is not installed. Solution: When the message appears, please install the Acrobat Reader from the CASE CD. 1.
You must have system privileges to install the software.
2.
Insert the CASE CD in the CD ROM drive. If the CD drive automatically starts up, close the CASE Installation Screen.
3.
Select Start > Run.
4.
In the command line type X:\Disk\Setup Acrobat (X=CD ROM drive letter, e.g. “E” or “D”).
5.
Click OK.
6.
Follow the displayed prompts.
Symptom: Application seems to lock up at Test End in Exercise Test. If the database is damaged and the initiates to store the test, there is a BTRV error message. But this error message may appear behind the acquisition window. The problem is that the will not see the message box and for him it seems that the system locked up. Solution: Press one of the keys ALT, ESC, RETURN. This will bring the error message into the foreground
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-13
Troubleshooting: General Troubleshooting
Symptom: Application seems to lock up while printing a Post Test Report on the thermal printer. Solution: Press the key ‘Stop Printing’ on the function keyboard. Delete the print jobs from the Marquette Thermal printer: Settings / Control / Printer. Problem: InSite 2.0 - No remote access to server. Solution: Check if the remote servicing software “PC Anywhere” is installed on your PC. If it is installed, please remove it. Problem: By default the CASE system shuts down, when the CASE application is closed. Solution: To prevent the CASE system from shutting down after the application is closed, the following entry has to be added to your WIN.INI file: [Cardio] Mai_NTDown=0 Depending on the CASE version the file WIN.INI is located in different folders: CASE Version
WIN.INI Location
v6 or later
CASE installation directory
prior to v6
Windows system directory
Problem: Test cannot be opened with the MUSE Browser function, when running Windows XP on a CASE system. The window that opens is blank and no error message is displayed. Solution: Install the CD Security Patches CASE XP, PN 2034985-001.
6-14
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions Problem: The Remote Test Screen shows vertical red lines or the ECG does not appear continuously on the remote viewing system over T/IP. Solution: Please make the entries for the package size in the T/IP protocol in your Stress Test System (the remote viewing system does not need an additional entry for T/ IP). Windows NT 4.0 1.
With the Registry Editor "regedt32.exe", locate the following key: "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\
\Parameters\Tip" Where
refers to the subkey for a network adapter that T/IP is bound to.
2.
Go to EDIT and then to Add Value.
3.
Select Data Type “REG_DWORD”
4.
Enter the Value Name “MTU”, press <ENTER>, and type in Data “200” Hex ("512" in Dec) and press <ENTER>. Now you have an additional line in the right window: MTU:REG_DWORD:0x200
5.
After the change, reboot the system.
Windows 2000 1.
With the Registry Editor “regedt32.exe” please locate and set the following key: MTU Key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tip\Par ameters\Interfaces\ID for Adapter
2.
Go to EDIT and then to Add Value.
3.
Select Data Type “REG_DWORD”
4.
Enter the Value Name “MTU”, press <ENTER> and type in Data “200” Hex (“512” in Dec) and press <ENTER> Now you have an additional line in the right window: MTU:REG_DWORD:0x200
5.
Revision F
After the change, reboot the system.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-15
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Problem: When I open an examination, I get an error when reading examinations, examinations get lost, or I get a Decompression Error. Errors or decompression error messages come up when I call up examinations (also from the archive) or examinations that are no longer there. Solution: There are two main causes which may lead to the loss / corruption of data on hard disks: A read error on the disk, or The destructive influence of some viruses. Additionally, a defective hard disk could be the reason. Indications of a defective hard disk sometimes exhibit themselves as reading errors in certain sectors. The number of defective sectors increases with time. Such a hard disk must be replaced. Check the hard disk using SCANDISK or CHKDSK. If the result of the check indicates many lost sectors, replace the disk. If not, restore the system by using the last BACKUP file. Problem: When I start CASE, I get a database error Solution: Close CASE and start “REORG.BAT” file from CASE directory in DATABASE directory. Problem: PCW130 value will not be displayed in the stress test measurement summary Solution: PCW 130 is not for use in combination with treill stress tests. The stress test must be complete, the weight of the patient must be entered, and a heart rate of 130 must be reached. (ECG equipment must have the capability for a heart rate of 130.) Problem: The modem I use is not in the modem list and brings up an error message at initialization Solution: Chose modem type defined and delete “\X1” out of the field Initialization. After doing this, the error message will disappear. Configure modems type MultiTech only with 14400 baud and 19.2K baud. Use the newer MultiTech 56K with the modified modem type defined. Problem: Patient selection menu will not fit within the screen Solution: Select SMALL FONTS within the display configuration window. Problem: Heart Rate removed after transferred from MAC 1200 to CASE Solution: The Heart Rate is calculated from the RR duration. To get the Heart Rate in CASE, you must have the Measurement Software Option on the MAC 1200, then the RR duration and the Heart Rate can be calculated.
6-16
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Problem: Small differences in the measurement values after transferred from MAC 1200 to CASE. Solution: The protocol used to transfer the data doesn't use the same amplitude unit for the measurement values from MAC 1200. These values have to be converted when the data is received in CardioSoft and the results may not be exactly the same values. Problem: Integration of CASE in an archiving system by the customer Solution: Customer buys Adobe Acrobat. Adobe Acrobat installs a printer driver to generate PDF files. These generated PDF files can be sent to the archive system of the customer and the archiving system can view these files with the PDF reader. PDF files can be printed with high quality on a laser printer. These PDF files are better than exported screen shots (such as JPG files). Problem: Proxy Settings from Internet Explorer influence the FTP file transfer to MUSE Solution: If a Proxy Server name is configured, then the intranet MUSE FTP Server Name must be excluded from the Proxy Server. Problem: The Windows 2000 network displays a BTRV error message when a ed tries to invoke CASE. Solution: In the Windows 2000 network, the and grant ALL rights. In Windows 2000, the selection of s with limited rights is the default setting. Problem: [11007] Error starting print job on CASE Solution: This Error Message is generated if the print job cannot be started. Reasons for this error message: No printer is defined as default printer. Problem: If a PDF report with ECG grid is generated with Adobe Acrobat in CASE, the figure 2 is displayed instead of the ECG grid. Solution: 1.
Display Acrobat Distiller from Adobe Acrobat: Start Menu -> Settings -> Printers.
2.
Double-click on Acrobat Distiller and select the menu: Printer -> Document Defaults...
3.
Deactivate field Do not send fonts to Distiller on the Adobe PDF Settings tab.
4.
Set field Graphic-> True Type Font to value as Softfont on the Advanced tab.
Problem: When transferring data from MAC 1200, the same patient record is created twice. Solution: The function of CardioSys/Soft to automatically assign an incoming resting ECG from a MAC 1200 to a patient record does not pose any problems.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-17
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
If the patient with the patient ID from MAC 1200 already exists in CardioSys/Soft, the resting ECG will automatically be assigned to this patient. If the patient with the patient ID from MAC 1200 does not exist in the CardioSys/ Soft database, the patient record will be generated and the resting ECG will be assigned to the new patient record. A second patient record with the name displayed in capital letters is generated only when a resting ECG with the same acquisition date and time is transferred a second time. This second resting ECG is assigned to the second patient record and can be deleted. Make sure that you do not unnecessarily transfer resting ECGs more than once. If a new resting ECG is transferred after the resting ECG is sent a second time, the new one will be assigned to the first patient record. Problem: The MUSE Web Server works, but an error message appears when the CASE patient list is invoked. Solution: A MUSEWeb must be created under Windows and assigned to the MUSE group. The must also be created in MUSE. Problem: Metabolic Carts display a higher heart rate than CASE? Solution: During exercise tests, the heart rate is calculated for 30-second tabular data. The heart rate is averaged over 30 seconds at 5-second intervals and entered in the table. The max. heart rate is derived from the tabular data. If the heart rate is sent to the metabolic cart at 5-second intervals, the value displayed there may be higher than in CASE. Question: Network installation using cardio as the domain does not work. What can be done? Answer: For CASE to run in the Windows 2000 environment, the ed must be a member of the local group of power s. This applies to both local s and domain s. The must have the right to access the Cardio installation directory and the Temp directory. We assume you have verified the latter requirement. So the rights are probably the root cause of the problem. Log on to the CASE client as the (local), and add the “?Domain?\cardio” to the local group of power s. Repeat this configuration at each CASE client. For multiple s, it is recommended to create a special group for them on the domain controller and to add this group to the local group of main s. To do so, expand the entry Local s and groups in the computer istration and click the Groups folder. In the window at right, click Main . A dialog opens showing all of the group. Clicking the Add button opens a second dialog Select or group. Select the domain from the combo box at the top. Select the or the group and confirm with Add. Exit with OK.
6-18
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Question: How can I run CardioSoftWeb on a Windows 2000 Domain Controller? Answer: For CardioSoftWeb to run on Windows 2000 domain controllers, s IUSR_
and IWAM_
must be assigned to the group Server Operators after installation. To do so, open the dialog Active Directory s and Computers via Control -> istrative Tools. In the dialog at left, select the Domain, under Domain, on the folder Builtin and open the Property Dialog for the Server Operators. Select the tab a add the s IUSR_
and IWAM_
. Question: What do the spirometry test parameters mean (LF501)? For SpiroSoft parameters, see s manual. Answer: Designation of Spirometry Test Parameters Parameter Designation
Revision F
IVC [liters]
Inspiratory vital capacity (relaxed)
Inspiratorische Vitalkapazität
EVC [liters]
Expiratory vital capacity (relaxed)
Exspiratorische Vitalkapazität
FEVC [liters]
Forced expiratory vital capacity
Forcierte Exspiratorische Vitalkapazität
FEV1 [liters]
Volume of air exhaled during the 1st second of FEVC
Forciertes exspiratorisches Volumen in 1 Sekunde
PEF [liters/second]
Peak expiratory flow
Max. exspiratorischer Flow
MEF75 [liters/second]
Max. expired flow at 75% FEVC remaining
Forcierter max. exspiratorischer Flow bei 75% Restvolumen FEVC
MEF50 [liters/second]
Max. expired flow at 50% FEVC remaining
Forcierter max. exspiratorischer Flow bei 50% Restvolumen FEVC
MEF25 [liters/second]
Max. expired flow at 25% FEVC remaining
Forcierter max. exspiratorischer Flow bei 25% Restvolumen FEVC
MMF [liters/second]
Max. mid-expiratory flow (forced) between 25 and 75% of FEVC
Mittlerer Flow bei 25-75% FEVC
FIVC [liters]
Forced inspiratory vital capacity
Forcierte inspiratorische Vitalkapazität
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-19
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions Parameter Designation FIV1 [liters]
Volume of air inhaled during the 1st second of FIVC
Forciertes inspiratorisches Volumen nach 1 s
PIF [liters/second]
Peak inspiratory flow
Max. inspiratorischer Flow
MIF75 [liters/second]
Max. inspired flow at 75% of inhaled FIVC
Forcierter max. inspirator. Flow bei 75% der inhalierten FIVC
MIF50 [liters/second]
Max. inspired flow at 50% FIVC remaining
Forcierter max. inspirator. Flow bei 50% inhalierten FIVC
MIF25 [liters/second]
Max. inspired flow at 25% FIVC remaining
Forcierter max. inspirator. Flow bei 25% inhalierten FIVC
MVV [liters/second]
Maximal voluntary ventilationof air expired for one minute (indirect, derived from FEV1)
Maximals exspiratorisches Ventilations-Volumen pro Minute (indirekt, abgeleitet von FEV1)
Question: What are the rules for the MILLER spirometry interpretation (LF501)? Answer: 1.
FEV1/IVC ≥ 70% and IVCref/IVC ≥ 70% --> No Respiratory Problem
2.
FEV1/IVC < 70% and IVCref/IVC < 70% --> Combined Respiratory Problem
3.
FEV1/IVC < 70% and IVCref/IVC °› 70% --> Obstruction
4.
FEV1/IVC ≥ 70% and IVCref/IVC < 70% --> Restriction
Question: What are the maximum numbers of objects in the application? Answer: The CASE application has the follow restrictions for data storage:
6-20
Object
Max. number
Message at the screen
Trend
600
Trend memory full, no more trend data can be saved!
ECG strips
50
Memory for ECG Strips is full, no more ECG Strips can be saved!
Arrhy strips (Episode)
20
N/A
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Revision F
Object
Max. number
Message at the screen
Medians
450
Memory for sample cardiac cycles is full, no more sample cardiac cycles can be saved!
TWA Median
300
TWA memory full, no more TWA data can be stored!
FD ECG
60 min.
N/A
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-21
Troubleshooting: Flat Monitor Problems
Flat Monitor Problems Problem: No picture Solutions:
The signal cable should be completely connected to the monitor computer. Check that the Vacation Switch is in the ON position. Front Power Switch on the monitor and the CASE power switch should be in the ON position. Check the monitor and your computer with respect to recommended settings. Check the signal cable connector for bent or pushed-in pins.
Problem: Power Button does not respond Solutions:
Unplug the power cord of the monitor from the AC outlet to turn off and reset the monitor. Check the Vacation Switch on the left side of the monitor.
Problem: Image Persistence Solution: Image persistence is when a residual or “ghost” image of a previous image remains visible on the screen. Unlike CRT monitors, LCD monitors, image persistence is not permanent, but constant images being displayed for a long period of time should be avoided. To alleviate image persistence, turn off the monitor for as long as the previous image was displayed. For example, if an image was on the monitor for one hour and a residual image remains, the monitor should be turned off for one hour to erase the image. We recommend that when your CASE is sitting idle for long periods of time, turn OFF the system or the monitor. Problem: Image is unstable, unfocused or swimming is apparent Solutions:
Signal cable should be completely attached to the computer. Use the OSM (On Screen Manager) Image Adjust controls to focus and adjust display by increasing or decreasing the fine total. When the display mode is changed, the OSM Image Adjust settings may need to be re-adjusted. Check the monitor with respect to recommended signal timings. If your text is garbled, change the video mode to non-interlace and use 60Hz refresh rate.
Problem: LED on monitor is not lit (no green or amber color can be seen) Solution: Power Switch should be in the ON position and power cord should be connected.
6-22
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Flat Monitor Problems
Problem: Display image is not sized properly Solutions:
Use the OSM Image Adjust controls to increase or decrease the Coarse total. Check to make sure that a ed mode has been selected on the system being used. (Please consult system manual to change graphics mode.)
Problem: No Video Solutions:
If no video is present on the screen, turn the Power button OFF and ON again. Make certain the computer is not in a power-saving mode (touch the keyboard or mouse).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-23
Troubleshooting: Printer Debugging
Printer Debugging Problem: In Windows 2000, some characters overlap the characters that follow them Select Start > Settings > Printers and select your standard printer. Solution: Select menu “File” the entry “Properties”. Select “General” Tab and press button “Printing Preferences” and than press button “Advanced”. In the displayed list is in the topic “Document Options” the Entry “Print Optimizations”. This “Print Optimizations” must be disabled. Problem: Printout incomplete Solution: The printer probably has insufficient memory. Problem: NT 4.0, slowly printing with HP6P, HP2100M, HP4050M (only CardioSoft) Solution: Please replace the original printer driver with “HP Laserjet 5M” from the Windows Workstation CD ROM. Problem: Laser printer prints numbers instead of grid. Solution: There are three solutions for this issue: If you work within a network installation, make sure that CardioSoft is installed on every client that wand’s to work with this software. Open Printer properties menu and change the printer scheduling to “Print direct.” Do the following entries to the WIN.INI, section.[CARDIO] GRA_DontRemoveGrid=1 Another solution can be to disable character sets in the Control : Start ---> Settings ---> Control ---> Regional Options 1.
In Language settings for systems, disable the following character sets: Arabic Hebrew Indic Korean Thai Vietnamese
2.
6-24
After changing these settings the system must be rebooted.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Printer Debugging
Problem: Paper out message from a laser printer is displayed delayed Solution: You can reduce the Transmission Retry Timeout to decrease the delay of the displayed Paper out message, but it could cause a timeout message during the printing of pages with noisy ECG curves. Reduce the Transmission Retry Timeout in Windows Printer Settings (tab Port, button Configure Port...). Problem The error message “Paper Jam” appears when the P2000 is turned off. Solution With the power on, open and close the writer door. This will clear the error message. Prevention This problem occurs only when the P2000 is turned off after the PC has booted. To prevent this error from occurring, do not turn off the P2000 while the PC is on.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-25
Troubleshooting: Usage and Workaround of Acrobat 6
Usage and Workaround of Acrobat 6 Problems occur if the newer Adobe Acrobat 6.0 Standard (6.0.0 19.05.2003) is used instead of version 5 which is validated for CASE 5.02 and 5.1x. The following workarounds are helpful if customers are not able to get a full Adobe Acrobat 5 version. The proper usage of Acrobat 6 will be established in a future release. Problem When you try to export an examination to a PDF the following error message occurs: “Adobe Acrobat Distiller” is not installed!” Workaround Change printer name and adjust printing preferences. 1.
Go to Start --> Settings --> Printers, and change “Adobe PDF” to “Acrobat Distiller”.
2.
In Printing Preferences of the renamed Adobe PDF (right mouse key) uncheck Do not send fonts to “Adobe PDF.
Problem In CardioSoft 5.1x, Acrobat 6 starts with this error message IF the online help function is invoked the first time: Could Not Connect Workaround Click OK to quit the message, then click Help button again. Acrobat now shows the desired location in the Operator’s Manual. Problem: OS Message appears: Adobe Acrobat Reader is not installed Solution: When the message appears, please install the Acrobat Reader V5.1 from the CardioSoft CD.
6-26
1.
You need system privileges to install the software.
2.
Insert the CardioSoft CD in the CD ROM drive. If the CD drive does an automatically start up, close the CardioSoft Installation Screen.
3.
Select Start > Run.
4.
In the command line type X:\Disk\Setup Acrobat (X=CD ROM drive letter, e.g. “E” or “D”).
5.
Click OK.
6.
Follow the displayed prompts.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
7
Revision F
Service
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-1
For your notes
7-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Overview
Overview This chapter describes the general procedures to perform the most common service tasks. These include: System Backup and Restore Software-Related Service Software Upgrade Instructions Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error Database Repair for CASE/CardioSoft Hardware-Related Service Controlling Electrostatic Discharge Damage Servicing the Light Assembly Servicing the Keypad Assembly Removing the Worksurface Assembly Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly Servicing Drive Replacing the Floppy Drive/SD Card Reader Servicing the Print Head Updating the Writer Board Firmware Servicing the I/O Assembly Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-3
Service: System Backup and Restore
System Backup and Restore Backing up the CASE system configuration and settings files ensures that the system can be restored in case of a catastrophic failure or after the hard drive is replaced. The system configuration files and the system setting files are backed up and restored independently of each other.
Saving to Diskette These procedures are used to back up the following information to a high density, 1.44 MB floppy diskette: System configurations System settings You MUST perform these procedures BEFORE replacing the hard drive. You can also use these procedures to save these settings so they can be copied from one unit to another.
Saving System Configurations to Diskette Before saving your system configurations to diskette, manually write down all of your option codes. To access a listing of option codes for this system, choose System Configuration in the CASE application. Choose the Option Code Tab. 1.
From within the CASE application, select the System Configuration icon. The System Configuration window opens.
2.
In the System Configuration window, select the For Service Only icon. You are prompted to enter a .
3.
Enter the Service : helserv NOTE The is case sensitive: be sure to use a lowercase letters.
4.
Select Ok. The Service window opens.
5.
With the Service window open, insert the floppy diskette in Drive A:.
6.
Select Format Floppy. The Format A:\ dialog window opens.
7.
Follow these steps: a.
Select Start A warning message appears.
b.
Select Ok. The message Format complete appears.
c.
7-4
Select OK.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: System Backup and Restore
d.
Select Close. The Format A:\ dialog window closes.
8.
In the Service window, select Ok. The Service Window closes.
9.
the floppy disk is still in Drive A:
10. In the System Configuration window, select the Save icon. A dialog window will appear, asking Is empty disk inserted in drive A:\? 11. Select ok. The message System Configuration successfully stored to disk displays. 12. Select OK to finish saving the system configuration.
Saving Custom Settings to Diskette 1.
At the initial screen within the CASE application, select New Test.
2.
Highlight a test patient and choose the Select icon. The Test Information window opens.
3.
In the Test Information window, select OK.
4.
Select the Custom Setup icon. The Load Settings window opens.
5.
Do one of the following: If file names are listed under Settings..., skip to step 9. If file names are not listed under Settings..., continue to step 6.
6.
select the Save icon. The Save Settings window opens.
7.
the following settings: Drive should be set to Hard Drive. Save As should be set to whatever you want to name the custom setup. Example: Dr. Smith. NOTE Make sure to delete the three dots before entering the name.
8.
In the Save Settings window, select Save. This saves all of your Custom Settings to the file and location specified.
9.
In the Load Settings window, under Drive, select Hard drive.
10. Under Settings select the Custom Setup Name that you want to save to diskette. If you have more than one file name, repeat these steps for each. 11. Select Load. The message Load setting and overwrite current setting? appears. Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-5
Service: System Backup and Restore
12. Select OK. The message Overwrite test protocols and phases? appears. 13. Select OK. 14. Select the Custom Setup icon. The Load Settings window opens. 15. Select the Save icon. 16. In the Save Settings window, set the Drive selection to Disk Drive A: 17. Select the first “---” in this list. 18. The Save As selection should be set to whatever you would like to name the custom setup. Example: Dr. Smith. NOTE Make sure to delete the three dots before entering the name. 19. In the Save Settings window, select Save. You are returned to the Load Settings window. 20. Repeat step 9 through step 17 for each custom setting. 21. After you have saved the last custom setting, select Cancel in the Load Settings window.
Restoring from Diskette These procedures are used to restore the following information from your system back: System configurations System settings You MUST perform these procedures AFTER replacing the hard drive. You can also use these procedures to restore settings from one unit to another.
Restoring System Configuration from Diskette NOTE To successfully restore the system configuration from diskette, you will need the list of option codes that were written down prior to replacing the hard drive. 1.
Select the icon System Configuration. The System Configuration window opens.
2.
Insert the diskette with backup settings and procedures into the floppy drive.
3.
In the System Configuration window select the LOAD icon. The message Load System Configuration and overwrite current Configuration? appears.
4.
Select OK. The message Is a disk with the System Configuration inserted in drive A:?
7-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: System Backup and Restore
5.
Select OK. The message System configuration successfully loaded (software options not loaded, please use option disk to load) appears.
6.
Select OK.
7.
Select the System Configuration icon. The System Configuration window opens.
8.
In the System Configuration window, select the Option Code tab.
9.
On the Option Code tab of the System Configuration window, select the Modify... icon. The message Change Software option, are you sure? appears.
10. Select OK. 11. Enter all of the option codes that you manually wrote down prior to replacing the hard drive. CAUTION Option codes are serial number specific and should not be duplicated.
12. After entering the option codes in the System Configuration window, select OK.
Restoring Custom Setups from Diskette 1.
From the initial screen, select New Test.
2.
Highlight a test patient and click on the Select icon. The Test Information window opens.
3.
In the Test Information window, select OK.
4.
Insert the diskette with backup settings and procedures in drive A:.
5.
Select the Custom Setup icon. The Load Settings window opens.
6.
Make the following selections: For Drive, select Disk drive A: Highlight the custom file name under Settings Select Load. The message Load setting and overwrite current settings? appears.
7.
Select OK. The message Overwrite test protocols and phases? appears.
Revision F
8.
Select OK.
9.
Select the Custom Setup icon.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-7
Service: System Backup and Restore
The Load Settings window opens. 10. Select Save. The Save Settings window opens. 11. Make the following selections: For Drive, select Hard drive Select the first “...” on the list. For Save As, delete the three dots and type in the custom setup name again (example: Dr.Smith) 12. Select the Save icon. You return to the Load Settings window. 13. If you need to restore additional custom setups, repeat step 5 through step 12 for each setting BEFORE proceeding to the following step. 14. If you loaded more than one custom setup, select the custom setup under Settings that you would like to use as your default setup. 15. Select Load. The message Load setting and overwrite current settings? appears. 16. Select OK. The message Overwrite test protocols and phases? appears. 17. Select OK.
7-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error
Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error Btrieve errors may occur when the CASE attempts to store a patient test. They may indicate an improper system shutdown or facility power interruptions. The Btrieve recovery process that follows is used to reorganize the corrupt database in order to possibly regain access to tests already stored and to allow new tests to be stored until the system can be repaired. For further information on recovering from a CASE BTRV error, technical at the following phone numbers: 1-800-558-7072 (U.S.) 561-575-5000 (outside of the U.S.)
Procedure Follow these steps: 1.
Log on as . a.
From the CASE initial screen press Ctrl+Alt+Delete. The Windows NT Security window opens.
b.
In the Windows NT Security window, click on Logoff.
c.
Hold down the Shift key.
d.
Click on OK.
e.
Continue holding down the Shift key until the Logon screen appears.
f.
Logon as: name: : 1,3,5,7 Click OK.
g.
Wait for the desktop screen to come up (showing the My Computer, Network Neighborhood, etc. icons).
2.
Click on My Computer.
3.
Click on D:
4.
Click on Case.
5.
Click on Database.
6.
Double-click on Reorg.bat.
7.
Each time the Press any key to continue message appears, press the space bar. This will occur four times. After you respond to the last message, the Database window opens.
8.
At the bottom left corner of the Database window, select Start > Programs > GE Medical Systems IT > Configure Auto Logon. The Configure Auto- window opens and the message Auto- configured for is displayed.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-9
Service: Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error
9.
Select OK. NOTE Some older systems will not have not have this step. If not, proceed with the next step.
10. Restart the computer as normal. 11. the system boots automatically into the CASE initial screen.
7-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft GE Healthcare provides a software tool—card_rep.exe—that can repair the patient.btr and examina.btr database files on the following systems: CASE (all versions) CardioSoft (v4.1 and later)
How the Data is Repaired The tool repairs the database by reading the data from the headers of the examination files in the corresponding modality directory and writing a corresponding patient.btr and examina.btr file. The tool does not modify the original data in the CASE\CardioSoft 0 database. Instead, it stores the repaired data in a temporary directory; the operator is responsible for ensuring the repaired data is usable and for moving the data to the database.
ed Modalities The tool s the following modalities: Exercise Test (v5 and above) Rest ECG (v5 and above) Ambulatory Blood Pressure (v5 and above) Spirometry (v5 and above) Archived Patient Records (v5 and above) Late Potentials (prior to v5) STAT ECG (prior to v5) Right-Heart Cath (prior to v5)
Non-ed Features The tool does NOT entries from external programs because those files do not store patient information. Nor does it repair the following data, which are not stored in the examination files: Device/Cart Number Examination Sent to MUSE flag
Installation To install the tool, copy it to the CASE\CardioSoft directory so it can use the DLLs located in that system.
Protection To use the tool, you must enter the One Day , as described in “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11. Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-11
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Directory / File Structure The following table identifies the directory structure and contents of the CASE/ CardioSoft system. DIRECTORY / Files
Description
CARDIO
Program directory
DATABASE Patient.Btr Examina.Btr s.Btr Station.Btr Network.Btr
Database directory Btrieve-file: Patients Btrieve-file: Examinations Btrieve-file: s Btrieve-file: Network-Stations, not used from V5 on Btrieve-file: Network-Locking, temporary files
RESTECG R*.*
Rest ECG directory Examination files
AVER AC*.*
Late Potentials-directory Examination files
SPIR SC*.*
Spirometry - directory Examination files
EMECG N*.*
STAT ECG - directory Examination files
RHK Z*.*
Right-Heart Cath - directory Examination files
HOLTERBP BC*.*
Ambulatory Blood Pressure - directory Examination files
CAS C*.*
Exercise test - directory Examination files
EXTPROG *.*
Directory: Results from external programs Result files
SOUND *.*
Directory: Sound-Files from all modalities Sound Files
ONLINE *.*
Directory: Full disclosure-Files from all modalities Full disclosure Files
NARRATIV *.*
Directory: Configured Reports Configured Reports from all modalities
Repair directory structure The repair directories have fix names from Card_R0 to Card_R9, where any writeable disk-drive can be selected.
7-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Configuring the Repair Below is screenshot of the English version of the CASE/CardioSoft Repair Tool. The tool is also available in German.
To use the tool, do the following: 1.
Specify the root directory of the CASE/CardioSoft system. The tool uses this directory to generate the modality directories.
2.
Specify the disk drive and directory where the repaired data will be stored. there is enough disk space.
3.
Select the examination files the tool will use to restore the database.
4.
Click the Settings button and define the following: Special Settings for handling mismatched patient data. This determines how the tool will handle patient data differences between the examination files and the database. This could happen when the patient data is modified after an examination was made. You have the following options: Control the Patient data with a dialogue Use always the Patient data from the examination-file Retain always the Patient data found in the database Update empty fields of the database with valid entries from the examination-file Special Settings for handling existing examination-data This determines how the tool will respond when the key generated from the examination-file exists in the database. This could happen when examinations are merged from different directories and there are several
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-13
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
entries for one patient from the same date and time.(year, month, day, hour, minute and second). You have the following options: Ignore the examination: The examination-file will not be copied to the repair directory Generate a new key and store the examination. The second of the recording-time will be incremented and a new try is made with this modified key. This option should be used with care, because when Card_Rep is used with the same examination-files more than once, more than one entry will be found in the database.
Using the Repaired Files After the repair is complete, use the View button to review the entries the tool made in the patient.btr and examina.btr files.
After you that the files have been repaired to your satisfaction, you need to replace the missing or corrupt database files with the repaired files. You have two methods for doing this. Move the working files to the repair directory using the following procedure:
7-14
a.
Install CASE/CardioSoft on the temporary repair-directory: c:\card_r0
b.
Copy the file uers.btr and the configured reports from the master directory to the temporary directory using the s/Conf.Rep button.
c.
Delete the master-directory and rename the temporary-directory to the master-directory.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Copy the repaired files to the appropriate master directories using the following procedure. a.
Delete the contents of these master directories: DATABASE\*.BTR RESTECG\*.* ERGOECG\*.* AVER\*.* SPIR\*.* EMECG\*.* RHK\*.* HOLTERBP\*.* CAS\*.* SOUND\*.* O NLINE\*.*
b.
Copy the files from the corresponding temporary repair directories.
c.
Copy the files examina.btr and patient.btr from the temporary database directory to the master database directory.
Merging Data Card_rep.exe can be used to merge patient and examination data stored in different directories: 1.
Decide which database should be used as a base and copy the whole directory into a repair directory (c:\Card_Rep0,... c:\Card_Rep9)
2.
Select the directories of the files where the examinations to be merged are stored.
3.
Start Repair and the selected examinations are merged to the repair directory.
Continue with the work described in “Using the Repaired Files” on page 7-14.
External Stored Examinations Card_rep.exe can be used to regenerate the database entries for the external stored examinations. The only restriction is that the device where the examinations are stored must be writeable. This is because the repair-procedure requires that the header of each examination file be changed and the file has to be renamed. NOTE Before the repair is started, you should back up the directory of the external stored examinations. This would be helpful if the system crashes while all the files are renamed.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-15
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Examinations with Full Disclosure ECG When using a directory structure that does not follow the CASE/CardioSoft conventions, there may be problems with examinations that have a Full disclosure ECG. Card_rep.exe assumes that the Online Files are stored in the directory \ONLINE, which is parallel to examinations. When card_rep.exe does not find such a directory, no Online File will be available for that examination. The modalities that may have Online files are Exercise Test, STAT ECG, RightHeart Cath. Example: To repair Exercise Tests, where the examinations are stored in the directory d:\exercise, make sure that the corresponding online files are stored in d:\online.
Repair Message Codes The following codes are used to indicate the status of the actual examination to be repaired. Code
7-16
English
German
PN
Patient entered new
Patient neu eingetragen
PF
Patient found and identical to the examination-data
Patient gefunden und identisch
PD
Patient found and different to the examination-data, not updated
Patient gefunden, aber unterschiedlich, kein Update
PE
general error
Allgemeiner Fehler
PU
Patient-data different, updated by the
Patientendaten unterschiedlich, Update durch Benutzer
PM
Patient-data different, empty fields supplemented
Patientendaten unterschiedlich, leere Fehler ergänzt
PR
Patient-data used from the examination-file
Patientendaten aus dem Untersuchungsfile übernommen
EN
Examination entered new
Untersuchung neu eingetragen
EK
Examination entered new, but recording-date modified
Untersuchung neu eingetragen aber Aufnahmedatum modifiziert
EF
duplicate examination-key, examination ignored
doppelter Untersuchungsschlüssel, Untersuchung ignoriert
E0
Error: internal patient-number is zero
Fehler: Patientennummer ist null
EE
general error
Allgemeiner Fehler
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Patient-Filter You can use a filter to restrict the repair of patient and examination files based on the patient’s name and ID. The filter can include wild cards (*,?). For example: It is possible to set a filter for the patient´s last name. So only patients/examinations according this filter are stored in the new database. The filter-specification can also include wild cards (* ?) for example Meier
selects patients with the last name Meier.
Me*
selects patients beginning with Me followed by any other combination of characters
Me???
selects patients beginning with Me followed by exact 3 other characters.
*xyz*
selects patients containing the substring xyz
The specification for searching can also be extended by the property “Match case”. The filter is set on the “Settings” dialog box.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-17
Service: Remote Service
Remote Service Remote service is available using InSite 2.0. Refer to Chapter 4, “InSite 2.0” for more information.
7-18
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Controlling Electrostatic Discharge Damage
Controlling Electrostatic Discharge Damage All external connector inputs and outputs of the device are designed with protection from ESD damage. However, if the device requires service, exposed components and assemblies contained within are susceptible to ESD damage from sources including human hands, non-ESD protected work stations, and/or improperly grounded test equipment. CAUTION The CASE contains components that are susceptible to electrostatic discharge damage. Observe all static precautions while performing service. Failure to observe these precautions may result in failure of components.
The following guidelines help make a service workstation more resistant to the ESD damage: Discharge any static charge you may have built up before handling semiconductors or assemblies containing semiconductors. A grounded, antistatic wristband (3M part number 2046 or equivalent) or heel strap should be worn at all times while handling or repairing assemblies containing semiconductors. Use properly grounded soldering and test equipment. Use a static-free work surface (3M part number 8210 or equivalent) while handling or working on assemblies containing semiconductors. Do NOT remove semiconductors or assemblies containing semiconductors from antistatic containers (Velo-stat bags) until absolutely necessary. Make sure power to an assembly is turned off before removing or inserting a semiconductor. Do NOT slide semiconductors or electrical/electronic assemblies across any surface. Do NOT touch semiconductor leads unless absolutely necessary. Semiconductors and electrical/electronic assemblies should be stored only in antistatic bags or boxes. These guidelines may not guaranty a 100% static-free workstation, but greatly reduce the potential for failure of any electrical/electronic assemblies.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-19
Service: Servicing Light Assembly
Servicing Light Assembly Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To access the light assembly for servicing follow these steps:
7-20
1.
Remove two screws from the light assembly to separate it from the display .
2.
Remove two screws from the light assembly circuit board to separate it from the lens.
3.
Disconnect the light cable and replace the circuit board.
4.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
5.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Servicing the Keypad Assembly
Servicing the Keypad Assembly Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To access the keypad assembly for servicing follow these steps:
Revision F
1.
Remove the keypad overlay to gain access to the keypad assembly locking tabs.
2.
Working from right to left, release the locking tabs. Extract the keypad assembly.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-21
Service: Servicing the Keypad Assembly
7-22
3.
Disconnect both cables and replace the keypad assembly.
4.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
5.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Removing the Worksurface Assembly
Removing the Worksurface Assembly Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To gain access the writer and power supply assemblies, the CASE worksurface must first be removed. Follow these steps to remove the CASE worksurface: 1.
Disconnect the keyboard and mouse connectors from the I/O drawer and pull the cable through the cable guide and remove.
2.
Disconnect the ground wire on the writer drawer.
Ground Terminal
3.
Remove the 12 mounting screws from under the worksurface.
4.
Lift the worksurface up from the front. CAUTION Lift the front of the workstation only far enough to reach underneath and disconnect the keypad cables. Lifting the workstation any higher could damage the connectors on the keypad board.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-23
Service: Removing the Worksurface Assembly
5.
While holding the front of the worksurface up, reach underneath it and carefully disconnect the two keypad cables located near the left of the keypad assembly.
6.
Lift off the worksurface and set it aside.
NOTE The writer paper release button will fall through when the worksurface is lifted. When reassembling the worksurface, the button must be inserted from the top. Release Button
7-24
7.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
8.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly
Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly The power distribution assembly contains writer power supply, U power supply, power distribution board and EMI filter. Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To service the power distribution assembly, follow these steps:
Revision F
1.
Remove the CASE worksurface. Refer to “Removing the Worksurface Assembly” on page 7-23.
2.
Remove the two lock nuts and two screws holding the writer tray in place. Remove the writer assembly.
3.
Loosen the two lock nuts holding the power supply in place.
4.
Disconnect the cables that are connected to the power supply assembly. Carefully lift the assembly out for service.
5.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
6.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-25
Service: Accessing the Drives
Accessing the Drives To access drives for servicing, follow these steps:
7-26
1.
Back up the configuration and custom settings as described in “Saving to Diskette” on page 7-4.
2.
Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet.
3.
Lift drive bezel up at the bottom and pull it away from the CASE chassis.
4.
Remove the four lock nuts from the drives assembly front .
5.
Slide the drives assembly out of the CASE assembly.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Accessing the Drives
NOTE Do not allow the drive assembly to drop into the unit. 6.
Hang the drives assembly by the hooks on its side s to access connectors and individual drive mounting screws.
The drives are now accessible for replacement or upgrade. If you replace the hard drive, restore your system settings (see “Restoring from Diskette” on page 7-6).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-27
Service: Accessing the Drives
When replacing the hard drive with the 80 GB hard drive (PN 2000714-011), change the jumper to “Master or single drive” as shown in the illustration below.
When you are done servicing the drives, reverse the procedure to reassemble. Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
7-28
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
Upgrading the Floppy Drive If you are upgrading from an earlier version of CASE, use the following procedure to replace the existing floppy drive with the floppy drive / card reader. 1.
Perform the procedure described in “Accessing the Drives” on page 7-26 to make the drives accessible for upgrade.
2.
Unplug the ribbon cable from the floppy drive.
Unplug ribbon cable
3.
Unplug the power connector from the floppy drive.
Unplug power connector
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-29
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
7-30
4.
Unplug the floppy drive ribbon cable (41978-001) from the motherboard inside the CASE and remove it. This cable will no longer be used.
5.
Remove the 2 screws on each side of the floppy drive.
6.
Slide the floppy drive out of the drive assembly.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
7.
Guide the “tail” of the USB cable through the drive assembly. Then insert the new floppy drive /card reader (2028841-001) into the slot of the drive assembly.
Insert the USB cable through the assembly first.
8.
Secure the floppy drive / card reader with 2 screws on each side of the floppy bracket.
Secure screws on left side...
and on the right side.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-31
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
9.
The USB cable of the floppy drive / card reader must be connected to the USB connector on the motherboard. Use a flashlight if necessary to ensure correct positioning.
Correct position of the USB cable on the motherboard.
10. View into CASE with the USB cable connected to the cable is routed away from the fan.
7-32
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
11. Insert the new floppy ribbon cable (2028841-002) into CASE and connect it to the floppy connector on the motherboard. It can be plugged in one position only.
Floppy cable connected to the motherboard
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-33
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
12. Connect the “Drive A” connector of the ribbon cable to the floppy drive /SD card reader. Pin 1 (red wire) on the right side
Ribbon cable connected to the floppy drive / SD card reader
!
7-34
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
13. Connect the power connector to the floppy drive.
Power connector connected to the floppy drive
14. Slide the drive assembly into the CASE assembly.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-35
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
15. Secure the drive assembly front with the four lock nuts.
16. Attach the drive bezel.
17. Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power. 18. Turn on the power switch and make sure that the internal fan does not touch any cable (makes no noise). 19. Use Windows Explorer to that the card reader and floppy disk can be written to and read from. 20. Format a card or floppy disk as necessary. WARNING Formatting a card or floppy disk will erase ALL data previously stored on the medium. that the medium contains no data that you want or need to retain.
7-36
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader If the floppy drive / card reader fails, use the following procedure to replace the existing drive / reader with a new unit. 1.
Perform the procedure described in “Accessing the Drives” on page 7-26 to make the drives accessible for upgrade.
2.
Unplug the ribbon cable from the drive / reader.
Unplug ribbon cable
3.
Unplug the power connector from the drive / reader.
Unplug power connector
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-37
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
7-38
4.
Unplug the USB cable from the USB connector on the motherboard. If necessary, you may momentarily lift the drive assembly from its resting position to provide additional room to access the USB connector.
5.
Remove the 2 screws on each side of the floppy drive.
6.
Slide the floppy drive out of the drive assembly.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
7.
Guide the USB cable of the new drive through the drive assembly and insert the new drive / reader into the slot of the drive assembly.
Insert the USB cable through the assembly first.
8.
Secure the floppy drive / card reader with 2 screws on each side of the floppy bracket.
Secure screws on left side...
and on the right side.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-39
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
9.
The USB cable of the floppy drive / card reader must be connected to the USB connector on the motherboard. Use a flashlight if necessary to ensure correct positioning.
Correct position of the USB cable on the motherboard.
10. View into CASE with the USB cable connected to the cable is routed away from the fan.
7-40
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
11. Connect the “Drive A” connector of the ribbon cable to the floppy drive /SD card reader. Pin 1 (red wire) on the right side
Ribbon cable connected to the floppy drive / SD card reader
!
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-41
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
12. Connect the power connector to the floppy drive.
Power connector connected to the floppy drive
13. Slide the drive assembly into the CASE assembly.
7-42
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
14. Secure the drive assembly front with the four lock nuts.
15. Attach the drive bezel.
16. Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power. 17. Turn on the power switch and make sure that the internal fan does not touch any cable (makes no noise). 18. Use Windows Explorer to that the card reader and floppy disk can be written to and read from. 19. Format a card or floppy disk as necessary. WARNING Formatting a card or floppy disk will erase ALL data previously stored on the medium. that the medium contains no data that you want or need to retain.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-43
Service: Servicing the Print Head
Servicing the Print Head Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To replace the print head, follow these steps:
7-44
1.
Remove the thermal writer from the worksurface assembly. Refer to “Removing the Worksurface Assembly” on page 7-23 for details.
2.
Press the paper release button to move the print roller away from the print head.
3.
Remove the rubber disk from the slide plate and set it aside.
4.
Disconnect the print head ribbon cable from the print head connector.
5.
Move the slide plate to the right to remove pressure from the print head.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Servicing the Print Head
6.
Pull back on the brush assembly and lift out the print head.
7.
Before installing the new print head, record the resistance value. If it is different from the original print head resistance value, the writer test will have to be performed when this your CASE is reassembled. Refer to “Writer Test” on page 6-8 for more information. Resistance Value
8.
Insert the new print head while taking care that the printhead brush does not get caught under the printhead.
Incorrect
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-45
Service: Servicing the Print Head
9.
Move slide plate to the left to lock it in place.
10. Replace the rubber disk that was removed earlier. 11. Connect the print head cable and reassemble the CASE. 12. Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power and turn the power switch ON. 13. Perform the writer test discussed in “Writer Test” on page 6-8 for more information.
7-46
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Writer Board Firmware Update
Writer Board Firmware Update Follow this procedure when replacing the Writer/Power Distribution Assembly FRU to ensure the USB Writer board has the latest firmware and correct printhead resistance. 1.
Install the new Writer/Power Distribution Assembly.
2.
Boot up the system. One of two things will happen: If the CASE has the latest application software, the system boots normally. Skip to step 7. If a firmware update is needed, the Writer Firmware Update Utility runs. Proceed to step 3.
3.
When the Writer Firmware Update Utility is finished, click OK then Exit. NOTE If the update doesn't complete, check the USB connections and connections to the board or FRU that was just installed. Then repeat from step 2.
4.
Perform a normal unit shutdown.
5.
After the screen goes completely black, turn off the Mains power switch on the back of the unit.
6.
Wait at least 30 seconds for all capacitors to drain down, then turn on the Mains power switch and press the start button by the floppy drive door.
7.
Check the writer firmware version using the following procedure: a.
On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Control .
b.
Double-click on GEMS-IT USB Devices.
c.
the two numbers under the Revision section for the thermal writer are 2.08 2.08 or higher. If the numbers shown are less than 2.08 2.08, then the update did not work and you must repeat this procedure from the beginning.
d. 8.
Revision F
Close the USB Devices and Control windows.
Reburn the printhead resistance into the writer PCB using the following procedure: a.
On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Run.
b.
Browse to D:\CASE\Diags\writerutil.exe.
c.
Click OK.
d.
Check the printhead in the writer for the indicated printhead resistance label. Refer to “Resistance Value” on page 7-45 for more information.
e.
If the Printhead Resistance value displayed is incorrect, enter the correct number.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-47
Service: Writer Board Firmware Update
f.
Click the Recalc and Save buttons. CAUTION Perform this step regardless of whether you modified the resistance value: it is required to burn the resistance value into the new writer PCB flash.
g. 9.
Close the Case Writer Utility window.
Perform a normal unit shutdown.
10. After the screen goes completely black, turn off the Mains power switch on the back of the unit. 11. Wait at least 30 seconds for all capacitors to drain down, then turn on the Mains power switch and press the start button by the floppy drive door. The unit is now ready for normal operation. 12. Launch the CASE application. 13. Click on the System Config icon. 14. Select For Service Only. The Service window opens. 15. In the Service window, enter the helserv. 16. Select Launch Writer Tests. For more information, refer to “Writer Test” on page 6-8. 17. Run the test at the speed of 25 mm/second. NOTE The first 1mm of the speed test may be distorted at 25mm/s and 50mm/s, due to the new current limiting startup ramp that was put into 2.07 and higher to prevent motor problems. 18. When the test is complete, quit the CASE application. 19. On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Programs > GE Medical Systems IT > Configure Auto Logon. The Configure Auto Logon window opens. 20. Select and click OK. NOTE Some older systems will not have not have this step. If not, proceed with the next step. 21. Perform a normal Windows shutdown.
7-48
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Servicing the I/O Assembly
Servicing the I/O Assembly Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To access the I/O assembly for servicing follow these steps: 1.
Use a screw driver to loosen and open the I/O access drawer located on the back of the unit.
2.
Remove five mounting screws from the I/O drawer rear .
Cable clamps – used for external devices, e.g., the CAM-14. Use care not to damage the attached board by pulling on device cables/cords attached here.
MOUNTING SCREWS
3.
Carefully slide out the I/O drawer to gain access to the I/O boards and mother board assembly CAUTION When moving the I/O drawer, keep it to the left or press in on circuit board to prevent the side of the chassis from damaging it.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-49
Service: Servicing the I/O Assembly
4.
Hang the drive bay as described in “Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly” on page 7-25 to position I/F cables appropriately when reinserting the I/O drawer assembly back into the CASE chassis.
5.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
6.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
Shown below is a picture of the interior of the I/O assembly drawer. Floppy Drive
Not Used
Hard Drive & CDRW
Harness Reset Switch Analog I/O
Power Header
Com D
Com C
7-50
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board
Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board After replacing the acquisition interface board, you must configure the board to work with the CASE workstation by specifying the workstation’s unit serial number. This is done with syscfg.exe using the following instructions. 1.
Make sure that you are at the initial CASE application screen.
2.
Hold down the Ctrl key and press Esc. The Start menu opens.
3.
Log on as a service with the following procedure: a.
Select Start and then Shut Down. The Shut Down Windows window opens.
b.
Select choose Close all programs and log on as a different .
c.
Press and hold the Shift key. CAUTION Do not release the Shift key until the Logon Information window opens.
d.
Select YES. The system reboots and the Logon Information window appears.
e.
Type service for the name and . Use all lowercase letters. The system completes the boot process.
4.
On the Windows desktop, right-click Network Neighborhood and select Properties. The Network window opens.
5.
that the Computer Name is entered as the unit serial number.
6.
Select Ok to close the Network window and return to the desktop.
7.
On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Run. The Run dialog box opens.
8.
Type syscfg and click OK. The System Configuration window opens. NOTE If Windows cannot find the application, you may need to specify the entire path and filename, which is typically c:\hardware\syscfg.exe.
9.
the Unit Serial Number is correct.
10. If the Unit Serial Number is incorrect, enter the correct number. 11. Select Configure.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-51
Service: Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board NOTE Some earlier units prompt you to enter the NT License number also. If this prompt displays, enter Certificate of Authenticity or 00000-oem-000000000000. 12. Select Update. 13. When the update is complete, select Exit. 14. On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Programs > GE Medical Systems IT > Configure Auto Logon. The Configure Auto Logon window opens. 15. Select , and then click OK. NOTE Some older systems will not have not have this step. If not, proceed with the next step. 16. Shut down the computer as normal.
Verification After configuring the acquisition interface board, its success by running a burn-in test with the following instructions: 1.
Launch the CASE application.
2.
Click on the System Config icon.
3.
Select For Service Only. The Service window opens.
4.
In the Service Screen, enter the helserv.
5.
From the bottom of the Service Screen choose Burn-in Test. The burn-in test begins.
6.
that the correct unit serial number is displayed.
7.
Click anywhere on the screen to stop the burn-in test. The message Stop Burn-in test? appears.
8.
7-52
Select Yes.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
8
Revision F
System Rebuild
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-1
For your notes
8-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: Overview
Overview In the event of a catastrophic system failure or a hard drive replacement, it will be necessary to restore the CASE system. This process consists of the following steps: 1.
Apply the CD image. For details, refer to “CD Image and Application Installation” on page 8-4.
2.
Configure the CASE system language. For details, refer to “Configure the CASE System Language” on page 8-8.
3.
Install the supplemental XP system files, if necessary. For details, refer to “Install Supplemental XP System Files and XP Security Patches” on page 8-11.
4.
Install the application. For details, refer to “Install the Application” on page 8-12.
5.
Identify the options that were purchased with this installation. For details, refer to “Options Installation” on page 8-13.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-3
System Rebuild: CD Image and Application Installation
CD Image and Application Installation CAUTION The CD reimaging procedure will completely erase all information on the unit, including patient data. ALL PATIENT DATA WILL BE LOST. For technical , call the Jupiter Remote On-Line Center at 1-800-558-7044. If you need technical and you are not in the US, see “How to Reach Us...” at the front of this manual to determine who to for technical for further information on copying patient data prior to CD reimaging.
This procedure describes how to install the CD image and CASE Exercise Testing System application software. Follow all the instructions to ensure your system saves your exercise test settings ( lists, protocols, etc.) and stored tests during the upgrade process. For information on saving system settings, see “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11.
Kit Check that the following items are in the kit you received. For technical , call the Jupiter Remote On-Line Center at 1-800-558-7044. If you need technical and you are not in the US, see “How to Reach Us...” at the front of this manual to determine who to for technical . Description
QTY
Multi Image CD Kit
3
CASE application software CD
1
XP Supl. Files CD (only shipped with V6.5/V6.51)
1
XP Security Patch CD (only shipped with V6.51)
1
InSite 2.0 CD (only shipped with V6.5/V6.51)
1
Initial BIOS Configuration To do the initial setup, complete the following steps:
8-4
1.
Restart the system by left-clicking Start on the task bar, selecting Shut Down, and selecting Restart.
2.
When Loading... appears press the F2 key immediately to enter the BIOS SETUP.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: CD Image and Application Installation
Bios Setup — Changing the Boot Sequence 1.
When asked to Enter type system then press Enter. You will then be entered into the BIOS Setup Utility.
2.
Insert the CASE Disk 1 Image CD into the CD-ROM drive.
3.
Press the right-arrow key to select the Boot Menu.
4.
In the Boot Menu, arrow up/down to highlight the desired device, then use the +/- keys of the numeric keypad to move the device order up/down and change so the sequence is as follows: ATAPI CDROM Drive Removable Devices Hard Drive
5.
With this order set, right arrow to the Exit Menu, highlight Exit Savings Changes, and press Enter. Highlight Yes and press Enter again. The system will reboot.
NOTE In the BIOS Setup Utility Screen, under the EXIT menu, the text “CMOS Restore Condition (CMOS Corruption)” is displayed. This is a normal condition. No action is required.
Disk Image Loading 1.
The CASE Image Utility window will appear on the display along with some warning messages. Press Y in response to the question Do you wish to continue[Y,N]?
2.
Press Y again in response to the question Are you sure? (The existing contents of your hard drive will be lost!) [Y,N]? CAUTION Pressing Y to this prompt will erase the contents of your hard drive. All patient data will be lost.
3.
When the message Span Volume [1] Done, Insert next media and press Enter to continue appears, insert Disk 2 into the CD-ROM drive and click OK.
4.
When loading is done the message Partition 1 successfully imaged will appear. Remove the CASE Image CD from the CD-ROM drive.
5.
Reboot the system by pressing Ctrl+Alt+Delete. When Loading... appears on the screen, press the F2 key immediately to enter the BIOS SETUP.
Final Bios Configuration
Revision F
1.
When asked, Enter , type system. The BIOS Setup Utility opens.
2.
Use the right arrow key to select the Exit Menu.
3.
In the Exit Menu, use the arrow key to select Restore CMOS From Flash.
4.
Press Enter to select.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-5
System Rebuild: CD Image and Application Installation
5.
Press Enter again to confirm.
6.
Use the arrow key to highlight Exit Saving Changes.
7.
Press Enter.
8.
Select Yes and press Enter again to reboot the system.
9.
Press Ctrl+Alt+Delete to open the window. Log on with your: name: __________ : __________ Click OK
10. The System Configuration Utility dialog box appears on the screen.
XP Systems — CRT or Flat Display Settings The XP image installs display settings for a CASE system with a flat display. The display settings for a CASE system with CRT are different. If the image is loaded on a CRT system, the display settings need to be modified.
Modify CRT Display Settings To modify display settings on a CRT system: 1.
Right-click My Computer and click Explore.
2.
Click Local Disk (C:) and double-click the folder.
3.
Right-click the CRT_Settings.inf file and select Install.
4.
Restart the system.
CRT or Flat Display Settings that the display settings for CRT or Flat are the same as listed in the table below. 1.
Right-click anywhere on the desktop and select Properties from the menu.
2.
Click the Settings tab on the Display Properties box.
3.
the Screen Resolution and Color Quality.
4.
Click the Advanced button.
5.
Click the Monitor tab.
6.
the Screen Refresh Rate.
Color Quality Screen Resolution Screen Refresh Rate
8-6
Display Settings for CRT
Display Settings for Flat (19” and 17”)
Medium (16 bit)
Medium (16 bit)
1024 by 768 pixels
1280 by 1024 pixels
85 Hertz
60 Hertz
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: CD Image and Application Installation
The System Configuration Utility 1.
Enter the serial number for your CASE. This entry is not case sensitive.
2.
Click Configure. The Acquisition Board Firmware Update runs automatically, followed by the New SID utility. When both operations are complete, the CASE restarts automatically. CAUTION Do not interrupt this update. Interruption of the Acquisition Board Firmware Update may damage the Acquisition Board.
3.
After the computer has restarted, press Ctrl+Alt+Delete to enter the screen. Logon as: name: : 1,3,5,7 Click OK.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-7
System Rebuild: Configure the CASE System Language
Configure the CASE System Language The CASE XP image is a single image with the multi-language interface. All language is loaded on the image and can be configured as needed. The following 15 languages are ed: Chinese (Simplified) Czech Danish Dutch English French German Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese (Brazilian) Russian Spanish Swedish Four language settings are needed to change languages on a CASE XP system: Language used on operating system menus and dialogs Input Language Regional Standards and Formats Language for Non-Unicode program NOTE Since all but the Non-Unicode Program Language settings in XP apply to the logged-in , and since most CASE customers use the , apply these setting changes while logged in as a at a minimum.
Set Menus and Dialog Language The CASE system s multiple languages for its menus and dialogs. This setting sets the language to be used. NOTE Applies to logged-in only.
8-8
1.
Double-click on the Set Windows Language icon on the CASE system desktop.
2.
Click the Languages tab and choose the desired language from the Language used in menus and dialogs drop-down list.
3.
Click OK.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: Configure the CASE System Language
CASE 6.5 s the following languages: Chinese (Simplified) Czech Danish Dutch English French German Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese (Brazilian) Russian Spanish Swedish
Set Input Language The CASE system has a separate keyboard for each ed language. This setting sets the keyboard to be used. NOTE Applies to logged-in only. 1.
Click the Languages tab and click the Details button.
2.
Click the Settings tab of the Text Services and Input Languages dialog, and select the keyboard language from the Default input language drop-down list.
3.
Click OK.
Set Regional Standards and Formats This sets how dates, times, etc., appear in the operating system. NOTE Applies to logged-in only.
Revision F
1.
Double-click the Set Windows Language icon on the CASE system desktop.
2.
Click the Regional Option tab and select the Language (and Country) where the CASE system is installed.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-9
System Rebuild: Configure the CASE System Language
Set Non-Unicode Program Language The CASE application is a non-unicode program, so this setting is needed for languages to appear correctly in the CASE application. NOTE Applies to all s. 1.
Double-click the Set Windows Language icon on the CASE system desktop.
2.
Click the Advanced tab.
3.
Select the language for the CASE application from the Language for nonUnicode programs dropdown list.
4.
Click OK. A message is displayed stating that the necessary files are installed on the system.
8-10
5.
Click Yes to use the installed files.
6.
Click Yes to restart the system.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: Install Supplemental XP System Files and XP Security Patches
Install Supplemental XP System Files and XP Security Patches If you are restoring a CASE system running on a Windows XP platform, you need to update some system files prior to restoring the CASE application. Use the following instructions. NOTE If you are upgrading a CASE system running on a Windows NT platform, it is not necessary to update your system files. Skip the following process and proceed to “Install the Application” on page 8-12. NOTE If you are upgrading a CASE V6.5 system running on a Windows XP platform, it is not necessary to update your system files. Skip the following process and proceed to “Install XP Security Patches” on page 8-11. 1.
Insert the XP Supl Files CASE UPD from V6.01 CD (2031971-001) into the CDROM drive. Windows will automatically start the upgrade of the system files. The next time the CASE system is started, Windows will check the file system.
2.
When the system files have been installed on the CASE system, remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive and proceed to “Install the Application” on page 8-12.
1.
Insert the SECURITY PATCHES CASE XP CD (2034985-001) into the CD-ROM drive.
Install XP Security Patches
Windows will automatically start the installation and finally shut down and restart the system. 2.
Revision F
Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive and proceed to “Install the Application” on page 8-12.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-11
System Rebuild: Install the Application
Install the Application To perform the initial setup, complete the following steps: 1.
Load the application CD into the CD-ROM drive. Windows will start the Install Shield Wizard.
2.
When the Case window opens, select Next.
3.
Choose the destination default, D:\CASE and select Next. The program installs automatically.
4.
Choose Program directory (local).
5.
Choose Database directory (local or network): Choose D:\CASE for local. See “Network Installation” on page 3-17 for network instructions. The program installs automatically and a progress bar appears on the screen showing the upgrade’s percent of completion.
6.
When the Install Shield Wizard is complete, select Yes I want to restart my computer now.
7.
Remove the Application CD and store. The system is now ready for use.
8.
Select Finish and the system will restart.
9.
After the computer has rebooted, press Ctrl+Alt+Delete to enter the screen. Logon as: name: : 1,3,5,7 Click OK. The CASE icon will appear on the desktop.
After performing the application installation procedure, reload customer options. For more information, refer to “Options Installation” on page 8-13.
8-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: Options Installation
Options Installation NOTE Please read this entire procedure before continuing. To enable options complete the following steps: 1.
Open the CASE application.
2.
If the Select Patient window appears, select Cancel.
3.
From the right task bar select System Configuration.
4.
At the System Configuration window, select the Option Code tab.
5.
Insert the Options disk.
6.
Select the Load button at the statement: Change Software Options - Are you sure?
7.
Select OK.
8.
Select the swopt.txt file then select Open.
9.
Select OK.
10. Remove the Options disk from the drive and store. 11. Peel off the backing of the options code label and affix it to the inside of the writer door.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-13
System Rebuild: Options Installation
8-14
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
9
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-1
Upper Level Assembly:
For your notes
9-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Upper Level Product Numbers
Upper Level Product Numbers The following table identifies the product numbers for the two upper level CASE assemblies. These numbers are presented for reference only. The products cannot be ordered as field replaceable units (FRUs). Product Number
Revision F
Description
2012492-007
CASE Series
2012492-008
CASE with KISS
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-3
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Field Replaceable Units Some items in a CASE system may not be assigned separate manufacturing part numbers because they are normally part of a larger assembly. Since they are considered field replaceable units (FRUs), they have specific service part numbers so they can be ordered and replaced by service technicians. Tech for FRU information for assemblies used on previous configurations. NOTE part numbers before ordering service parts (field replaceable units). See the tech memo series for this product for changes or additions to this list. This section presents the FRUs in two ways: FRU List This is a series of tables that identify the FRUs by category. Each table includes the associated item numbers and descriptions. FRU Diagrams This is a series of CASE design diagrams that callout the locations of various core FRUs. For each callout, a table following the description lists the item number, description, and location.
9-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRU Lists This section lists FRUs in the following categories: Core FRUs Cables, Interface Keyboards and Mice KISS Module Miscellaneous Monitors and Cables Power Cords Software
Core FRUs The following table lists the FRUs that are part of the core CASE system. The FRUs are listed sequentially by item numbe. For each FRU, the table includes the item description, the name and page of the design drawing on which the FRU is included, and the number of the callout identifying the location of the FRU on the drawing. Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
4520-306
WASHER LOCK EXIT #6,
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
66
4520-008
WASHER FLAT SS #8,
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
103
4528-106
CLAMP CABLE CUSH-.31 ID
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”7
9-16 9-26
106
4535-001
TIE WRAP 4.00 LG X .125W
Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-28
112
4702-023
WHEEL ASSY, FRONT, BRAKE
Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-18
114
4702-022
WHEEL ASSY, BACK, SWIVEL
Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-18
115
45000-604
SCREW SEMS PH 6-32X1/4
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
93
45000-603
SCREW SEMS PH 6-32 X 3/16 PHIL
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
67
45142-002
HINGE INVISIBLE SOSS 101
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
64
45177-204
SCREW PH 2-25 X .25LG
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-22 9-26
104
58017-001
BUTTON PPR TRAY MTG CASE 12
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-16 9-26
57
70437-005
LABEL SYMBOL GROUND
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
105
70437-002
LABEL, SYMBOL, EQUIP.
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back” Drawing 11, “Trays and Holders”
9-26 9-32
110
80307-059
WIRE GROUND CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-14 9-18 9-33
45
400040-001
PLUG MC EQUIPOTENTIAL
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
60
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-5
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
400041-001
WASHER LOCK SERRATED F/M-6
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
59
402019-001
SCREW 100FLHD 4-40 X 3/8
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
65
404525-001
LABEL BLANK 2 X 3/4
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
83
404811-001
TAB .25 FASTON LUG #6 STUD
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
74
405655-006
DOOR PAPER ACCESS
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
73
406831-001
HANDLE WRITER DOOR
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
49
409561-001
WASHER, M2, SS
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail” Drawing 11, “Trays and Holders”
9-30 9-32
111
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 4, “U Detail” Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail” Drawing 7, “Drives Detail” Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-14 9-16 9-20 9-22 9-24 9-28
53
411153-001
FUSE 8 AMP TYPE T 5X20MM
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
85
411324-001
NUT HEX KEPS M4-.7 CLASS 8 ZP
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-14 9-16
54
412048-002
WASHER LOCK M4 EXT TOOTH
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
81
418277-602
HOLDER-ACQ MODULE CASE
Drawing 11, “Trays and Holders”
9-32
71
418277-601
TRAY PAPER CASE
Drawing 11, “Trays and Holders”
9-32
70
418278-103
KNOB CRT BRCKT CASE
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
61
418653-031
CABLE USB A TO B 1M WHITE
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
42
419783-001
CABLE IDE DUAL 533 MM
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
43
419960-002
FUSEDRAWER 2-POLE BLACK
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
21
420430-001
INLET IEC320 MODULE W/SW
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
76
420697-001
CLIP - RIBBON CABLE CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
63
420759-001
SCREW FLATHEAD M6 X 12
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
62
420815-001
SCREW 82 DEG FLTHD 8-32 X.63 BLK
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
56
420860-001
NUT M6 KEPS
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
58
421200-001
SCREW THREAD FORMING M3 ZINC
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
51
421491-001
EMI FILTER 6A LOW LEAKAGE 250V
Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-28
20
700708-001
RIBBON CABLE 10P 170MM
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
91
801500-001
CASE 2 CONN PCB
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
38
9-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
2
2000714-010 OR (alternative) 2000714-011
HARD DRIVE, 40 GB
2002599-001
PCB CASE ACQ INTFC
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
3
2003089-001
WORKSURFACE CASE
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
5
2003091-001
TRAY ACCESSORY CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
6
2003092-001
BRACKET MTG FLOPPY DRIVE
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
7
2003141-007
DISK DRIVE CDRW 52X32X52X EIDE W/ROXIO
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
75
2003342-001
EXTRUSION DISPLAY
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
9
2004060-001
PCB CASE LIGHT BOARD
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
10
2004064-001
PCB CASE USB WRITER
Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-28
11
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back” Drawing 9, “Power Detail” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-24 9-26 9-28 9-33
48
2004293-001
PAD WORKSURFACE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
72
2004295-001
BEZEL DRIVES W/BUTTON CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-14 9-18
12
2004296-001
TRAY WRITER CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
13
2004297-001
WELDMENT CARD CAGE
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
2004417-001
BUTTON WRITER RELEASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
17
2004508-001
DOOR ACCESS I/O
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
18
2004527-001
ACCESS CABLE
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
19
2004540-001
SHIELD EMI CASE SERIES
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
22
2004574-001
BRACKET XFMR CASE
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
23
2004605-002
ASSY STRESS KEYPAD 22 KEY CASE SERIES
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2004769-001
BUSHING INSULATOR SNAP
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
108
2004770-001
CLAMP CABLE .187 ID
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
107
2004867-001
LENS CLEAR CASE SERIES
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
25
2004915-016
LABEL STRESS KEYPAD (PORTUGUESE)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2004960-001
LABEL MAX-2 POWER RATING
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
95
2004972-002
HARN LIGHT EXTERNAL CASE
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-22 9-33
28
Revision F
HARD DRIVE, 80 GB
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-7
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
2004972-001
HARN LIGHT INTERNAL CASE
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-26 9-33
27
2004974-001
HARN POWER INLET W/TOROID
Drawing 9, “Power Detail” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-28 9-33
30
2004975-001
HARN POWER FILTER
Drawing 9, “Power Detail” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-28 9-33
31
2004976-001
HARN PS1/PS2/PWRDIST
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
32
2004977-002
HARN PWRSPLY TO PDBD LONG
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
29
2004977-001
HARN PWRSPLY TO PDBD SHORT
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
33
2004979-001
ASSY ISOLATION XFMR 150VA 90V265VAC 1:1
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-16 9-26 9-33
34
2004980-001
HARN RIBBON WRITER
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
35
2004981-001
HARN ATX POWER
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
36
2004982-001
HARN POWER HARD/FLOPPY DRIVE
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
37
2004985-001
ASSY CABLEWITH BRACKET PC SERIAL
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
118
2004986-001
HARN RESET SWITCH CASE
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-16 9-33
39
2005897-001
ASSY CABLE GUIDE CASE SERIES
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
24
2006194-001
CABLE POWER DISPLAY
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
92
2006195-001
HARN POWER CDRW
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
90
2006392-001
PLATE U SLIDE
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
100
2006536-001
LABEL CASE CABLE GUIDE
Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-18
97
2006537-001
LABEL CASE DRIVE SETTINGS
Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-18
26
2006538-001
LABEL BIOS SETUP CASE
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
99
2006539-001
LABEL CASE WORKSURFACE LIGHT
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
98
2006581-001
BUSHING SNAP PLASTIC 3.0IN
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-16 9-33
77
2006582-001
SCR W/WASHER M4X8
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-14 9-16 9-26
55
2006583-001
CLAMP PUSH MOUNT .75 DIA.
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-14 9-22
78
2006584-001
GUIDES PUSH MOUNT 8.0IN LG
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
101
9-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
2006585-001
CLIP WIRE ROUTING PUSH MT
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
102
2007165-001
KIT FRU WRITER CASE SERIES
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
79
2007169-002
KIT, POWER DISTRIBUTION W/O FILTER
Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-28
113
2007206-001
WIRE GROUND W/CHOKE
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
47
2007786-009
NAMEPLATE 40MM GE LOGO DK BLUE
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
87
2007892-002
MAIN U BOARD W/SDRAM, BIOS AND U OR compatible/interchangeable FRU SET MOTHERBOARD CASE RADISYS ROHS
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
1
2007976-001
COVER PLATE D CONNECTORS
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
82
2008051-001
LABEL SERVICE I/O CASE
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
86
2008053-001
STANDOFF 10.5MM LG FEMALE M3 THD
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
84
2008062-001
ASSY CHASSIS CASE SERIES
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
4
2021892-001
ASSY LCD MOUNT, CASE
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
15
2026205-015
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (POLISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-014
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (CZECH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-013
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (HUNGARIAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-012
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (DANISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-011
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (NORWEGIAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-010
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (JAPANESE)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-009
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (CHINESE)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-008
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (RUSSIAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-007
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (DUTCH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-006
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (ITALIAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-005
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (SPANISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-004
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (SWEDISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-003
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (FRENCH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-002
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (GERMAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2035864-001
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-9
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
2026205-001
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (ENGLISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2028841-010
CABLE PC DISK DRIVE FDD
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
41
2028841-008
DISK DRIVE FDD/ CARD READER
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
8
1479-005T
PRINTHEAD
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
135
CS-1150
PRINTHEAD SCREW
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
136
Cables, Interface The following table identifies the FRUs available for connecting the CASE system tothe exercise products. Item Number 700609-001
Item Description CABLE, TREILL TO STRESS SYSTEM
Keyboards and Mice The following table identifies the input and navigation devices availble for the CASE system. Item Number
9-10
Item Description
2005125-014
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (CZECH)
2005125-013
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (HUNGARIAN)
2005125-012
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (DANISH)
2005125-011
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (NORWEGIAN)
2005125-007
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (DUTCH)
2005125-006
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (SWEDISH)
2005125-005
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (SPANISH)
2005125-004
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (ITALIAN)
2005125-003
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (GERMAN)
2005125-002
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (FRENCH)
2005125-001
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (USA)
2005125-016
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (PORTUGUESE)
2007023-001 OR (alternative) 2022144-001
MICROSOFT INTELLIMOUSE
2005125-015
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (POLISH)
MICROSOFT OPTICAL MOUSE PS/2 or USB
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
KISS Module The following table identifies the FRUs that are part of the KISS component available for the CASE system. Item Number
Item Description
2008712-001
PUMP INTERNAL KISS CASE
2008713-001
KIT KISS CASE EXTERNAL
2031030-001
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR GER, ENG, FRE
2031030-002
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR ITA, SPA, DUT
2031030-003
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR SWE, DAN, NOR
2031030-004
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR HUN, CZE, SLA
2031030-005
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR RUS, POL
Miscellaneous The following table identifies various FRUs that are not part of some other subsystem. Item Number
Item Description
801280-001
CAM-14 PCB
4582-015
STRAIN RELIEF 5/8D 6N3-4
2024039-001
SET UPGRADE ELECTRODES NEHB
2024040-001
SET UPGRADE ELECTRODES A1-A4
2028841-010
FRU CABLE PC DISK DRIVE FDD(
2031549-001
CORE RING FERRITE SAFETY LOCK D=6.6MM
2031549-002
CORE RING FERRITE SAFETY LOCK D=13MM
2031549-003
CORE RING FERRITE SAFETY LOCK D=27.5MM
2024038-001
SET UPGRADE ELECTRODES FRANK
Monitors and Cables The following table identifies the FRUs assocaited with the CASE system’s display subsystem. Item Number
Revision F
Item Description
2019792-001
CABLE ASSY DVI-D TO DVI-D VIDEO
2032323-001
DISPLAY, 19” CHILIN TECH MDC1900
2026400-001
DISPLAY LCD 17" NEC 1770NX
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-11
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Power Cords The following table identifies the power cords available for the CASE system. Item Number
Item Description
401855-010
10A, 8FT, AUST
401855-009
10A, 8FT, DANISH
401855-008
10A, 8FT, INDIAN
401855-007
10A, 8FT, SWISS
401855-004
10A, 8FT, ISRAELI
401855-003
10A, 8FT, ITALIAN
401855-002
10A, 8FT, BRITISH
401855-001
10A, 8FT, CONT. EURO
405535-002
15A, 125V, 12FT, USA
Software The following table identifies the software available for the CASE system. Item Number
9-12
Item Description
2022587-010
CD CASE V6.51
2022588-004
KIT IMAGE CASE XP RADISYS V1.2 MULTILANG
2028915-004
CD CASE V6.51 CLIENT
2028918-001
CD CASE CARDIOSOFT INSITE 2.0
2031971-001
XP SUPL FILES UPD FROM V6.01 CD-ROM
2034985-001
CD SECURITY PATCHES CASE XP (only for CASE systems with product code SCF or higher)
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRU Diagrams The diagrams on the following pages identify the various assemblies, components, and FRUs of the CASE 6.5 system. Key FRUs are identified by numbered callouts. The table following each diagram identifies the Item Number and description of each callout in the drawing.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-13
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 1: WorkStation Front
9-14
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 1, WorkStation Front Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
6
2003091-001
TRAY ACCESSORY CASE
12
2004295-001
BEZEL DRIVES W/BUTTON CASE
13
2004296-001
TRAY WRITER CASE
17
2004417-001
BUTTON WRITER RELEASE
22
2004540-001
SHIELD EMI CASE SERIES
24
2005897-001
ASSY CABLE GUIDE CASE SERIES
45
80307-059
WIRE GROUND CASE
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
54
411324-001
NUT HEX KEPS M4-.7 CLASS 8 ZP
55
2006582-001
SCR W/WASHER M4X8
63
420697-001
CLIP - RIBBON CABLE CASE
72
2004293-001
PAD WORKSURFACE
78
2006583-001
CLAMP PUSH MOUNT .75 DIA.
79
2007165-001
KIT FRU WRITER CASE SERIES
81
412048-002
WASHER LOCK M4 EXT TOOTH
135
1479-005T
PRINTHEAD
136
CS-1150
PRINTHEAD SCREW
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-15
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 2: WorkStation Back
FRUs in Drawing 2, WorkStation Back Loc Num
9-16
Item Number
Item Description
4
2008062-001
ASSY CHASSIS CASE SERIES
18
2004508-001
DOOR ACCESS I/O
21
419960-002
FUSEDRAWER 2-POLE BLACK
23
2004574-001
BRACKET XFMR
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 2, WorkStation Back (Continued) Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
34
2004979-001
ASSY ISOLATION XFMR 150VA 90V-265VAC 1:1
39
2004986-001
HARN RESET SWITCH CASE
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
54
411324-001
NUT HEX KEPS M4-.7 CLASS 8 ZP
55
2006582-001
SCR W/WASHER M4X8
56
420815-001
SCREW 82 DEG FLTHD 8-32 X.63 BLK
57
58017-001
BUTTON PPR TRAY MTG CASE 12
59
400041-001
WASHER LOCK SERRATED F/M-6
60
400040-001
PLUG MC EQUIPOTENTIAL
76
420430-001
INLET IEC320 MODULE W/SW
77
2006581-001
BUSHING SNAP PLASTIC 3.0IN
85
411153-001
FUSE 8 AMP TYPE T 5X20MM
86
2008051-001
LABEL SERVICE I/O CASE
101
2006584-001
GUIDES PUSH MOUNT 8.0IN LG
102
2006585-001
CLIP WIRE ROUTING PUSH MT
103
4520-008
WASHER FLAT SS #8,
106
4528-106
CLAMP CABLE CUSH-.31 ID
107
2004770-001
CLAMP CABLE .187 ID
108
2004769-001
BUSHING INSULATOR SNAP
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-17
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 3: WorkStation Side
9-18
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 3, WorkStation Side Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
12
2004295-001
BEZEL DRIVES W/BUTTON CASE
26
2006537-001
LABEL CASE DRIVE SETTINGS
45
80307-059
WIRE GROUND CASE
97
2006536-001
LABEL CASE CABLE GUIDE
114
4702-023
WHEEL ASSY, FRONT, BRAKE
115
4702-022
WHEEL ASSY, BACK, SWIVEL
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-19
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 4: U Detail
FRUs in Drawing 4, U Detail Loc Num
9-20
Item Number
1
2007892-002
1
2035864-001
Item Description MAIN U BOARD W/SDRAM, BIOS AND U OR compatible/interchangeable FRU CASE RADISYS ROHS MOTHERBOARD KIT
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 4, U Detail (Continued) Loc Num 3
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
2002599-001
PCB CASE ACQ INTFC
10.
4520-008
WASHER FLAT SS #8
38
801500-001
CASE 2 CONN PCB
51
421200-001
SCREW THREAD FORMING M3 ZINC
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
82
2007976-001
COVER PLATE D CONNECTORS
84
2008053-001
STANDOFF 10.5MM LG FEMALE M3 THD
100
2006392-001
PLATE U SLIDE
118
2004985-001
ASSY CABLE WITH BRACKET PC SERIAL
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-21
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 5: Display Platform Detail 117
FRUs in Drawing 5, Display Platform Detail Loc Num
9-22
Item Number
Item Description
9
2003342-001
EXTRUSION ALUMINUM CASE
10
2004060-001
PCB CASE LIGHT BOARD
15
2021893-001
ASSY LCD MOUNT, CASE
25
2004867-001
LENS CLEAR CASE SERIES
28
2004972-002
HARN LIGHT EXTERNAL CASE Note: Also order Ferrite bead 2027241001 (117) when replacing Harness Light External CASE.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 5, Display Platform Detail (Continued) Loc Num
Item Number
Item Description
117
2027241-001
FERRITE BEAD
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
58
420860-001
NUT M6 KEPS
61
418278-103
KNOB CRT BRCKT CASE
62
420759-001
SCREW FLATHEAD M6 X 12
78
2006583-001
CLAMP PUSH MOUNT .75 DIA.
104
45177-204
SCREW PH 2-25 X .25LG
Drawing 6: Ferrite Bead Installation
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-23
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 7: Drives Detail
FRUs in Drawing 7, Drives Detail
9-24
Loc Num
Item Number
2
2000714-010 OR (alternative) 2000714-011
Item Description HARD DRIVE, 40 GB HARD DRIVE, 80 GB
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 7, Drives Detail (Continued) Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
7
2003092-001
BRACKET MTG FLOPPY DRIVE
8
2028841-008
DISK DRIVE FDD/ CARD READER
48
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
67
45000-603
SCREW SEMS PH 6-32 X 3/16 PHIL
75
2003141-007
DISK DRIVE CDRW 52X32X52X EIDE W/ROXIO
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-25
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 8: U Top and Back
FRUs in Drawing 8, U Top and Back Loc Num 27
9-26
Item Number 2004972-001
Item Description HARN LIGHT INTERNAL CASE
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 8, U Top and Back (Continued) Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
34
2004979-001
ASSY ISOLATION XFMR 150VA 90V-265VAC 1:1
48
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
55
2006582-001
SCR W/WASHER M4X8
57
58017-001
BUTTON PPR TRAY MTG CASE 12
83
404525-001
LABEL BLANK 2 X 3/4
95
2004960-001
LABEL MAX-2 POWER RATING
98
2006539-001
LABEL CASE WORKSURFACE LIGHT
104
45177-204
SCREW PH 2-25 X .25LG
105
70437-005
LABEL SYMBOL GROUND
106
4528-106
CLAMP CABLE CUSH-.31 ID
110
70437-002
LABEL, SYMBOL, EQUIP.
116
2004297-001
WELDMENT CARD CAGE
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-27
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 9: Power Detail
9-28
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 9, Power Detail Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
11
2004064-001
PCB CASE USB WRITER
20
421491-001
EMI FILTER 6A LOW LEAKAGE 250V
30
2004974-001
HARN POWER INLET W/TOROID
31
2004975-001
HARN POWER FILTER
40
2005124-001
PWR SPLY SW 75W MED 4 OUTS 5/12/-12/12
44
420025-003
POWER SUPPLY SWIT 75W-15V
48
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
80
2005342-001
BRACKET POWER SUPPLIES
112
4535-001
TIE WRAP 4.00 LG X .125W
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-29
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 10: Worksurface Detail
9-30
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 10, Worksurface Detail Loc Num
Item Number
Item Description
5
2003089-001
WORKSURFACE CASE
19
2004527-001
ACCESS CABLE
49
406831-001
HANDLE WRITER DOOR
64
45142-002
HINGE INVISIBLE SOSS 101
65
402019-001
SCREW 100FLHD 4-40 X 3/8
66
4520-306
WASHER LOCK EXIT #6,
73
405655-006
DOOR PAPER ACCESS
74
404811-001
TAB .25 FASTON LUG #6 STUD
87
2007786-009
NAMEPLATE 40MM GE LOGO DK BLUE
88
2026205-015
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (POLISH)
2026205-014
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (CZECH)
2026205-013
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (hUNGARIAN)
2026205-012
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (DANISH)
2026205-011
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (NORWEGIAN)
2026205-010
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (JAPANESE)
2026205-009
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (CHINESE)
2026205-008
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (RUSSIAN)
2026205-007
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (DUTCH)
2026205-006
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (ITALIAN)
2026205-005
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (SPANISH)
2026205-004
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (SWEDISH)
2026205-003
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (FRENCH)
2026205-002
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (GERMAN)
2026205-001
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (ENGLISH)
2004605-002
ASSY STRESS KEYPAD 22 KEY CASE SERIES1
2004915-016-
LABEL STRESS KEYPAD (PORTUGUESE)1
93
45000-604
SCREW SEMS PH 6-32X1/4
99
2006538-001
LABEL BIOS SETUP CASE
111
409561-001
WASHER, M2, SS
1. NOTE: Both 2004605-002 and 2004915-016 are required to replace the keypad on a Portuguese unit.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-31
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 11: Trays and Holders
FRUs in Drawing 11, Trays and Holders Loc Num
9-32
Item Number
Item Description
70
418277-601
TRAY PAPER CASE
71
418277-602
HOLDER-ACQ MODULE CASE
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 12: Electrical Diagram
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-33
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 12, Electrical Diagram Loc Num
9-34
Item Number
Item Description
27
2004972-001
HARN LIGHT INTERNAL CASE
28
2004972-002
HARN LIGHT EXTERNAL CASE
29
2004977-002
HARN PWRSPLY TO PDBD LONG
30
2004974-001
HARN POWER INLET W/TOROID
31
2004975-001
HARN POWER FILTER
32
2004976-001
HARN PS1/PS2/PWRDIST
33
2004977-001
HARN PWRSPLY TO PDBD SHORT
34
2004979-001
ASSY ISOLATION XFMR 150VA 90V-265VAC 1:1
35
2004980-001
HARN RIBBON WRITER
36
2004981-001
HARN ATX POWER
37
2004982-001
HARN POWER HARD/FLOPPY DRIVE
39
2004986-001
HARN RESET SWITCH CASE
41
2028841-010
CABLE PC DISK DRIVE FDD
42
418653-031
CABLE USB A TO B 1M WHITE
43
419783-001
CABLE IDE DUAL 533 MM
45
80307-059
WIRE GROUND CASE
47
2007206-001
WIRE GROUND W/CHOKE
48
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
77
2006581-001
BUSHING SNAP PLASTIC 3.0IN
90
2006195-001
HARN POWER CDRW
91
700708-001
RIBBON CABLE 10P 170MM
92
2006194-001
CABLE POWER DISPLAY
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Documentation FRUs
Documentation FRUs The following table identifies the documentation available for CASE v6.5 and their part numbers.. Part Number
Revision F
Description
2027786-078
CASE Op Manual ENG
2027786-083
CASE Op Manual GER
2027786-086
CASE Op Manual FRE
2027786-089
CASE Op Manual DUT
2027786-092
CASE Op Manual ITA
2027786-095
CASE Op Manual SPA
2027786-098
CASE Op Manual SWE
2027786-101
CASE Op Manual DAN
2027786-104
CASE Op Manual NOR
2027786-107
CASE Op Manual RUS
2027786-110
CASE Op Manual HUN
2027786-113
CASE Op Manual CZE
2027786-116
CASE Op Manual SLA
2027786-120
CASE Op Manual POL
2027786-127
CASE Op Manual JPN
2027786-130
CASE Op Manual CHS
2027786-185
CASE Op Manual POR
2027786-082
CASE Service Manual ENG
2027786-141
CASE CLIENT OP Manual ENG
2027786-144
CASE CLIENT OP Manual GER
2027786-146
CASE CLIENT OP Manual FRE
2027786-148
CASE CLIENT OP Manual DUT
2027786-150
CASE CLIENT OP Manual ITA
2027786-152
CASE CLIENT OP Manual SPA
2027786-154
CASE CLIENT OP Manual SWE
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-35
Upper Level Assembly: Documentation FRUs
Part Number
9-36
Description
2027786-156
CASE CLIENT OP Manual DAN
2027786-158
CASE CLIENT OP Manual NOR
2027786-160
CASE CLIENT OP Manual RUS
2027786-162
CASE CLIENT OP Manual HUN
2027786-164
CASE CLIENT OP Manual CZE
2027786-166
CASE CLIENT OP Manual SLA
2027786-168
CASE CLIENT OP Manual POL
2027786-170
CASE CLIENT OP Manual JPN
2027786-172
CASE CLIENT OP Manual CHS
2027786-188
CASE CLIENT OP Manual POR
2027786-143
CASE CLIENT Service Manual ENG
2027786-142
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide ENG
2027786-145
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide GER
2027786-147
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide FRE
2027786-149
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide DUT
2027786-151
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide ITA
2027786-153
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide SPA
2027786-155
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide SWE
2027786-157
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide DAN
2027786-159
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide NOR
2027786-161
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide RUS
2027786-163
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide HUN
2027786-165
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide CZE
2027786-167
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide SLA
2027786-169
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide POL
2027786-171
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide JPN
2027786-173
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide CHS
2027786-189
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide POR
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Documentation FRUs
Part Number 2025521-xxx
22745001
TBD
Revision F
Description KISS MULTILEAD Op. Manual (will be available in 14 languages)
KISS Service Manual
Installation Manual KISS MAC5000 in dif. Languages
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-37
Upper Level Assembly: Documentation FRUs
For your notes
9-38
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Appendix A Abbreviations
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
A-1
A-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations
Standard Abbreviations A A A-ang A-arh A-coa A-hyp A1 - A4 AAMI ABP ac, AC ACLS A/D Adj AG Ah AHA Al AllRam AllSec AllTrk ALT Alt-Off am, AM AM-1 AM-1M AM-2 AM-3 AM-4 amp Ampl AMU ANA ANLG AnsrTone A/O ASCII ASSY Attn AUG AUST AUSTRALN Auto AutoRhym AUX aVF avg aVL
Revision F
ampere antianginal antiarrhythmic anticoagulants antihypertensive auxiliary leadwires American Association of Medical Instrumentation ambulatory blood pressure alternating current Advanced Cardiac Life analog-to-digital adjustable automotive glass ampere hours American Heart Association aluminum all RAM all sector all track alternate alternate offset acquisition module, ante meridiem acquisition module-1 acquisition module-1 modified acquisition module-2 acquisition module-3 acquisition module-4 ampere amplifier ambulatory monitoring unit analog analog answer tone Analog Output American Standard Code for Information Interchange assembly attention August Australian Australian automatic automatic rhythm auxiliary augmented left leg lead average augmented left arm lead
aVR AWG
augmented right arm lead American Wire Gage B
Bd BDGH BetaB BKSP BLK BLU Blvd BP BPM BRIT BRN BSI Btu
board, baud binding head beta blockers backspace black blue boulevard blood pressure beats per minute Britain brown British Standards Institute British thermal unit C
CalcBlk CAPOC CASE Catoprl Cauc Cer CFM CGR Ch, CH C/L CLK Clonid cm cm2 Cmd CMMR CMOS c/o COM1 COM2 ComLink Comp Confrmd Cont, CONT Coumadn R U CR CRC CRD
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
calcium blockers Computer Assisted Practice of Cardiology Computer Aided System for Exercise Catopril Caucasian ceramic cubic feet/minute computer graphic record channel center line clock signal Clonidine centimeter square centimeters command number common mode rejection ratio complementary metal-oxide semiconductor in care of communications port 1 communications port 2 communications link composition confirmed Continental, continued Coumadin cardiopulmonary resuscitation central processing unit diode cyclic redundancy check cord
A-3
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations crt, CRT CSA CTRL
cathode ray tube Canadian Standards Association control
ESD etc, etc. EURO EXP
electrostatic discharge et cetera Europe, European Expanded
D D/A DA dac, DAC DAN Dat/Tim dBm dc, DC DD DDD DEC Del DEMO DES DevId Diag Digital Digitox Digox Digoxin DIP Dirctry Diurt DOB DOS DP DPST DRAM DR/DT DSKTP Dysopyr
digital to analog damping relay digital-to-analog converter Danish date/time decibel (referenced to 1 milliwatt into 600 ohms) direct current double density, day Digital Diagnostic Diskette Digital Equipment Corporation, December delete demonstration designation device identification diagnostic Digitalis Digitoxin digoxin Digoxin-Lanoxin dual in-line package directory diuretics date of birth disk operating system diametral pitch double-pole, single-throw dynamic RAM digital recording/digital transmission desktop Dysopyramide E
E ecg, Ecg, ECG ECO EDIC EEPROM e.g. EGA EMF EMI ENG EOF EPIC EPLD EPROM
A-4
enable, vector electrode site, vector lead electrocardiogram Engineering Change Order Electrocardiograph Digital Information Center electrically erasable programmable ROM for example enhanced graphics adapter electromotive force electromagnetic interference English end of file Electronic Patient Information Chart electrically programmable logic device eraseable, programmable, read-only memory
F F F1-F5 Fax FCC FE FILH FLH FLRAM FR FrntEnd FSK ft Furosem
fuse, Farad, female function keys 1 through 5 facsimile Federal Communications Commission front end fillister head flat head flash RAM French front end frequency shift keying foot, feet Furosemide G
g GB GERM GND GRN GRY
gram, acceleration due to gravity Great Britain German, ground, digital ground (dc common) green gray H
H HDLC Hex, HEX HH HiRes Hr Hydral Hz
high, vector electrode site, vector lead high-level data link control hexagon, hexadecimal hour high-resolution hour Hydralazine Hertz (cycles per second) I
I I, II, III IC ID i.e. IEC in IN inc, inc., INC Info Ins I/O I/P ISA
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
on, input, vector electrode site limb leads integrated circuit identification that is International Electrotechnical Commission inch input incorporated information insert input/output input industry standard architecture
Revision F
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations Isosorb IT
MMM mm/mV mm/s Modem MOS MPE ms MS-DOS MTBF mtg MTR mux mV mVR
Isosorbide Italian, Italy J
JAN JIS
January Japan Industrial Standards K
k, K Kb, KB kg, Kg kHz, KHz kV, KV Kyb
kilo, 1000, 1024 kilobyte kilogram kilohertz kilovolt keyboard
N
L L L1 L2 LA lb LCD Lcl Line Ld Grps LED LH Lidoca LL Loc Loc LogRetry Ltd
N n/a NA NC Nitrate NLQ NMI NMOS No NO norm nS NSR
line level one level two left arm pound liquid crystal display local line lead groups light-emitting diode left hand Lidocaine left leg location Local MAC PC log retry limited
mA MAC mains voltage
max Measure Med MEM MF MHz min Misc mm MM
Revision F
neutral not available not applicable no connection nitrates near letter quality non-maskable interrupt N-channel metal-oxide semiconductor number normally open normal nanoseconds Normal Sinus Rhythm O
M m M
month millimeter per millivolt millimeter per second modulator/demodulator metal oxide semiconductor metallized polycarbonate expitaxial milliseconds Microsoft Disk Operating System mean time between failures mounting MOTOR multiplexer millivolt minus (inverted) aVR
meter megabyte, metric, vector electrode site, vector lead, male milliamperes Microcomputer Augmented Cardiograph voltage of a supply mains between 2 line conductors of a polyphase system or voltage between the line conductor and the neutral of a single-phase system maximum measurements medications memory metal film megahertz minutes, minimum miscellaneous millimeter minute
O OE OEM OH OneSec ORG Orig OUT oz
off, original other errors original equipment manufacturer off-hook relay one sector orange original output ounce P
P p-p PA Params wds PatData PatInfo PATN PC PCB pF
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
P wave (section of the ECG waveform) peak-to-peak P wave amplitude parameters s patient data patient information patient printed circuit, personal computer printed circuit board picofarad
A-5
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations Pgm PgmId Phenoth Phenytn PID PLCC PM pm, PM PM-2 PM-3 pn, PN PNH PPA PR Pro-Off Procain PROM Propran PSK PSU Psych PUP PVC PWM PWR PWR CRD
program program identification Phenothiazide Phenytoin patient identification digit plastic leadless chip carrier power module post meridiem, preventive maintenance Power Module-2 Power Module-3 part number pan head P wave amplitude ECG signal interval progressive offset Procainamide programmable read-only memory Propranolol phase shift keying power supply unit psychotropic pull-up signal polyvinyl chloride pulse-width modulation power power cord Q
Q QA QAD QAM QC QD QRS QT QTC QTY Quinid
transistor quality assurance, Q wave amplitude Quality Assurance Deviation quadrature amplitude modulation (phase and amplitude modulation) quality control Q wave duration QRS complex (portion of ECG waveform), interval of ventricular depolarization QRS interval QRS interval quantity Quinidine R
R RA RAM RC RD Ref REN Reserp REV RevdBy RevXmit
A-6
resistor, red, reset right angle, right arm or R wave amplitude random access memory resistor capacitor R wave duration reference, refresh Ringer Equivalence Number Reserpine revision reviewed by reverse transmission
rf RFI RGB RI RL RMR ROM RPA RPD rpt, Rpt RTC RTI RTN RVS R/W
radio frequency radio frequency interference red, green, blue ring indicate right leg Rhythm and Morphology Report read only memory R wave amplitude R wave duration report real time clock relative to patient input return reverse read/write S
12SL s, S SA SB SCL SD SE sec sec.s SEER SING SP SPA SPDT SRAM ST-T standrd, Standrd STD STE STJ STM stmts, Stmts supply mains SVT sw, SW SW
12 simultaneous leads second, select, switch s wave amplitude slow-blow safe current limits schematic diagram, S wave duration serial input/output errors second seconds Solid-state Electronic ECG Recorder Singapore Spanish S wave amplitude single-pole, double-throw static RAM ST-T wave (section of the ECG waveform) standard standard ST segment displacement at the end ST segment displacement at the J point ST segment displacement at the mid-point between STJ and STE statements permanently installed power source power cord type; 300 V switch, software Swedish, Sweden T
T Tone TA Tant TDML TE Tech Thiazid TM
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
touch tone T wave amplitude tantalum treill timeout errors technical Thiazide trademark
Revision F
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations Tot TP TPA TRAM Tricyli TTL TVS
total test point T’ wave amplitude Transport Remote Acquisition Monitor Tricylic antidepressant transistor-transistor logic, TTL levels transient voltage suppressor U
UE uF UL Unconf UUT
undefined errors microfarad Underwriters’ Laboratory, Inc unconfirmed unit-under-test
Vent. VF VGA VIA VIO Volt VRAM vs
x XCV X,Y,Z
by (as in “8-1/2 x 11”) transceiver orthogonal leads Y
Y yr yrs YY
year, yellow year years year Symbols
V v, V V1-V6 V123 V3R V456 V4R V ac V dc VA Var VDE
X
volt, volts precordial leads V1, V2, V3 precordial lead V4, V5, V6 precordial lead volts, alternating current voltage, direct current volt-amperes variable Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (German regulatory agency) ventricular ventricular fibrillation video graphics array versatile interface adapter violet voltage video RAM versus
↑ µ µF µs, µsec 68K & # °C °F Ω % ® > < ± *
12SL
SHIFTed or alternate function micro microfarad microsecond 68000 and number degrees Celsius degrees Fahrenheit Ohm, ohm percent ed greater than less than plus or minus An asterisk after a signal name indicates the signal is active at its relatively lower potential, or “active-low.” Signals without the asterisk suffix are active at their relatively higher potential, or “active-high.” 12 simultaneous leads
W w/ W Warfar WHT WI
Revision F
with watt Warfarin white Wisconsin
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
A-7
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations
For your notes
A-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Appendix B Technical Description
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
B-1
B-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Technical Description: Technical Specifications
Technical Specifications
Table 1. Performance Specifications - Signal Processing Item
Description
Instrument type
Unity-enhanced cardiac stress testing system with 14 channel acquisition and programmable lead configurations. Celeron-based, NT technology platform and hard drive storage delivers local and MUSE database access.
ECG analysis frequency
500 Hz
ST measurements
ST amplitudes, slope, integral, index, ST/HR slope, ST/HR loops, ST/HR index up to 15 leads
E, J, and post-J point
Manual or computer selected
Signal processing technique
Incremental updating to minimize artifact in all leads
Baseline correction
Cubic Spline or Finite Residual Filter algorithm
QRS detection and analysis
Based on automatic or manual lead selection
ECG output
Real-time ECG/QRS beep/TTL synchronization output
Heart rate
Automatic arrhythmia detection, documentation and annotation
Full disclosure ECG
Beat-to-beat ECG record and event review
Reanalysis
Post-test medians remeasurement from E, J, post-J point selections
ECG interpretation (optional)
12SL Adult and Pediatric ECG Analysis Program
Additional ECG function
Vectorcardiography
Table 2. Performance Specifications - Data Acquisition Item
Description
Technology
Active, “Type BF” floating isolated powered 14 channel acquisition module with built-in lead-fail detection and lead prep impedance measurement
Sampling rate
Over-sampling @ 4000 Hz, 12 leads
Dynamic range
320 mV, ±10 mV signal superimposed on ±150 mV DC offset
Resolution
4.88 µV/LSB @ 500 Hz
Noise
< 15 µV peak-to-peak noise over 0.01 to 150 Hz (-3 dB) bandwidth
Frequency response
-3dB, display and writer
High filter
0.01 Hz (or 0.05 Hz, special use) with DC offset control
Low filter
20, 40, 100 or 150 Hz (selectable)
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
B-3
Technical Description: Technical Specifications
Table 2. Performance Specifications - Data Acquisition (Continued) Item
Description
Line filter
50.0 or 60.0 Hz notch filter (selectable)
Baseline correction
Cubic spline algorithm
Artifact/baseline correction
Finite Residual Filter (FRF) algorithm
Common mode rejection
> 140 dB (123 dB with AC filter disabled)
Input impedance
> 10MΩ @ 10 Hz, defibrillator protected
Patient leakage
< 10 µA
Pace detect
Orthogonal LA, LL, and V6; 750 µV @ 50 µs
Communication/storage
MUSE CV system compatible via diskette, network (optional) MUSE CV Web compatible for retrieval, view, printing of MUSE CV system data Local storage: minimum 10 GB hard drive storage of complete ECG record and test results CD-RW removable archive (optional) Adobe PDF export of final reports Microsoft Word export of configured reports XML or XL export of special data
Table 3. Display Item
Description
Type
LCD
Resolution
1280 x 1024
Size
19” diagonal DVI
Monitored leads
3, 6, or 15
Displayed leads
Number on screen 3 or 6 (12 lead check)
Format
3 rhythm, 3 rhythm + medians, 3 rhythm + trends, 6 rhythm, 4 x 2.5 + 1 rhythm, 2 x 6
Speeds
25, 50 mm/s
Sensitivity/Gain
2.5, 5, 10, 20 mm/mV
Displayed vital signs data (configurable)
Heart rate, target heart rate, blood pressure, exercise clock, stage clock, phase clock, protocol, speed, grade, Watts, METS, RPP, and SpO2
Other displayed data
ST scan/median complexes, arrhythmias, ventricular ectopic/min. counter, 3 to 15 waveforms, lead check torso and 12 leads, waterfall displays, trends, tabular summary, stored ECG strips, interpretation, time-of-day clock, patient name, warning messages and prompts
B-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Technical Description: Technical Specifications
Table 4. Writer Item
Description
Technology
“Instant” load thermal dot array
Leads
3, 6, 12, or 15 (standard, NEHB, Cabrera, configurable)
Speeds
5, 12.5, 25, and 50 mm/s (± 2%)
Sensitivity/Gain
2.5, 5, 10, or 20 mm/mV (± 5%)
Resolution
Horizontal 1000 lines/s x 200 dpi dedicated local printing, 200 x 200 dpi generic printing
Paper type
Thermal, perforated, fanfold, 300 sheets per pack
Paper size
A size 214.63 mm x 280 mm (8.45 in. x 11.7 in.)
Table 5. Environmental - Power Requirements Item
Description
Power supply
AC operation only
Operating voltage range
100-135 VAC, 45-63 Hz, 2.8 A 180-240 VAC, 45-63 Hz, 1.4 A
Power consumption
350 Watts maximum <250 Watts normal <30 Watts standby
1200 BTU/Hr 850 BTU/Hr 100 BTU/Hr
Operating conditions Temperature Humidity Pressure
+10 to + 40° C (+50 to 104° F) 20 to 95% RH non-condensing 700 to 1060 hPa
Storage/Transport conditions Temperature Humidity Pressure
-40 to +70° C (-40 to 158° F)* 15 to 95% RH non-condensing 500 to 1060 hPa
*. Paper discoloration may occur at higher temperatures.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
B-5
Technical Description: Technical Specifications
Table 6. Physical Item
Description
Height
125 cm (49 in.) floor to display shelf.
Width
62 cm (24 in.) with paper tray removed
Depth
75 cm (29 in.)
Weight
66.6 kg (147.5 lbs.) without monitor and KISS pump
Interfaces included
Acquisition module Keyboard (PS/2) and dedicated stress keypad (USB) Mouse (PS/2) Built-in thermal printer (USB) Parallel printer port (LPT1) Only printers modified by GE Medical Systems Information Technologies are allowed to be installed. Full Duplex IEEE 802.3 10 Base-T and 100 BaseTX compatible through RJ45, MUSE compatible 6 Serial ports (COM 1-2, COM A-D); treill, BP, ergometer, SpO2 4 Analog and 1 TTL (trigger) output; analog ergometer, camera synch., etc. Diskette drive; 3 ½ in., 1.44 MB PC-compatible for data storage CD-R/W drive; for software updates and optional patient data archival
Table 7. Safety Item Certification
Description UL 2601-1 classified UL classified for CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 601.1 CB certified for IEC 601-1CSA certification CE marking for Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices Meets applicable AAMI EC-11 requirements
Type of protection against electrical shock
Class 1
Degree of protection against ingress of liquids
Ordinary
Handling of disposable supplies and other consumables
Use only parts and accessories manufactured or recommended by GE. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for use for disposable/consumable product. Follow local environmental guidelines concerning the disposal of hazardous materials.
Patient mode of operation
Continuous
Patient leakage current
<10 µA
Degree of protection against electrical shock
Type BF defibrillation protection for the patient cable (acquisition module)
Maintenance frequency
B-6
Recommended daily visual inspection and cleaning. Recommended six-month routine maintenance checks and test procedures performed by qualified technical personnel.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Appendix C Electromagnetic Compatibility
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
C-1
For your notes
C-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Changes or modification to this system not expressly approved by GE Medical System could cause EMC issues with this or other equipment. This system is designed and tested to comply with applicable regulation regarding EMC and needs to be installed and put into service according to the EMC information stated as follows. WARNINGS Use of portable phones or other radio frequency (RF) emitting equipment near
the system may cause unexpected or adverse operation. The equipment or system should not be used adjacent to, or stacked with, other equipment. If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the equipment or system should be tested to normal operation in the configuration in which it is being used.
Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Emissions The CASE is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. It is the responsibility of the Emissions Test
Revision F
Compliance
RF emissions CISPR11
Group 1
RF emissions CISPR11
Class A
Harmonic Emissions EN 61000-3-2
Class A
Voltage fluctuations/ Flicker emissions EN 61000-3-3
Complies
customer or to ensure that the CASE is used in such an environment. Electromagnetic Environment - Guidance The equipment uses RF energy only for its internal function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause any interference in nearby electronic equipment. The equipment is suitable for use in all establishments other than domestic establishments and those directly connected to the public low-voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
C-3
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Immunity The CASE is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. It is the responsibility of the
Immunity Test
EN 60601 Test Level
customer or to ensure that the CASE is used in such an environment.
Compliance Level
Electromagnetic Environment Guidance
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) EN 61000-4-2
± 6 kV ± 8 kV air
± 6 kV ± 8 kV air
Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic tile. If floors are covered with synthetic material, the relative humidity should be at least 30%.
Electrical fast transient/burst EN 61000-4-4
± 2 kV for power supply lines ±1 kV for input/output lines
± 2 kV for power supply lines ±1 kV for input/output lines
Mains power should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.
Surge EN 61000-4-5
± 1 kV differential mode ± 2 kV common mode
± 1 kV differential mode ± 2 kV common mode
Mains power should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.
Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations on power supply input lines EN 61000-4-11
<5% Ut (>95% dip in Ut) for 0.5 cycles 40% Ut (60% dip in Ut) for 5 cycles 70% Ut (30% dip in Ut) for 25 cycles <5% Ut (>95% dip in Ut) for 5 sec
<5% Ut (>95% dip in Ut) for 0.5 cycles 40% Ut (60% dip in Ut) for 5 cycles 70% Ut (30% dip in Ut) for 25 cycles <5% Ut (>95% dip in Ut) for 5 sec
Mains power should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment. If the of the CASE requires continued operation during power mains interruptions, it is recommended that the CASE be powered from an uninterruptible power supply or a battery.
Power frequency (50/60 Hz) magnetic field EN 61000-4-8
3 A/m
3 A/m
Power frequency magnetic fields should be at levels characteristics of a typical location in a typical commercial or hospital environment.
NOTE Ut is the AC mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
C-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Immunity The CASE is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. It is the responsibility of the Immunity Test
EN 60601 Test Level
customer or to assure that the CASE is used in such an environment.
Compliance Level
Electromagnetic Environment – Guidance Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should not be used closer to any part of the equipment, including cables, than the recommended separation distance calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter. Recommended separation distance
Conducted RF EN 61000-4-6
3 Vrms 150 KHz to 80 MHz
2.6 V rms
Radiated RF EN 61000-4-3
3 V/m 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
1.8 V/m
d = 1.2
P
d = 1.2
P 80 MHz to 800 MHz
d = 2.3
P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer, and d is the recommended separation distance in meters (m). Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic site surveya, should be less than the compliance level in each frequency rangeb. Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following symbol:
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies. NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by reflection from structures, objects, and people. a Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radio, AM and FM radio broadcast, and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the equipment is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the equipment should be observed to normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the equipment. b Over the frequency range 150 KHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
C-5
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Recommended Separation Distances controlled. The customer or the of the CASE can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the CASE as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.
The table below provides the recommended separation distances (in meters) between portable and mobile RF communication equipment and the CASE. The CASE is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment on which radiated RF disturbances are
Separation Distance in Meters (m) According to Frequency of Transmitter Rated Maximum Output Power of Transmitter in Watts
150 kHz to 80 MHz outside ISM bands
0.01
0.12
0.12
0.12
0.23
0.1
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.73
1
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.3
10
3.8
3.8
3.8
7.3
100
12
12
12
23
d = 1.2
P
150 kHz to 80 MHz in ISM bands d = 1.2
80 MHz to 800 MHz
P
d = 1.2
P
800 MHz to 2.5 GHz d = 2.3
P
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance [d] in meters (m) can estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (w) according to the transmitter manufacturer. NOTE These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects, and people.
C-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Compliant Cables and Accessories WARNING The use of accessories, transducers and cables other than those specified may result in increased emissions or decreased immunity performance of the equipment or system.
Part No
Revision F
The table below lists cables, transducers, and other applicable accessories with which GE Medical Systems claims EMC compliance. NOTE Any supplied accessories that do not affect EMC compliance are not included. Description
Maximum Lengths
2019792-001
Cable Assy DVI-D to DVI-D Video
1.8m
700609-001
Cable Treill to Stress Sys
6.096m
900995-001
Cam 14
NA
2026400-001
Display LCD 17” NEC 1770NX
N/A
2023603-001
Display LCD 19” NEC 19805XI
N/A
2032323-001
Display LCD CHILIN TECH MDC1900
N/A
2005125-0XX
Keyboard
NA
901142-001
Kit Cam 14 Resting W/AHA Adaptors
NA
901142-002
Kit Cam 14 Resting W/IEC Adaptors
NA
420403-001
Mouse Two Button Logitech
NA
401855-0XX
Power Supply Cord European 10A 250V
2.5m
405535-002
Power Supply Cord US 15A 125V
3.0m
2008712-001
Pump Internal KISS CASE
NA
400073-001
Serial Comm. Cable 8 Pin Mini DIN
6.1m
2031030-001
Set KISS Multilead for Ger, Eng, Fre
N/A
2031030-004
Set KISS Multilead for Hun, Cze, Sla
N/A
2031030-002
Set KISS Multilead for Ita, Spa, Dut
N/A
2031030-006
Set KISS Multilead for Jpn, Chs
N/A
2031030-005
Set KISS Multilead for Rus, Pol
N/A
2031030-003
Set KISS Multilead for Swe, Dan, Nor
N/A
2024040-001
Set Upgrade Electrodes A1-A4
N/A
2024038-001
Set Upgrade Electrodes FRANK
N/A
2024039-001
Set Upgrade Electrodes NEHB
N/A
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
C-7
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
For your notes
C-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Appendix D CASE Files
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
D-1
For your notes
D-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
CASE Files: Directory Structure and Notes on CASE Files
Directory Structure and Notes on CASE Files the examination data, speech entries and the configuration data. After calling up CASE, the directory structure is as follows:
When installing CASE, a subdirectory (default: D:\CASE) is created into which the files required for execution are copied. When calling up CardioSoft for the first time, several subdirectories are then created in this directory for CARDIO
DATABASE
Databases for Patient Examination Data
RESTECG
Resting ECG Reports
SPIR
Spirograms
SOUND
Sound Files from all Examinations.
ONLINE
Full Disclosure ECG from all Examinations.
SETUP
Configurations
TAPE
Dictated Data
AVER
Late Potential Reports
DOC
manual and Help Files
CAS
Ergometry Reports
NARRATIV
Configured report templates
ONL500
not used
ONL2000
not used
RHK
Right-Heart-Catheterization
HOLTERBP
Long-Term Blood Pressure Reports
EXTPROG
Reports from all External Progs.
DIAGS
Diagnostic Software
HELP
Help files
WRITER
Thermal Writer Windows Driver
Files in Windows system32 directory: CardioSoft requires the following files from the Windows system32 directory: Filename mfc42.dll msvcrt.dll
Visual C++ class library Functions
hel_grid.ttf
Special Font
msflxgrd.ocx
Revision F
Description
Flex Grid Tools for Stress Test Table
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
D-3
CASE Files: Directory Structure and Notes on CASE Files
File name nomenclature of the examination procedure The file name consists of the following components:
U: ultrasound X: external programs
the ID letter for the examination procedure
Y: X-ray
A: late potential analysis
Z: Right-Heart-Catheterization
B: ambulatory blood pressure measurement
the identification letter for the compression
C: Ergometry
C: compressed
H: Holter ECG
U: uncompressed
K: cardiac catheterization
the internal patient ID
N: STAT (emergency) ECG
6-digit with leading zeros
R: Resting ECG
the internal examination ID, which gives additional file data
S: spirometry T: stress echocardiography
3-digit with leading zeros
File in the Windows INF directory CardioSoft requires the following file in the Windows INF Filename
directory: Description
camusb.inf
Information file for the USB cam device
Files in the Windows directory Cardiosoft creates the following files in the Windows Filename
Description
cardio.ini
Initialization file that stores program settings. These settings
ca_sys.ini
Initialization file that stores system settings.
erg_prot_vsan.dat
NOTE The program settings in cardio.ini can be allocated with an identifier and stored in the help functions under Settings in the \SETUP directory, thus making them available to all s of a network (load help functions under Settings). Up to 10 settings can be stored with file names from SETUP0.INI to SETUP9.INI. Stress test driver settings are stored in file PA5V0.DAT to PA5V9.DAT.
D-4
directory:
Data file that stores the settings for the stress test driver (e.g., ergometer, treill). NOTE If the profiles in erg_prot_vsan.dat are modified or recreated, the file should be saved. It has been known for this file to have been deleted during new installations. It can also prove useful to assign the file with the attribute READONLY. This prevents overwriting or deletion. However, this attribute must be removed again before making any new changes in the profile. It is more advisable, however, to make a backup of the file as it cannot then be lost, even in the event of a hard disk error.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
gemedical.com World Headquarters GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. 8200 West Tower Avenue Milwaukee, WI 53223 USA Tel: + 1 414 355 5000 1 800 558 5120 (US only) Fax: + 1 414 355 3790
European Representative GE Medical Systems Information Technologies GmbH Munzinger Straße 3-5 D-79111 Freiburg Tel: + 49 761 45 43 - 0 Fax: + 49 761 45 43 - 233
Asia Headquarters GE Medical Systems Information Technologies Asia; GE (China) Co., Ltd. 24th Floor, Shanghai MAXDO Center, 8 Xing Yi Road, Hong Qiao Development Zone Shanghai 200336, P.R. China Tel: + 86 21 5257 4650 Fax: + 86 21 5208 2008
Revision F
NOTE: The information in this manual only applies to the CASE Version 6.5. Due to continuing product innovation, specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice.
CASE and MUSE are trademarks owned by GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, a General Electric Company going to market as GE Healthcare. All other marks are owned by their respective owners. © 2007 General Electric Company. All rights reserved. T-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
27 July 2007
Contents
1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Manual Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Responsibility of the Manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Warnings, Cautions, and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Equipment Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Service Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Equipment Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
2
Equipment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Assembly Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Writer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard PC Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4 2-4 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Input and Output Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB A or B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COM A or B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANALOG AND TTL I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-10 2-10 2-10 2-10 2-11
1
DVI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Motherboard Power and I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Installation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Installing the Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Installing the Release Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Preparing the NEC Flat Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Preparing the CHILIN Flat Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Mounting the Flat Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Routing the Cables to the Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Adjusting the Viewing Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Installing the Keyboard and the Mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Configuring the Mouse (PN 2022144-001) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Connecting the System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Preparing the Acquisition Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Loading Writer Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Mains Connection, Power Up, Functional Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Network Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Configure the Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Domain Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Workgroup Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Centricity Xi Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Save Existing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Copy Custom Setups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Merge Local Examination Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Merge Networked Examination Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Merge List and Configured Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Copy System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Finish Database Merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Install CASE Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Reconfigure the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Configure Network Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Install Option Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Restore System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Restore Custom Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Installing a Network Printer for all s on This CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 Data Interface with MUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 Establish Connection to MUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 Read MUSE Patient Data from CASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Configure Internet Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Establish a MUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Install the Centricity EMR Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Migrate Historical CardioSoft Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 Migrate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 Metabolic Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communication Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Serial Port Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command String Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shared File Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data File Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3-39 3-39 3-39 3-40 3-42 3-42
InSite 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Installing InSite 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Pre-Installation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Uninstalling InSite 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Operating InSite 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Setting the Operation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Restricting Remote Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
5
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Required Tools and Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Inspection and Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exterior Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4
Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Recommended Test Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Recommended Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Protective Earth Resistance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Leakage Current Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Earth Leakage (AC line) Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Enclosure Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Patient Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Patient Leakage Current, Mains on Applied Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3
6
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Troubleshooting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Service Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Service Screen Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Access the Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Acquisition Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Keypad Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Writer Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Entering a One-Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 General Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Power-up Self-test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 General Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Flat Monitor Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Printer Debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Usage and Workaround of Acrobat 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
7
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 System Backup and Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Saving to Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Saving System Configurations to Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Saving Custom Settings to Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Restoring from Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Restoring System Configuration from Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Restoring Custom Setups from Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 How the Data is Repaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 ed Modalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Non-ed Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 Directory / File Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Repair directory structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Configuring the Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Using the Repaired Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Merging Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 External Stored Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Examinations with Full Disclosure ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Repair Message Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Patient-Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 Remote Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Controlling Electrostatic Discharge Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 Servicing Light Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Servicing the Keypad Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Removing the Worksurface Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 Accessing the Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Upgrading the Floppy Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29 Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37 Servicing the Print Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 Writer Board Firmware Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47 Servicing the I/O Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49 Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
8
System Rebuild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 CD Image and Application Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial BIOS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bios Setup — Changing the Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disk Image Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-4 8-4 8-4 8-5 8-5
5
Final Bios Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XP Systems — CRT or Flat Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modify CRT Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRT or Flat Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The System Configuration Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-5 8-6 8-6 8-6 8-7
Configure the CASE System Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Set Menus and Dialog Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Set Input Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Set Regional Standards and Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Set Non-Unicode Program Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Install Supplemental XP System Files and XP Security Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Install XP Security Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Install the Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Options Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
9
Upper Level Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Upper Level Product Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Field Replaceable Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 FRU Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Core FRUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Cables, Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Keyboards and Mice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 KISS Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Monitors and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Power Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 FRU Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Documentation FRUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
A B C
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
Technical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-1
Electromagnetic Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Emissions . . . . . . Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Immunity . . . . . . . Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Immunity . . . . . . . Recommended Separation Distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compliant Cables and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D
CASE Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-1 Directory Structure and Notes on CASE Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Files in Windows system32 directory: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File name nomenclature of the examination procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File in the Windows INF directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Files in the Windows directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revision F
C-3 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
D-3 D-3 D-4 D-4 D-4
7
For your notes
8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
1
Revision F
Introduction
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
1-1
For your notes
1-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Introduction: Manual Information
Manual Information Revision History Each page of the document has the document part number and revision letter at the bottom of the page. The revision letter identifies the document’s update level. The revision history of this document is summarized in the table below. Table 1. Revision History PN 2027786-082 Revision
Date
Comment
A
5 May 2006
B
2 June 2006
Revised the System Restore instructions to include the “XP Supl Files CASE UPD from V6.01” CD-ROM Corrected the Keypad part number in the FRU list.
C
20 November 2006
ECO 084616, Warning note added on page 1-5, 19” monitor changed on page 9-13
D
04 January 2007
Revision for CASE update to V6.51 / ECO 086172
E
22 February 2007
ECO 086785, update for WIN XP Patch CD and new motherboard
F
27 July 2007
Initial release of this manual; corresponds with CASE software version 6.5
ECO 087386, update new mouse, hard drive and display without stand and cables, Ferrite bead installation, update of equipment symbols description, update of Maintenance chapter/Electrical Safety Tests
Manual Purpose This manual supplies technical information for service representative and technical personnel so they can maintain the equipment to the assembly level. Use it as a guide for maintenance and electrical repairs considered field repairable. Where necessary the manual identifies additional sources of relevant information and or technical assistance. See the operator manual for the instructions necessary to operate the equipment safely in accordance with its function and intended use.
Intended Audience This manual is intended for the person who uses, maintains, or troubleshoots this equipment.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
1-3
Introduction: Conventions
Conventions These are the conventions used in the manual:
Styles Bold text indicates keys on the function keypad, the keyboard, text to be
entered, or hardware items such as buttons or switches on the equipment. Italicized text indicates software that identify menu items, on-screen controls, buttons, or options in various windows. To perform an operation which appears with a plus (+) sign between the names of two keys, you press and hold the first key while pressing the second key once. This is called a keystroke combination. Example: “Press Ctrl + Esc” means to press and hold down the Ctrl key while pressing the Esc key. When instructions are given for typing a precise text string with one or more spaces, the point where the space bar must be pressed is indicated as Space. The purpose is to ensure you press the spacebar when required.
Illustrations All illustrations in this manual are provided as examples only. They may not necessarily reflect your equipment setup or data displayed. In this manual, all names appearing in examples and illustrations are fictitious. The use of any real person’s name is purely coincidental.
1-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Introduction: Safety Information
Safety Information Responsibility of the Manufacturer GE Medical Systems Information Technologies is responsible for the effects of safety, reliability, and performance only if: Assembly operations, extensions, readjustments, modifications, or repairs are carried out by persons authorized by GE Medical Systems Information Technologies. The electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the requirements of the appropriate regulations. The equipment is used in accordance with the instructions for use.
General This device is not intended for home use. GE Medical Systems Information Technologies for information before connecting any devices to the equipment that are not recommended in this manual. Parts and accessories used must meet the requirements of the applicable IEC 60601 series safety standards, and/or the system configuration must meet the requirements of the IEC 60601-1-1 medical electrical systems standard. Periodically, and whenever the integrity of the device is in doubt, test all functions. The use of ACCESSORY equipment not complying with the equivalent safety requirements of this equipment may lead to a reduced level of safety of the resulting system. Consideration relating to the choice shall include: use of the accessory in the PATIENT VICINITY; and evidence that the safety certification of the ACCESSORY has been performed in accordance to the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1-1 harmonized national standard. If the installation of the equipment, in the USA, will use 240V rather than 120V, the source must be a center-tapped, 240V, single-phase circuit. WARNING FIRE HAZARD — For continued protection against risk of fire replace fuse only with fuse of same type and rating.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
1-5
Introduction: Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes The danger, warning, and caution are used throughout this manual to point out hazards and to designate a degree or level or seriousness. Familiarize yourself with their definitions and significance. Hazard is defined as a source of potential injury to a person. Term
1-6
Definition
DANGER
Indicates an imminent hazard which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a potential hazard or unsafe practice which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a potential hazard or unsafe practice which, if not avoided, could result in minor personal injury or product/property damage.
NOTE
Provides application tips or other useful information to assure that you get the most from your equipment.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Introduction: Equipment Symbols
Equipment Symbols CAUTION, consult accompanying documents.
WARNING, dangerous voltage.
Type BF equipment, external defibrillator protected.
Power switch (ON - OFF)
Equipotential
Signal input
Signal output
Fuse On/Standby
ASSIFIED CL
C
R
US
MEDICAL EQUIPMENT UL 2601-1 CAN/CSA 601.1 4P41
Classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. with respect to electric shock, fire, mechanical and other specified hazards, only in accordance with UL 2601-1, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 601.1, IEC 60601-1, and, if required, IEC 60601-2-27, IEC 60601-2-30, IEC 60601-2-34, IEC 60601-1-1. This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately. Please an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
1-7
Introduction: Service Information
Service Information Service Requirements Follow the service requirements listed below. Refer equipment servicing to GE Medical Systems Information Technologies’authorized service personnel only. Any unauthorized attempt to repair equipment under warranty voids that warranty. It is the ’s responsibility to report the need for service to GE Medical Systems Information Technologies or to one of their authorized agents. Failure on the part of the responsible individual, hospital, or institution using this equipment to implement a satisfactory maintenance schedule may cause undue equipment failure and possible health hazards. Regular maintenance, irrespective of usage, is essential to ensure that the equipment will always be functional when required.
Equipment Identification The Serial Number and Unit ID number tags appear on back of the device in the location shown below.
Serial Number location
1-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Introduction: Service Information
Every GE Medical Systems Information Technologies device has a unique serial number for identification.
### ## ## #### # #
A
Revision F
B
C
A
Product Code
B
Year Manufactured (00-99) 00 = 2000 01 = 2001 02 = 2002 (and so on)
C
Fiscal Week Manufactured
D
Production Sequence Number
E
Manufacturing Site
F
Miscellaneous Characteristic
D
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
E
F
1-9
Introduction: Service Information
For your notes
1-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
2
Revision F
Equipment Overview
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-1
For your notes
2-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: General Description
General Description Shown below is a general overview of a CASE system. See the “CASE Operator’s Manual” for details on operating procedures.
Front View Monitor
Paper tray Function keypad Console for keyboard and mouse
Power switch, floppy disk/SD card reader, and CD drive
Acquisition Module Holder
Rear View
Route external device cables through clamps
Access
Equipotential pin, power inlet with fuses, Mains switch
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-3
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
Assembly Descriptions Familiarity with the components of the CASE assembly will aid in troubleshooting the equipment. The CASE consists of the following components.
Monitor The system uses either a 19" or 17” flat monitor rated IEC-950 universal AC input.
This monitor has a standard IEC320 power cord and a DVI video connector on a cable for the digital DVI input signal. The monitor displays optimal waveform quality at the system setting of 1280 x 1024 with a 60Hz refresh rate and 16 bit color depth.
Keypad The keypad is designed as a bus powered, low speed USB peripheral using a Cypress MCU.
There is protection from ESD on the PCB as well. The keypad is hot pluggable, and in the CASE system, it relies on a custom software driver running the USB ports on the motherboard under NT 4.
2-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
Thermal Writer The thermal writer assembly contains a thermal print head with cue hole sensor, a motor/encoder assembly to drive the platen roller, and an Information Technologies designed PCB to receive scan line data and motor commands from the PC over USB.
The PCB is based on an Cypress high speed USB MCU with an 8051 core. The program is stored on a FLASH memory chip that can be reprogrammed from the host PC. The PCB connects to the thermal print head motor and cue sensor through a 40-pin ribbon harness. A standard type 'B' R/A USB connector provides the link to the PC using any high speed USB A-to-B cable under 5m. The functioning of this USB writer PCB depends on communication with the host PC motherboard USB controller which is under the control of a software driver. A special driver is always needed to communicate with this writer PCB (this driver is built into the application software). Check operation in the CASE system, since full functionality depends on cooperation with the motherboard USB ports and associated software drivers.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-5
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
Power System AC power comes into the unit through an IEC-320 inlet module that has an equipotential ground stud mounted near it.
The AC power then goes to a power distribution PCB. Its function is to route AC power and isolated AC power to the proper places in the unit. Regular AC power is routed to the medical grade power supplies. Isolated AC power is derived from the isolation transformer, and routed to the IEC-950 CRT monitor. No switching of AC power is needed with inputs from 100–240 VAC since all supplies and the isolation transformer are universal input in the unit.
2-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
Standard PC Components PC Subsystem The PC subsystem (A) provides processing, video, and network capability using industry standard PC components.
B
A
Besides on PCB connectors for floppy and IDE drives, the motherboard has an I/O arrangement in one corner (per standard ATX designs) that has off PCB connectors.
Acquisition/Interface Card This PCB (B) plugs into an expansion slot on the motherboard and provides an interface to the PC that allows CAM-14 acquisition and analog/TTL I/O and needed COM ports.
PS/2 Keyboard A standard 104-key Windows 95 keyboard with PS/2 interface is connected to the PC I/O PS/2 keyboard connector.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-7
Equipment Overview: Assembly Descriptions
PS/2 Mouse A standard two-or three-button mouse with PS/2 interface is connected to the PC I/O PS/2 mouse connector.
Hard Drive This drive (A) connects to the motherboard primary IDE channel as a master through a standard IDE ribbon cable. Power comes from the power distribution PCB.
A
B
C
Floppy Drive / SD Card Reader This drive (B) connects to the motherboard floppy channel through a standard floppy ribbon cable and an internal USB cable. Power comes from the power distribution PCB.
CD-R/W Drive This drive (C) connects to the motherboard primary IDE channel as a slave through a standard IDE ribbon cable daisy-chained with the hard drive. Power comes from the power distribution PCB.
2-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Connections
Connections Shown below is the CASE rear connector . See Chapter 3 of this document and the CASE Operator’s Manual, “B Miscellaneous, Connecting Peripheral Devices,” for information on connecting peripheral devices to the CASE. Analog I/O
COM 2
Com D
LAN
Com B
LPT 1 Mouse
Com A
CAM 14
Keyboard
Com 1 Treill
Video DVI
Com C
USB Ports Stress Keyboard and External Thermal Writer can be connected to either USB Port.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-9
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Input and Output Connectors The pin-by-pin descriptions identify the signal names and pin outs for each connector on the unit.
USB A or B Table 1. USB Jack or Plug Pin
Name
1
Vcc
2
- Data
3
+ Data
4
Ground
COM A or B Table 2. Acquisition PCB Serial Ports Pin
Name
1
HANDSHAKE OUT
2
HANDSHAKE IN
3
XMIT 422-
4
GND
5
RXD 422-
6
XMIT 422+
7
+12V, 0.5A MAX
8
RXD 422+
SHLD
CHASSIS
7
8
6 4
5
3
2
1 MD1322-007
ANALOG AND TTL I/O Table 3. Acquisition PCB Analog and TTL I/O Connector Pin 1
+12V, 300mA MAX
2
CH1OUT
3
TTL-I/O
4
CH2OUT
5
GND
6
CH3OUT
7
AN2IN
8
CH4OUT
9
AN1IN
SHLD
2-10
Name 5
1
9
6
MD1322-010
CHASSIS
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Acquisition Interface Table 4. Acquisition Module I/F Pin
Name
1
+12V, 0.5A MAX
2
GND
3
AMTX+
4
AMTX-
5
AMRX+
6
AMRX-
7, 8, 9, 10
N/C
DVI C3 24
C4
C5
C2
17 9
C1
8
1
Table 5. DVI Pin
Revision F
Name
1
T.M.D.S. DATA 2-
2
T.M.D.S. DATA 2+
3
T.M.D.S. DATA 2/4 SHIELD
4
T.M.D.S. DATA 4-
5
T.M.D.S. DATA 4+
6
DDC CLOCK
7
DDC DATA
8
ANALOG VERT. SYNC
9
T.M.D.S. DATA 1‘-
10
T.M.D.S. DATA 1+
11
T.M.D.S. DATA 1/3 SHIELD
12
T.M.D.S. DATA 3-
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-11
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Table 5. DVI (Continued)
2-12
13
T.M.D.S. DATA 3+
14
+5V POWER
15
GND
16
HOT PLUG DETECT
17
T.M.D.S. DATA 0-
18
T.M.D.S. DATA 0+
19
T.M.D.S. DATA 0/5 SHIELD
20
T.M.D.S. DATA 5-
21
T.M.D.S. DATA 5+
22
T.M.D.S. CLOCK SHIELD
23
T.M.D.S. CLOCK+
24
T.M.D.S. CLOCK-
C1
ANALOG RED
C2
ANALOG GREEN
C3
ANALOG BLUE
C4
ANALOG HORZ SYNC
C5
ANALOG GROUND
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Motherboard Power and I/O Table 6. Power Supply Connector Pin
Name
1
+3.3V
2
+3.3V
3
GROUND
4
+5V
5
GROUND
6
+5V
7
GROUND
8
PWRGD (power good)
9
+5VSB (standby for real-time clock)
10
+12V
11
+3.3V
12
-12V
13
GROUND
14
PS-ON# (power supply remote on/off control)
15
GROUND
16
GROUND
17
GROUND
18
-5V
19
+5V
20
+5V Table 7. PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse Connector Pin
Revision F
Name
1
DATA
2
N/C
3
GROUND
4
+5V (fused)
5
CLOCK
6
N/C
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-13
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Table 8. Parallel Port Connector Pin
2-14
Name
1
STROBE #
2
DATA BIT 0
3
DATA BIT 1
4
DATA BIT 2
5
DATA BIT 3
6
DATA BIT 4
7
DATA BIT 5
8
DATA BIT 6
9
DATA BIT 7
10
ACK#
11
BUSY
12
ERROR
13
SELECT
14
AUTO FEED #
15
FAULT #
16
INIT #
17
SLCT IN #
18
GROUND
19
GROUND
20
GROUND
21
GROUND
22
GROUND
23
GROUND
24
GROUND
25
GROUND
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
Table 9. Com 1, 2, C and D Connectors Pin
Revision F
Name
1
DCD #
2
SERIAL IN
3
SERIAL OUT
4
DTR #
5
GROUND
6
DSR #
7
RTS #
8
CTS #
9
RI #
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
2-15
Equipment Overview: Input and Output Connectors
For your notes
2-16
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
3
Revision F
Installation
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-1
For your notes
3-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Installation Overview
Installation Overview Installation of the CASE system consists of the following steps: 1.
Unpack and inspect the system. that the shipment is complete and undamaged. If the shipment has missing or damaged pieces, stop the installation and GE Healthcare.
2.
Assemble the system. Refer to “Assembly” on page 3-4 for details.
3.
Connect the CASE to the exercise device. Refer to the installation instructions included with the exercise device for details.
4.
Install and configure InSite 2.0, if applicable. InSite 2.0 is the service option that allows diagnostics for the CASE system. Refer to Chapter 4, “InSite 2.0” for details on installing and configuring InSite 2.
5.
Connect the CASE system to the network, if applicable. Refer to “Network Installation” on page 3-17.
6.
Connect the CASE system to the MUSE system, if applicable. This allows the CASE system to share information with the MUSE system, speeding up data entry and reducing errors. Refer to “Data Interface with MUSE” on page 3-32 for details.
7.
Configure the CASE system for an EMR application, if applicable. By interfacing with an EMR application, the CASE system can be controlled by and transfer data with the EMR application. Refer to “Configuring a CASE/ CardioSoft System with the EMR Application” on page 3-34 for details.
8.
Configure the CASE system for a metabolic interface, if applicable. Refer to “Metabolic Interface” on page 3-39 for details.
After the installation is complete, the CASE system is ready for the .
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-3
Installation: Assembly
Assembly After unpacking and inspecting the CASE system, complete the following procedures to put your new CASE into service.
Installing the Monitor 1.
Lock the wheels.
2.
Open rear access .
2-10A
Route the light cable through this opening.
27D
3-4
3.
Remove the nuts from the extended screws at the base of the .
4.
Route the light cable through the indicated opening on the tray.
5.
NOTE The light cable and cable guide MUST be routed through the center of the neck. If your assembly is not in the center, remove the cable guide and insert it in the center of the neck before proceeding. Insert the screws into the matching holes of the tray.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
6.
Secure the to the tray using the nuts removed in Step 3 and apply in the order shown below.
Front 2
5
3
4
6 1
Back
2-11B
Installing the Release Handle To install the Release Handle follow these steps:
Revision F
1.
Insert the Release Handle into the threaded hole and turn clockwise until the handle is bottomed out.
2.
Lift and turn handle to the center position.
3.
Turn handle counter-clockwise to release tension and clockwise to increase tension on the mounting plate.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-5
Installation: Assembly
Preparing the NEC Flat Monitor To prepare the NEC monitor for mounting on the CASE system follow these steps: CAUTION APPROPRIATE CABLE USAGE — The CASE system is configured to operate ONLY with the digital video interface (DVI) cable (2019792-001 CABLE ASSY DVI-D TO DVI-D VIDEO 1.8 m). DO NOT use the VGA cable that is shipped with the flat monitor to configure the CASE system. Discard the VGA cable that is shipped with the flat monitor.
1.
Remove monitor from its shipping carton.
2.
Place hands on each side of the monitor and lift up to highest position.
3.
Place the monitor face down on a 55 mm thick non-abrasive surface.
55 mm
4.
Remove the stand cover by sliding the top/bottom pieces off the stand as shown below.
5.
Remove the four screws connecting the monitor to the stand. Cover Top
1
3-6
4
3
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Cover Bottom
2
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
Preparing the CHILIN Flat Monitor To prepare the CHILIN monitor for mounting on the CASE system follow these steps: CAUTION APPROPRIATE CABLE USAGE - The CASE system is configured to operate ONLY with the digital video interface (DVI) cable (2019792-001 CABLE ASSY DVI-D TO DVI-D VIDEO 1.8M) that is shipped separately within the CASE shipment, when using the CHILIN monitor. DO NOT use the DVI or VGA cables that may have been delivered in the monitor's accessory box to configure the CASE system. Discard any cables you may find in the monitor's accessory box.
Revision F
1.
Remove monitor from its shipping carton. If the monitor is delivered without stand, proceed with step 4.
2.
Place the monitor face down on a non-abrasive surface
3.
Remove the four screws connecting the monitor to the stand. Start with the lower left one, this one is a little bit harder to remove, then to remove the other screws, turn the stand to allow access to the screws.
4.
After mounting the flat monitor (see page 3-8) and routing the cables to the connector (see page 3-9), connect the monitor to power as described below:
5.
Remove cover at the backside of the monitor.
6.
Connect cables as shown (use bracket to secure the power cord).
7.
Close cover.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-7
Installation: Assembly
Mounting the Flat Monitor 1.
Remove the CASE neck assembly and flat monitor from their packaging.
2.
Lay the flat monitor face down on a clean flat surface and fasten the mounting adapter to the back of the monitor display housing with four M4 pan head screws provided.
3.
Partially insert two M4 pan head screws provided into the two top holes of the mounting adapter.
4 - M4 Screws
2 - M4 Screws
4.
3-8
With the Mounting Plate locked in the vertical position, lift the monitor onto the Mounting Plate while guiding the two M4 pan head screws into the slots in the Mounting Plate.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
5.
Insert the two remaining two M4 pan head screws then tighten all four screws.
Routing the Cables to the Connector Cable Feed Through Hole
Cable Clamps
Connector
27E
CAUTION APPROPRIATE CABLE USAGE — The CASE system is configured to operate ONLY with the digital video interface (DVI) cable (2019792-001 CABLE ASSY DVI-D TO DVI-D VIDEO 1.8 m). DO NOT use the VGA cable that is shipped with the flat monitor to configure the CASE system. Discard the VGA cable that is shipped with the flat monitor.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-9
Installation: Assembly
1.
Remove monitor from its shipping carton.
2.
Guide the cables through the cable clamps to the connector .
3.
To lock the clamps, press first on its small tab, then press the large tab.
2 1 2-13A
Adjusting the Viewing Angle To adjust the viewing angle of the monitor, while holding the monitor, lift and turn the release handle counter clockwise. To lock the monitor in place, lift and return the handle to its original position.
3-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
Installing the Keyboard and the Mouse
2 1 3b
3a
28A
161A
Revision F
1.
Remove the tray liner.
2.
Open the access door, revealing the access .
3.
Guide the keyboard and mouse cables completely through a.
the center opening at the back of the tray, and
b.
the opening at the top of the access .
4.
Coil the excess cable in the tray and replace the access and the tray liner.
5.
Choose convenient locations for the keyboard and the mouse on the tray.
6.
If the mouse (PN 2022144-001) is sharing a USB connector, add the USB to PS/2 adapter as described in the next section.
7.
Connect the keyboard and mouse cables. See the Reference Diagram inside the back for connector locations.
8.
Connect the monitor to the DVI connector. See the Reference Diagram inside the back for connector location.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-11
Installation: Assembly
Configuring the Mouse (PN 2022144-001) For use with the CASE system, connect the PS/2 adapter to the mouse cable. The PS/2 adapter is required, because there is no free USB port for connection of the mouse cable.
Connecting the System Components 1.
Connect the remaining cables to the system components and secure the connections with retaining screws.
2.
When all connections are made, guide the cables through the gap at the top of the closed access and secure them with provided cable clamps if necessary.
Cable clamp
Reference diagram
2-15A
A reference diagram of the CASE Exercise Testing System’s back , complete with connector labels, is located inside the access door to the back of the unit. Refer to this diagram for information on where to make system connections. NOTE Coil the excess cable for storage as shown above. DO NOT squeeze the cables when closing the access . NOTE See the CASE Operator’s Manual, “B Miscellaneous, Connecting Peripheral Devices,” for information on connecting other devices to the CASE system. 3-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
Preparing the Acquisition Module
29B
Preparing the acquisition module NOTE There are two sets of lead label stickers for the acquisition module: AHA labeling and IEC labeling. If not already done, select the proper one for your use and apply. 1.
If not already done, connect the patient cable to the base of the acquisition module. To remove the cable from the acquisition module, press in the spring lock located on one side of the patient cable.
2.
If not already done, plug the individual lead wires into the acquisition module, observing the lead labels. CAUTION Trace each individual lead wire from its colored connector back to the Acquisition Module label to insure that it is matched to the correct label location. Improper connection will cause inaccuracies in the ECG.
3.
Place the supplied acquisition module holder to the right side of the cart, then place the acquisition module into the holder. NOTE The ECG signal input of the CASE Exercise Testing System is isolated and defibrillation-proof only in conjunction with the CAM-14 Acquisition Module (type BF).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-13
Installation: Assembly
Loading Writer Paper that the thermal paper is installed properly. 1.
Lift up the paper Compartment Lid and press the paper Release Button. (A stripe appears on the writer paper when only 20 feet of paper are left.) Release Button
Compartment Lid
53A
2.
Place fanfold paper in paper storage compartment.
Storage Compartment 54A
3.
Feed paper (plain side facing roller) under roller assembly until approximately 3–4 inches extend out of the paper storage compartment.
55A
4. 5.
Press the paper release button while moving the roller assembly back into position.
56A
6.
3-14
Release the paper release button to lock the roller assembly into position. Close the paper compartment lid.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Assembly
Mains Connection, Power Up, Functional Test NOTE Observe the Safety Information section in Chapter 1.
Mains connection (power line connection)
Mains power switch
Potential equalization system connection 34A
Back
Power button
200A
Side 1.
Connect the CASE Exercise Testing System to the power line and fasten with the clamp provided. NOTE DO NOT energize the system at this time.
2.
We also recommend connecting the system to the potential equalization system.
3.
Connect all system components to the power line and put them into operation as outlined in the respective operator manuals.
4.
Turn on the mains power switch on the back of the system.
5.
Turn on the CASE Exercise Testing System with the power button on the Side and the Windows operating screen will appear.
6.
to system. NOTE If logged in as go to Step 7. If logged in as go to Step 8.
Revision F
7.
Double click on the CASE icon when it appears.
8.
The Initial Screen will now appear.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-15
Installation: Assembly NOTE Do not turn off the mains power switch until you have: a. Exited from the application, and b.
Selected Yes from the Do you want to terminate the program and shut down the device dialog box.
Turn off the CASE Exercise Testing System with the Mains power switch on the back of the unit if it is not used for a prolonged period of time. In all other situations, turn it off and on with the power button on the side . The power button on the side does not disconnect the system from AC power. See the CASE Operator’s Manual for “Putting the System into Service.” CAUTION Before using the CASE system for the first time, you should conduct electrical safety tests on the equipment to ensure the safety of the patient and the operator. For information on conducting these tests, refer to “Electrical Safety Tests” on page 5-5. After the electrical safety tests have been successfully completed, you are ready to continue with the installation.
3-16
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Network Installation After connecting the CASE system to the exercise equipment, it is ready to be connected to the network. This section addresses the installation of the system in a CardioSoft network. The following is a high-level outline of the installation procedure. Perform the following installation procedure in the given order. CAUTIONS Before installation, close ALL programs (CASE / CardioSoft) on ALL stations. The CardioSoft server itself must not be used as a CardioSoft station. If an application is open on any system, it may cause failure of installation. To ensure trouble-free access to the database, install the same software version on all clients/workstations. 1.
Configure the Network Perform this step by choosing one type of network configuration (Domain Configuration or Workgroup Configuration) and follow all of the steps to setup the networking aspect of the installation.
2.
Save Existing Data Perform this step only after all systems have been configured in the network to merge all data from stand-alone systems to the CardioSoft server.
3.
Install CASE Application Perform this step only after all systems have been configured in the network and all of the data has been merged to the CardioSoft server.
4.
Reconfigure the System Perform this step only after the CASE application has been installed at each system to configure each system for customer use.
NOTE The RadiSys board used with the CASE System is Full Duplex, Intel ICH2 integrated MAC with Intel 82562 PHY IEEE 802.3 10Base-T and 100Base-TX compatible.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-17
Installation: Network Installation
Configure the Network CASE/CardioSoft can be installed on either a Domain or Workgroup network configuration. A network must determine which configuration to use prior to the network installation. The following table outlines the installation procedures for both network configurations. They are presented side-by-side to call out differences and similarities. Domain Configuration
Workgroup Configuration
Create a Domain or domain group to be used by the CASE systems
Create a or create s and a group on the server.
Create a shared folder on the server with full control permissions for the domain or domain group.
Create a shared folder on the server with full control permissions for the or group.
Provide the server name (or IP address) and path to the created shared folder for mapping a drive letter to the folder. Add each CASE system to the Windows NT / Windows 2000 domain. Provide static IPs for each system (if Remote View function will be used). Provide the domain name.
Provide the workgroup name.
Provide T/IP configuration settings.
Provide T/IP configuration settings.
Proceed only after the network configuration is identified. If you are installing on a Domain configuration, proceed to “Domain Configuration” on page 3-18. If you are installing on a Workgroup configuration, proceed to “Workgroup Configuration” on page 3-21. NOTE If existing CASE systems can communicate with the MUSE server, the MUSE server access permissions will need to be reconfigured if a new CASE is created.
Domain Configuration To install CASE on a domain, you first configure the server and then configure each workstation to be added to the network. A domain may have to perform both steps.
Server Configuration on a Domain The configuration of the server consists of the following tasks: Set up the domain Set up a shared folder on a domain server
3-18
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Set up a domain – Do one of the following: Create a new domain Select an existing domain In either case, the must be designated as a Network and exist on the domain where the CardioSoft server resides or on a domain that has a trust relationship with the domain where the CardioSoft server resides. Set up Shared Folder – The procedure for setting up a shared folder differs depending on whether you are installing a new CardioSoft server or updating an existing CardioSoft server. New CardioSoft Server 1.
to the server as the domain .
2.
Create a directory named cardio on the local drive of the server.
3.
Share the cardio directory and name the share cardio.
4.
Configure the share permissions such that the designated Network has full control permissions.
Existing CardioSoft Server NOTE Before renaming the old cardio folder, save the system configuration and all custom setups to disk. For additional information, refer to “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11. 1.
to the server as the domain .
2.
Rename the existing CardioSoft directory cardio to card_old.
3.
Create a new directory named cardio on the local drive of the server.
4.
Share the card_old directory and name the share card_old.
5.
Share the cardio directory and name the share cardio.
6.
Configure the share permissions for both shares such that the designated Network has full control permissions.
Workstation Configuration in a Domain Once the server has been configured, you must configure all the systems that will be connected to the CardioSoft network. The workstation configuration consists of the following steps: Adding a CASE system to the domain Configuring the CASE s and network settings
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-19
Installation: Network Installation
Add CASE System to Windows NT / Windows 2000 Domain – To add a case system to the domain, use the following procedures: 1.
Boot the CASE with the Network Enabled hardware profile.
2.
as local .
3.
Set the default hardware profile as Network Enabled.
4.
a.
Open System Properties by right clicking on My Computer and selecting Properties.
b.
Click the Hardware Profiles tab.
c.
Select Network Enabled and click the up arrow button.
d.
Click OK to close the window.
Change network settings. NOTE The domain may have to perform these steps. a.
Open network properties by right clicking on Network Neighborhood and selecting Properties.
b.
Click Change button in Identification tab.
c.
Click Domain radio button.
d.
Type in designated Domain Name.
e.
Check Create a computer in the domain.
f.
Enter the domain name.
g.
Enter the domain .
h.
Click OK to close the window, then click OK to close the network properties window.
i.
If prompted, restart the computer.
Configure s and Network Settings on CASE in a Domain – To configure the s and network settings, use the following procedures: 1.
to the CASE as local .
2.
Add the designated Network to the local group.
3.
a.
Open Start Menu->Programs-> Tools-> Manager.
b.
Double click on s in the Groups section.
c.
Click Add.
d.
In the Add Names textbox, type the domain name and name in this form: [Domain Name]\[Network ].
e.
Click OK and then close the Manager window.
Configure the T/IP settings. NOTE Perform these steps if the Remote View function is used or communication with a MUSE server (Version 5.0a) is needed. a. Right click on Network Neighborhood and select Properties. b.
3-20
Click on the Protocols tab.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
4.
c.
Click on T/IP Protocol and then click Properties.
d.
If using Remote View function, specify the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway.
e.
Click on the DNS tab and enter the necessary information.
f.
Click on the WINS Address tab and enter the necessary information.
Log off the CASE.
Repeat the section Workstation Configuration in a Domain for all systems before proceeding.
Workgroup Configuration To install CASE on a workgroup, you first configure the server and then configure each workstation to be added to the network. An may have to perform both steps.
Server Configuration in a Workgroup The configuration of the server consists of the following tasks: Set up the domain Set up a shared folder on a domain server Set up for a Workgroup – Do one of the following: Create a new . Select an existing . In both cases, the must exist on the CardioSoft server and be designated as a Network . Set up Shared Folder in a Workgroup – The procedure for setting up a shared folder varies slightly depending on whether the server is new. New CardioSoft Server
Revision F
1.
to the server as the .
2.
Create a directory named cardio on the local drive of the server.
3.
Share the cardio directory and name the share cardio.
4.
Configure the share permissions such that the designated Network has full control permissions.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-21
Installation: Network Installation
Existing CardioSoft Server NOTE Before renaming the old cardio folder, save the system configuration and all custom setups to disk. For additional information, refer to “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11. 1.
to the server as the .
2.
Rename the existing CardioSoft directory cardio to card_old.
3.
Create a new directory named cardio on the local drive of the server.
4.
Share the card_old directory and name the share card_old.
5.
Share the cardio directory and name the share cardio.
6.
Configure the share permissions for both shares such that the designated Network has full control permissions.
Workstation Configuration in a Workgroup Once the server has been configured, you must configure all the systems that will be connected to the CardioSoft network. The workstation configuration consists of the following steps: Adding a CASE system to the workgroup Configuring the CASE s and network settings Add CASE System to Windows NT / Windows 2000 Workgroup – To add a CASE system to the work group, use the following procedure: 1.
Boot the CASE with the Network Enabled hardware profile.
2.
as local .
3.
Set the default hardware profile as Network Enabled.
4.
3-22
a.
Open system properties by right clicking on My Computer and selecting Properties.
b.
Click the Hardware Profiles tab.
c.
Select Network Enabled and click the up arrow button.
d.
Click OK to close the window.
Change network settings. a.
Open network properties by right clicking on Network Neighborhood and selecting Properties.
b.
Click Change button in Identification tab.
c.
Click Workgroup radio button.
d.
Type in designated Workgroup Name.
e.
Click OK to close the window, then click OK to close the network properties window.
f.
If prompted, restart the computer.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Configure s and Network Settings on a CASE in a Workgroup – To configure the s and network setting, use the following procedure. 1.
to the CASE as local .
2.
Create the designated Network .
3.
a.
Open Start Menu-> Tools-> Manager.
b.
Select New in the Menu.
c.
Enter the exact same name and as the designated Network used on the CardioSoft server.
d.
Uncheck the checkbox labeled Change .
e.
Check the checkbox labeled Never Expires.
f.
Click Groups button.
g.
Add the designated Network to the s group.
h.
Click OK and then close the Manager window.
Configure the T/IP settings. NOTE Perform these steps if the Remote View function is used or communication with a MUSE server (Version 5.0a) is needed.
4.
a.
Right click on Network Neighborhood and select Properties.
b.
Click on the Protocols tab.
c.
Click on T/IP Protocol and then click Properties.
d.
If using Remote View function, specify the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway.
e.
Click on the DNS tab and enter the necessary information.
f.
Click on the WINS Address tab and enter the necessary information.
Log off the CASE.
Repeat the section Workstation Configuration in a Workgroup for all systems before proceeding.
Centricity Xi Configuration When interfacing the CASE to Centricity Xi, data from the CASE will not transfer to the Centricity system until the CASE application is shut down. However, by default, shutting down the CASE application shuts down the entire CASE system. To prevent this, add the following lines to the win.ini file on the CASE system: [Cardio] Mai-NTDown=0 The following table identifies the location of the win.ini file: CASE Version
Revision F
WIN.INI Location
v6 or later
CASE installation directory
prior to v6
Windows system directory
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-23
Installation: Network Installation
Save Existing Data This section describes how to back up existing system configurations, custom setups, lists, custom configured reports, and examination files. Start this section only after the network has been configured on all systems that will be connected to the CardioSoft network. This section must be completed if at least one CASE system added to the CardioSoft network has locally stored examinations. If all systems (CASE \ CardioSoft) and the shared CardioSoft server folder are new, this section can be skipped. NOTE This procedure copies the examination files and the custom setups from each CASE system. However, it copies the system configuration, the list, and any custom configured reports from only one CASE system, which should be designated as the “special station.” If the CardioSoft network existed before this installation began, it is recommended you use one of the CASE systems connected to the existing CardioSoft network as the “special station.”
Copy Custom Setups Copy to diskette the custom setups from every existing CASE system that is not currently connected to the CardioSoft network. The custom setups stored for CASE systems that were already connected to the CardioSys network should already have been copied before the cardio directory on the CardioSoft server was renamed to card_old. NOTE Refer to “Saving Custom Settings to Diskette” on page 7-5 for details.
Merge Local Examination Databases The following procedure merges locally stored examinations from the CASE system to the shared folder on the network server. It should be performed on each CASE system that meets the following criteria: Not currently connected to the CardioSoft network Has locally stored examinations Do not perform this procedure for any system that was connected to an existing CardioSoft network. NOTE Additional information can be found in “Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft” on page 7-11.
3-24
1.
to the CASE as designated Network .
2.
Map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
3.
Copy the CARD_REP.exe program to the local CASE program directory (e.g., D:\Case\).
4.
Launch the CARD_REP.exe program.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
5.
Change the Master Directory to the CASE program directory (e.g. D:\Case).
6.
Change the Repair Directory drive to the mapped cardio drive letter (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
7.
Press Start Repair button to run the merge process.
8.
Enter the , which can be found in “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11.
9.
After the merge is completed, press Program End.
10. Log off the CASE. Repeat Copy Custom Setups and Merge Local Examination Databases on all systems before proceeding.
Merge Networked Examination Database This procedure merges the local examination databases that were just ed to the server with the network examination databases that previously existed in the card_old folder on the server. It should be performed only: a.
IF the CardioSoft server previously existed and had examination data, and
b.
AFTER all of the locally stored examinations have been ed from each CASE workstation to the CASE server.
1.
to the special station CASE as the designated Network .
2.
Map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server if it is not already connected.
3.
Map any available drive letter (e.g. X:\) to the card_old shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
4.
Copy the program CARD_REP.exe to the card_old mapped drive (e.g. X:\).
5.
Launch the CARD_REP.exe program from the card_old mapped drive (e.g. X:\).
6.
Change the Master Directory to the mapped drive card_old (e.g. X:).
7.
Change the Repair Directory drive to the mapped cardio drive letter (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
8.
Press Start Repair button to run the merge process.
9.
Enter the , which can be found in “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11.
10. Close the CARD_REP program by pressing Program End. 11. Log off the CASE.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-25
Installation: Network Installation
Merge List and Configured Reports This procedure merges any custom configured reports and list from the special station to the cardio folder on the CASE/CardioSoft server. If no custom reports or list exists on the special station, this procedure can be skipped. The procedure varies slightly depending on whether the special station had been a stand-alone workstation or part of an existing network. Chose the appropriate procedure and perform all of the steps.
Special Station Was a Stand-Alone Station 1.
to the special station CASE as the designated Network .
2.
If it is not already connected, map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
3.
Launch the CARD_REP.exe program from the local CASE program directory (e.g. D:\CASE).
4.
Change the Master Directory to the local CASE program folder (e.g. D:\Case).
5.
Change the Repair Directory drive to the mapped cardio drive letter (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
6.
Press / Conf. Rep button to run the merge process.
7.
Click Yes.
8.
Close the CARD_REP program by pressing Program End.
9.
Log off the CASE.
Special Station Was Connected to Existing CardioSoft Network 1.
to the special station CASE as the designated Network .
2.
If it is not already connected, map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
3.
If it is not already connected, map any available drive letter (e.g. X:\) to the card_old shared folder on the CardioSoft server.
4.
Launch the CARD_REP.exe program from the card_old mapped drive (e.g. X:\).
5.
Change the Master Directory to the mapped drive card_old (e.g. X:).
6.
Change the Repair Directory drive to the mapped cardio drive letter (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
7.
Press / Conf. Rep button to run the merge process.
8.
Click Yes.
9.
Close the CARD_REP program by pressing Program End.
10. Log off the CASE.
3-26
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Copy System Configuration This procedure copies the system configuration of the special station to diskette. Log on to the special station as a local and follow the directions described in “Saving System Configurations to Diskette” on page 7-4. NOTE If the special station was on the CardioSoft network before the installation procedure was started, the system configuration should have already been saved before the cardio folder was renamed to card_old on the CardioSoft server.
Finish Database Merge Perform this task only after the following tasks have been completed: All local databases have been merged into the CARD_R0 folder. The original server database (if it existed) has been merged into the CARD_R0 folder. The list has been merged into the CARD_R0 folder. The configured reports have been merged into the CARD_R0 folder. The custom setups have been copied to diskette. The system configuration has been copied to diskette. To finish the database merge, use the following procedure:
Revision F
1.
to the special station CASE as the designated Network .
2.
Map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server if it is not already connected.
3.
Open the CARD_R0 folder on the mapped drive cardio (e.g. F:\CARD_R0).
4.
Move all files in the CARD_R0 folder to the root of the mapped drive cardio (e.g. F:\).
5.
Delete the empty CARD_R0 folder.
6.
Log off the CASE.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-27
Installation: Network Installation
Install CASE Application The following procedure installs the CASE application. The application should be installed on all CASE workstations. Do not install it on the server. CAUTIONS Install the application only after you configure the CardioSoft network (“Configure the Network” on page 3-18) and save the existing data (“Save Existing Data” on page 3-24) Install the application on ONLY ONE workstation at a time. Attempting to install it on more than one workstation at the same time may corrupt the installation on ALL workstations. 1.
as the local .
2.
Map the next available drive letter (e.g. F:\) to the cardio shared folder on the CardioSoft server. NOTE Make sure the Reconnect at box is checked. Also, Connect as should be the designated Network . If the designated Network is a domain , then enter [Domain Name]\[Network ].
3.
Insert the application installation CD into the CD drive and begin the installation. If the installation does not start automatically (wait some seconds), launch setup.exe in directory Disk1 (“E:\Disk1\setup.exe”).
4.
At the Choose Program Directory (local) screen, choose the default, D:\CASE. Click Next.
5.
At the Choose Database Directory screen, select Browse… and browse to the root folder of the mapped drive cardio on the CardioSoft server.
6.
the Path edit box value is the root folder of the mapped network drive (e.g. F:\).
7.
Finish the installation and reboot the system as prompted.
Reconfigure the System Configuring the system is the last step in the installation process and prepares the CASE workstations. It should be performed only after the application has been installed on ALL workstations. CAUTION Do not start the application on any workstation until the all workstations have been reconfigured. Attempting to start the CASE application before all workstations have been configured may corrupt the installation on all workstations.
3-28
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Configure Network Profile The following procedure prepares the default Network profile. 1.
as the local .
2.
Open the System applet in Control and select the Profiles tab.
3.
Select the local profile ([Computer Name]\) and click the Copy To… button.
4.
Browse to the designated Network profile directory: (C:\winnt40\Profiles\[Network Name]).
5.
Click OK.
6.
Click OK to close the System applet.
7.
Close Control .
8.
Log off.
9.
as Network . NOTE From this point on, the CASE should as the designated Network . Inform the customer of this change.
10. the desktop wallpaper is the GE wallpaper and the mapped drive cardio on the CardioSoft server is connected.
Install Option Codes The following procedure installs option codes, if they are needed. 1.
Start the CASE application if it did not automatically start.
2.
Type in the desired option codes or load them from the provided diskette.
For additional information, refer to “Network Installation” on page 3-17.
Restore System Configuration For any new CASE workstations on the network, do the following: Load the system configuration that was copied from the special station as part of the data backup process. For more information, refer to “Restoring System Configuration from Diskette” on page 7-6. that all settings are correct for each tab in the System Configuration window. the connection from the workstation to the MUSE server was not broken, if the workstation should communicate with MUSE. For more information, refer to “Data Interface with MUSE” on page 3-32.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-29
Installation: Network Installation
Restore Custom Settings For any new CASE workstations on the network, do the following: Load the custom settings that were copied from the special station as part of the data backup process. The custom settings can be saved to the CardioSoft server from one CASE system and then copied from the server to each workstation. For more information, refer to “Restoring System Configuration from Diskette” on page 7-6. that the settings are correct for each tab in the Setup window.
Installing a Network Printer for all s on This CASE Windows NT stores network printer definitions in the s' profile. To avoid multiple installations for each , install the printer locally and add a new local port with the path of the network printer: NOTE This section should only be performed if a network printer is used. 1.
as local .
2.
Click Start -> Settings -> Printers.
3.
Double click Add Printer.
4.
Select My Computer and click Next.
5.
Select port LPT2 and click Next.
6.
Select manufacturer and model of the network printer or use an appropriate driver from CD/disk. Click Next.
7.
At the dialog Type in the name of this printer… Click Next.
8.
At the diadicate whether this printer will be shared… Click Next.
9.
At the dialog Would you like to print a test page… select No and click Finish.
10. Click Start -> Settings -> Printers. 11. Right click the installed printer, select Properties, select Ports tab, and click Add Port… 12. Select Local Port in the list and click New Port… 13. Enter the network printer name \\[Printer Server Name]\[Printer Name] to enter the port name and click OK. 14. At the Properties dialog, click OK.
3-30
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Network Installation
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-31
Installation: Data Interface with MUSE
Data Interface with MUSE Tests on CASE can be transferred to the MUSE database for general accessibility. The tests can be transferred using one of three methods: a.
Save Examinations to a floppy disk and carry it to MUSE
b.
Send Examinations to MUSE using FTP via LAN
c.
Store Examinations on a shared directory located on MUSE via LAN
NOTE Methods b and c require a network connection with T/IP specifications. All methods require that each CASE use its unique Cart number and correct location number to generate a unique filename.
Establish Connection to MUSE The preferred method for transferring data depends on the version of MUSE with which you wish to transfer data. For MUSE 5.x, the preferred method is FTP. Use the following procedure to establish a connection from the CASE workstation to MUSE: 1.
Specify the FTP informations on CASE -> System Configuration -> MUSE by enabling “Data transfer via FTP”
2.
Type in the FTP Server (normally the same as the Web Server).
3.
Enter a name and if this information is required for the FTP server.
For MUSE 4.x, the preferred method is a shared directory. Use the following procedure to establish a connection from the CASE workstation to MUSE: 1.
Specify the informations on CASE -> System Configuration -> MUSE by enabling “Data transfer via shared directory”.
2.
Type in the correct shared directory. You have multiple methods to enter the correct shared directory. If the shared directory has been mapped and configured to reconnect at logon, you can enter the mapped drive letter (e.g., .F:\). If the shared directory has not been mapped, you can enter the UNC format in a valid form (e.g., \\SvrName\SharePointName). If no DNS/WINS is installed on the domain server (i.e. you are using RAS), enter the physical IP address of the server and the directory name (e.g., \\123.456.789.255\SharePointName).
3.
3-32
Enter a name and if this information is required for accessing this shared directory.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Data Interface with MUSE
Read MUSE Patient Data from CASE With MUSE v5.0 or above, you can read the MUSE patient data directly from the CASE workstation. This requires the following: MUSE v5.0 or above an on the MUSE server Internet Explorer v6.0 or above Network connection with T/IP specifications Acrobat Reader v4.0 or above
Configure Internet Explorer Before you can access MUSE from CASE, you must first configure Internet Explorer using the following procedure: 1.
On the Windows taskbar, select Start -> Settings -> Control .
2.
Double-click on “Internet”.
3.
Open the “Connection” tab.
4.
If your connection to the LAN does not require access to the proxy server, deactivate “Access via proxy server”. Otherwise, open “Advanced Settings” and configure the proxy settings appropriately.
5.
Do one of the following: If the workstation is connected directly to the LAN via an ethernet connection, activate “Connect to Internet via LAN” If the workstation is connected to the LAN remotely, activate “Connect via modem”.
6.
Click “OK” NOTE Some changes may not take effect until the OS is restarted.
Establish a MUSE To select patients from the MUSE database instead of the local database, you need to establish an on the MUSE server using the following procedure: 1.
Specify the Web informations on CASE -> System Configuration -> MUSE by enabling “Request MUSE data”.
2.
Type in Web Server, the name, and the You have multiple methods to enter the Web Server. Internet name convention: http:\\www.myMuseSvr. Intranet name convention: myMuseSvr IP address: 123.456.789.255
3.
Revision F
Select the correct MUSE site number.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-33
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application The CASE/CardioSoft system* can be configured with the EMR application. The process is identical for both new and existing systems with one exception: when configuring an existing system, you must migrate historical data. The general process is outlined below. Details are found on the following pages. 1.
Go through “Before You Begin” on page 3-35.
2.
Install Logician 5.6.3 or higher on each CASE / CardioSoft client. For details, refer to “Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application” on page 3-36.
3.
Install the CASE/CardioSoft interface kit. For details, refer to “Install the CASE/CardioSoft Interface Kit.” on page 3-36.
4.
Import the CardioSoft clinical kit to the EMR application using the instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes. For instructions on accessing the release notes, refer to “Acquire CASE/ CardioSoft – EMR Integration Release Notes” on page 3-35.
5.
Configure the CASE/CardioSoft EMR settings. For details, refer to “Configure CASE/CardioSoft EMR Settings” on page 3-36.
6.
If you are configuring an existing CASE/CardioSoft system, migrate historical CASE/CardioSoft data. This is a four-part process. The instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes explain how to: configure the cross-reference file, create LinkLogic relationships, and configure the LinkLogic document relationship. For details, refer to “Migrate Data” on page 3-38.
* The term “CASE/CardioSoft” is used generically to denote whichever system is being configured, CASE or CardioSoft.
3-34
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
Before You Begin Complete the following checklist to ensure that you are prepared to configure the CASE/Cardiosoft system with the EMR application.
Install CASE/CardioSoft system The CASE/CardioSoft system must be installed and operational before you configure the CASE/CardioSoft to EMR interface. Use the procedures described in the CASE Service Manual for configuring the CASE system. Use the installation procedures described in the CardioSoft Installation Guide for configuring the CardioSoft system. The CASE/CardioSoft database must reside in a shared location, accessible to all s. NOTE GE recommends installing the CASE/CardioSoft database on a separate server from the EMR application. If you install it on the same server, GE recommends that it is on a separate, dedicated hard drive to ensure that file sizes do not hinder performance. Enable EMR option on CASE/CardioSoft The following requirements must be met for the EMR Option to be enabled on the CASE/CardioSoft system: The CASE/CardioSoft option code for the EMR application must be entered in the System Configuration >> Option Codes tab PRIOR to configuring the EMR application on the CASE/ CardioSoft system. The EMR option must be enabled in the System Configuration >> General. Click For Service Only (service : helserv) to display the Service Screen. Click Enable EMRMode. Acquire permissions for the EMR application web site You will need a ID and to access the EMR application’s web site. Ask your EMR application manager for this information. Acquire CASE/CardioSoft – EMR Integration Release Notes You will need the CASE/CardioSoft EMR Integration Release Notes for EMR-specific instructions for configuring the EMR application. The release notes can be found on the EMR web site (http://.medicalogic.com/).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-35
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
Install EMR application The EMR application must be installed and operational before you begin to configure the CASE/CardioSoft to EMR interface. For information on installing the EMR application, go to http://.medicalogic.com/, select your version of the product, and then look under Installation Checklists. Acquire privileges You will need privileges to both the CASE/CardioSoft system and to the EMR application to complete this configuration. If you do not have privileges, your system . Acquire default provider name The customer site must designate the default provider for use before migrating historical data from the CASE/CardioSoft system to the EMR application.
Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application To configure the system, use the following instructions: 1.
Set up the CASE/CardioSoft in a networked environment. Make sure that the XEMR option code for interfacing to the EMR application is available (in the CASE/CardioSoft system, click System Configuration, then the Option Code tab).
2.
Install Logician 5.6.3 or higher on each CASE/CardioSoft client.
Install the Centricity EMR Application The installation of the Centricity EMR application consists of the following steps: 1.
Install the CASE/CardioSoft Interface Kit. Install the CASE/CardioSoft Interface Kit. This is available for / installation on the EMR application website (http://.medicalogic.com/).
2.
Import the Clinical Kits. Follow the instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes to import the CardioSoft clinical kit.
3.
Configure CASE/CardioSoft EMR Settings After importing the CASE/CardioSoft clinical kit into the EMR application, on the CASE/CardioSoft system that the EMR settings are configured correctly.
3-36
a.
Launch the CASE/CardioSoft application.
b.
Click System Configuration. The System Configuration window displays.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
c.
that the EMR tab now is available onscreen.
EMR tab Communication folders
Error logging folder location
CASE/CardioSoft System Configuration Setup Tab NOTE The Communication Folder locations were determined automatically after the EMR application was installed, using information from the file <EMR ApplicationInstallFolder>/CardioSoft/CardioSoft.ini. d.
Revision F
The folder for error logging is automatically generated. that the folder location is accurate (i.e., for CardioSoft c:\ cardio\emr_errors, or for CASE: d:\case\emr_errors).
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-37
Installation: Configuring a CASE/CardioSoft System with the EMR Application
Migrate Historical CardioSoft Data If you have been using CASE/CardioSoft prior to integrating with the EMR application, you will need to migrate your existing CASE/CardioSoft data. This migration transfers all of the data. You cannot selectively migrate only certain records. There are four steps to this migration: 1.
Configure the Cross Reference File.
2.
Create LinkLogic Relationships.
3.
Configure the LinkLogic Document Relationship.
4.
Migrate Data.
Follow the detailed instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes to configure the cross reference file, create LinkLogic relationships, and to configure the LinkLogic document relationship (steps 1 – 3 above). Refer to “Migrate Data” below to migrate historical data from the CASE/CardioSoft system to the EMR application.
Migrate Data After completing the instructions in the CASE/CardioSoft - EMR Integration Release Notes, use the following instructions to migrate the CASE/CardioSoft data: 1.
In the CASE/CardioSoft application, click System Configuration.
2.
Select the EMR tab.
3.
In the Data Transfer Via Shared Directory field, click the ellipsis and select the network LinkLogic installation of the ...Data\In folder.
4.
Click OK.
5.
Click Start. A demographics file (.hd) and its related ImageLink files (.ht) are created for every patient in the CASE/CardioSoft database. These files are picked up by LinkLogic and included in the patient’s chart.
3-38
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Metabolic Interface The CASE workstation can communicate with the data acquisition device over the workstation’s serial port. In addition, it can record test data to a shared file on the network. This section describes: the available communication commands the serial port settings the structure of the command string the test data settings the structure of the test data file
Communication Commands The stress test module can process the following commands from the serial port: 'E' 'T' 'O' 'H' 'R' 'W' 'S' 'M'
echo on start treill stop treill stage hold request measurements start pretest start exercise start recovery
Serial Port Settings The default settings for serial port are parity data bits stop bits baud rate handshake
no 8 1 1200 no
You can modify the settings for the serial port by modifying the following values in [CAS_RECORD] section of the cardio.ini file located in the Windows directory. ' Field
Revision F
Values
SpiroParity
0 = no parity 1 = even parity 2 = odd parity
SpiroDataBits
0 = 7 data bits 1 = 8 data bits
SpiroStopBits
0 = 1 stop bit 1 = 2 stop bits
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-39
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Field
Values
SpiroBaudrate
0 = 300 baud 1 = 600 baud 2 = 1200 baud 3 = 2400 baud 4 = 4800 baud 5 = 9600 baud 6 = 19200 baud 7 = 38400 baud 8 = 56000 baud 9 = 128000 baud
SpiroHandShake
0 = no handshake 1 = XonXoff 2 = hardware handshake 3 = hardware handshake and interpretation of CR and NULL
For example, to configure the serial port for even parity, 7 data bits, 2 stop bits, 9600 baud, and XonXoff, cardio.ini would look like this: [CAS_RECORD] SpiroParity = 1 SpiroDataBits = 0 SpiroStopBits = 1 SpiroBaudrate = 5 SpiroHandShake = 1
Command String Structure The CASE workstation sends the following string to the serial port every five seconds: [recoxxx34xMxxxx0x%xxx60xxxx4x-999x-999x-999xx-19xxxx1xx-12x]4CCR Position is very important in this message. Therefore, an x is used to indicate a space. The following table identifies the remainder of the values in the string. Explanatory notes follow the table. Part of string
3-40
Meaning
Value
Notes
[
Beginning
reco
Stage 'Recovery'
xxx34
Speed * 10
3.4
5, 8
xM
Speed designator
MPH
1
xxxx0
Grade * 10
0.0
5
x%
Grade designator
%
2
xxx60
Heart Rate
60 BPM
5
xxxx4
Ectopic Beats per Minute
4
3, 6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5, 10
Revision F
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Part of string
Meaning
Value
Notes
x-999
BP Measurement NBR
-999
6, 9
x-999
Systolic BP
-999
4, 6
x-999
Diastolic BP
-999
4, 6
xx-19
ST Level [mm]*10
-1.9
6
xxxx1
ST Slope [mV/s]*10
0.1
6
xx-12
ST Integral uV
-12
6, 9
x]
Ending
4C
Checksum
CR
Carriage return
7
1.
Could be 'K' for KPH. Kilometers per hour. If so, SPEED is KPH. Could be 'P' for KPM. Kilopondmeters. If so, SPEED is KPM from Ergo. Could be 'W' for WATTS. Watts. From Ergo.
2.
Could be 'D' dor DEGREES. If so, GRADE is DEGREES.
3.
This is ECTOPIC COUNT for the minute previous.
4.
mmHg
5.
If unavailable, 0.
6.
If unavailable, -999.
7.
Right-most 2 ASCII characters of checksum. Checksum includes [, all spaces,] Alpha characters must be Upper Case.
8.
If Ergometer Watts or KPM, SPEED value is not *10.
9.
Not ed in the current version (value = -999)
10. The stage names are fixed as the following table shows:
Phase
Stagenumber
Stagename in the shared file (4 characters)
Pre-Test
1
base
Pre-Test
2
warm warm
Exercise
1
ramp ramp
Recovery
1
reco reco
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-41
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Shared File Settings If the stress test module receives the R command (request measurement, see “Communication Commands” on page 3-39), the CASE workstation will write the stress test data to a shared file named ergospir.dat. By default, the file is stored in c:\temp. You can change that setting by modifying the following fields in the [CAS_RECORD] section of the win.ini file located in the Windows directory. Field
Values
SprioOptionWriteToFile
0 = Do not write to file 1 = Write to file
SpiroDirectory
Valid directory path
For example, if you want the shared file ergospir.dat to be written to a directory called spirapp\data located on the c:\ drive, the entry in win.ini would look like this: [CAS_RECORD] SpiroOptionWriteToFile = 1 SpiroDirectory = C:\SPIROAPP\DATA
Data File Structure The CASE workstation will write the following data string to the shared file every five seconds or immediately after phase or stage has changed. [recoxxx34xMxxxx0x%xxx60xxxx4x-999x-999x-999xx-19xxxx1xx-12x]4CCR Position is very important in this message. Therefore, an x is used to indicate a space. The following table identifies the remainder of the values in the string. Explanatory notes follow the table. Part of string
3-42
Meaning
Value
Notes
[
Beginning
reco
Stage 'Recovery'
xxx34
Speed * 10
3.4
5, 8
xM
Speed designator
MPH
1
xxxx0
Grade * 10
0.0
5
x%
Grade designator
%
2
xxx60
Heart Rate
60 BPM
5
xxxx4
Ectopic Beats per Minute
4
3, 6
x-999
BP Measurement NBR
-999
6, 9
x-999
Systolic BP
-999
4, 6
x-999
Diastolic BP
-999
4, 6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5, 10, 11
Revision F
Installation: Metabolic Interface
Part of string
Meaning
Value
Notes
xx-19
ST Level [mm] * 10
-1.9
6
xxxx1
ST Slope [mV/s] * 10
0.1
6
xx-12
ST Integral uV
-12
6, 9
x]
Ending
4C
Checksum
CR
Carriage return
7
NOTES 1.
Could be 'K' for KPH. Kilometers per hour. If so, SPEED is KPH. Could be 'P' for KPM. Kilopondmeters. If so, SPEED is KPM from Ergo. Could be 'W' for WATTS. Watts. From Ergo.
2.
Could be 'D' dor DEGREES. If so, GRADE is DEGREES.
3.
This is ECTOPIC COUNT for the minute previous.
4.
mmHg
5.
If unavailable, 0.
6.
If unavailable, -999.
7.
Right-most 2 ASCII characters of checksum. Checksum includes [, all spaces,] Alpha characters must be Upper Case.
8.
If Ergometer Watts or KPM, SPEED value is not *10.
9.
Not ed in the current version (value = -999)
10. The stage names are fixed as the following table shows:
Phase
Stagenumber
before Test-Start Pre-Test
Exercise
Recovery
Stagename in the shared file (4 characters) chck
1
base
2
warm
...
warm
1
exer
...
exer
1
reco
...
reco
Test finished
stop
If a phase or stage change occurs, the complete string is written immediately.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
3-43
Installation: Metabolic Interface
For your notes
3-44
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
4
Revision F
InSite 2.0
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-1
For your notes
4-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
Installing InSite 2.0 InSite 2.0 is a remote service solution that provides GE Service with the following two tools: GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent, which s files from the CardioSoft program directory\InSite\, s files to the CardioSoft program directory\InSite\, and watches disk space of the CardioSoft database drive. VNC Server, which provides remote access service capability provided GE Service knows the VNC server , and GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent is set to automatic mode. This document outlines the steps involved in installing InSite 2.0 in CardioSoft, CardioSoft Client, CardioSoft DFT, and CardioSoft WebServer. NOTE InSite 2.0 replaces the previous remote service option, which used a MultiTech modem and pcAnywhere to allow access to the CASE/CardioSoft system. When upgrading from an earlier CardioSoft version, uninstall pcAnywhere from the system before proceeding with the installation of InSite 2.0.
Pre-Installation Process Before beginning the installation of the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent, complete the following steps. NOTE During installation, InSite 2.0 will use the information entered and checked in the following steps as default values. This information includes device name, serial number, CardioSoft program directory, CardioSoft database drive, Proxy server address, and proxy server port. Be sure to record this information while completing these steps. 1.
that CardioSoft, CardioSoft Client, CardioSoft DFT, or CardioSoft WebServer are installed.
2.
Turn off the PC.
3.
Connect the CAM-USB with CAM14, CAM-USB A/T with CAM14, or CORINA to the PC.
4.
Turn the PC on.
5.
Start CardioSoft.
6.
Select System Configuration.
7.
On the General tab, fill out the Institution Name and Address fields (Name, Street, City).
8.
On the Option Code tab, check the Internal Serial Number.
9.
Exit CardioSoft.
10. Start Internet Explorer. Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-3
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
11. To use a proxy server, complete the following steps: a.
Select Tools > Internet Options > Connections tab > Settings.
b.
Select the Use a proxy server for your LAN... check box
c.
Enter the proxy server address and port number.
12. Determine whether the proxy server requires authentication (method, name, ). NOTE If a proxy server will be used, please your System for installation details. CAUTION If any of the above information is missing or incomplete, DO NOT PROCEED with the installation. Incorrect information provided during the installation may cause the services to function improperly requiring you to uninstall/reinstall InSite 2.0. Obtain ALL of the required information before proceeding.
4-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
Installation Procedure Use the following instructions to install the InSite 2.0 software: 1.
Log on to the system. NOTE You must have system privileges to perform the installation.
2.
Insert the CD in the CD ROM drive. If autoplay is enabled, the installation will begin immediately. If autoplay is not enabled, use the following instructions to begin the installation routine: a.
Select Start > Run > Browse.
b.
Locate the file X:\CASECardioSoftSAInstall X = CD ROM drive letter, e.g. D:\ or E:\).
c.
Double-click the file name. The following screen appears.
3.
Revision F
Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-5
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
4.
Specify the root installation directory for the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and the VNC Server. The default directory is C:\gehc-it\InSite 2.0.
5.
Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
6.
Confirm or modify the default values (use alphanumeric values only). The following table identifies the fields and required values. Use alphanumeric values only. Spaces are not allowed.
Device Name
Unique device name for the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent. It consists of Product Name, Product Version, Institution Name, and Mac Address. To locate the Mac Address, use the following instructions:
4-6
a.
From the Start button, select Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt to open a DOS window.
b.
Type the command ipconfig -all | more
c.
Record the value of the Ethernet Adapter Local Area Connection in the Physical Address line without the leading hyphen (-). This is the Mac Address.
Serial Number
The serial number of the CAM-USB, CAM-USB/AT, or CORINA.
Program Directory
The directory where CardioSoft application is installed.
Database Driver
The drive where the CardioSoft database is installed.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0 NOTE The GE Service technician will need to know a part of the device name (e.g., the Mac address) or the serial number to locate your PC using InSite 2.0. To ensure that this information is available when needed, record it in the following table: Device Name: Serial Number: CardioSoft Program Directory: CardioSoft Database Drive:
7.
After the fields have been verified or modified, click Next> to advance to the next screen.
8.
Indicate whether the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent will connect to the GE enterprise server through a proxy server and click Next> to advance to the next screen. What happens next depends on your response in step 8. If you selected Yes, you must define the proxy settings InSite 2.0 will use. Proceed to step 9. If you selected No, you will be prompted to select whether the CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and VNC Server should start automatically after install. Skip to step 14.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-7
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
9.
Enter the proxy server address and port that was recorded during the preinstallation process.
Record the information in the following table for service interventions: Proxy Server Address: Port:
10. Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
11. Indicate whether the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent will require authentication. and click Next> to advance to the next screen. What happens next depends on your response to step 11. If you selected Yes, you must specify the authentication settings InSite 2.0 will use. Proceed to step 12. If you selected No, you will be prompted to select whether the CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and VNC Server should start automatically after install. Skip to step 14. 4-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
12. Enter the Name and information required by the proxy server and select the authentication method.
Record the information in the following table for service interventions: Name: :
13. Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
14. Choose whether the installer should automatically start the VNC Server and CardioSoft InSite Service Agent upon completion. The installer automatically starts these services by rebooting the computer after installation of InSite 2.0. If you choose not to start these services automatically, you will need to start them manually (see “Operating InSite 2.0” on page 4-14).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-9
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
15. Click Next> to advance to the next screen.
16. Review the installation summary and do one of the following: If the summary is incorrect, click
When the software has been ed, the following screen appears.
4-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Installing InSite 2.0
17. Click OK to continue the installation. When the installation is complete, the following screen appears.
18. Click Finish to exit the installer application. 19. your local GE Service Center to have them connection with InSite 2.0. You will need the information recorded during the installation process.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-11
InSite 2.0: Uninstalling InSite 2.0
Uninstalling InSite 2.0 If GE Services cannot connect to InSite 2.0, it could indicate that incorrect information was entered during the installation. To correct this problem, you will need to uninstall the software, gather the correct information, and re-install the software using the corrected information. Use the following procedure to uninstall InSite 2.0. 1.
From the Windows taskbar, select Start > Settings > Control .
2.
Double-click Add/Remove Programs.
3.
Locate GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent.
4.
Click Change/Remove. The Uninstall Welcome Screen appears.
5.
Click Next. The Uninstall Summary Screen appears.
4-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Uninstalling InSite 2.0
6.
Click Next. The InSite 2.0 uninstall routine uns the WinVNC service and displays the following dialog box.
7.
Click OK. The uninstall routine completes the uninstallation and displays the Uninstall Confirmation Screen.
8.
Revision F
Click Finish to complete the installation.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-13
InSite 2.0: Operating InSite 2.0
Operating InSite 2.0 InSite 2.0 can be operated in one of two modes: Automatic or Manual. Manual The default mode. Requires you to start the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and the VNCServer services when they are needed. Automatic Starts the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and the VNCServer services automatically when the system boots.
Setting the Operation Mode Use the following instructions to switch operating modes. 1.
From the Windows taskbar, select Start > Settings > Control . The Control opens.
2.
Double-click istrative Tools. The istrative Tools window opens.
3.
Double-click Services. The Services window opens, as seen below. A
4.
B
that the GE CASE CardioSoft InSite Service Agent and VNCServer services exist. The Status column (A) indicates the status of each service. The Startup Type column (B) indicates the currently selected operating mode of the services (Automatic or Manual).
5.
4-14
To toggle either the Status or the Startup Type, right-click the appropriate column for a service and select the appropriate option.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
InSite 2.0: Restricting Remote Access
Restricting Remote Access To provide additional security from unauthorized access, you can use the WinVNC Current Properties window to: set a service (A), require confirmation prior to granting access to incoming connections (B), and set a confirmation response time, after which an incoming connection will be automatically rejected (C). A
B
C
NOTE During installation of InSite 2.0, a default is configured and the Display Query Window check box (B) is deselected. Use the following procedure to set these options. 1.
Revision F
Display the Windows taskbar if it is not visible.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
4-15
InSite 2.0: Restricting Remote Access
D
2.
Click the WinVNC icon (D). The WinVNC: Current Properties window opens. NOTE When the content of the blue diamond is red instead of yellow, a Remote Access Service connection is active. To cancel an active connection, rightclick the icon (D) and select Kill all clients.
3.
Change the under Incoming Connections (A). NOTE GE Service and inform them of the new : they need the to access your PC.
4.
Select the Display Query Window check box (B) and enter the Timeout (B) in seconds. NOTE When an incoming connection tries to access your PC, a Query Window will be displayed on your PC for the period of time specified at Timeout (C). This identifies the name used and the IP from which the connection is being made. You can use this information to that it is GE Service attempting to connect.
To accept the connection, click Accept. If you do not accept within the timeout period, the connection is rejected automatically. To reject the connection, click Reject. 5.
4-16
To accept your changes on the WinVNC: Current Properties window, click OK.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
5
Revision F
Maintenance
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-1
For your notes
5-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Introduction
Introduction A regular equipment maintenance program helps prevent unnecessary equipment and power failures and reduces possible health hazards. This chapter contains instructions for the following recommended maintenance: Inspecting and cleaning the unit Leakage tests to the equipment does not propose a health hazard Ground continuity test to all exposed metal is properly grounded WARNING Failure—on the part of all responsible individuals, hospitals or institutions employing the use of this device—to implement the recommended maintenance schedule may cause equipment failure and possible health hazards. The manufacturer does not, in any manner, assume responsibility for performing the recommended maintenance schedule unless an Equipment Maintenance Agreement exists. The sole responsibility rests with the individuals, hospitals, or institutions utilizing the device.
Required Tools and Supplies In addition to a standard set of hand tools, you will need the special tools and items listed below to maintain or repair the unit. Table 1-1. Tools and Supplies (Continued) Leakage Current Tester 120 V (or equivalent) 240 V (or equivalent) Multimeter Isopropyl Alcohol Dust Remover (compressed air) Lint-free Cloth
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-3
Maintenance: Inspection and Cleaning
Inspection and Cleaning Basic maintenance consists of visual inspection and both external and internal cleaning.
Visual Inspection Perform a visual inspection of all equipment and peripheral devices daily. Turn off the unit and remove power before making an inspection or cleaning the unit. Check the case and display screen for cracks or other damage. Regularly inspect all cords and cables for fraying or other damage. that all cords and connectors are securely seated. Inspect keys and controls for proper operation. Toggle keys should not stick in one position. Knobs should rotate fully in both directions.
Exterior Cleaning Clean the exterior surfaces once per month, and more frequently if needed. Use a clean, soft cloth and a mild dishwashing detergent diluted in water. Wring the excess water from the cloth. Do not drip water or any liquid on the equipment, and avoid with open vents, plugs, or connectors. Dry the surfaces with a clean cloth or paper towel.
Interior Cleaning Disassembly To clean the interior, log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. Remove the screws from the U access door, then remove the door.
General Check for dust buildup on the surfaces of the interior circuit boards, components, and assemblies. Use commercially available compressed air to blow away accumulated dust. Follow the manufacturer’s directions for use. After reassembly, reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
Thermal Printhead Clean the thermal printhead every three months, or more often with heavy use. A build-up of thermal paper coating on the printhead can cause light or uneven printing. Use a solution containing alcohol on a nonwoven, nonabrasive cloth such as TechniCloth to wipe off the printhead. Do not use paper toweling, as it can scratch the printhead.
5-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
Electrical Safety Tests The suggested electrical safety tests, described below, are based on UL 60601-1 or the international standard IEC 60601-1, as applicable. What follows is a general description of the suggested tests; refer to the governing standard for a more detailed description. Conduct the tests under normal ambient conditions of temperature, humidity, pressure, and line voltage. The leakage currents correspond to 110% of the rated voltage for the test unit. Most Safety Testers take this into ; otherwise, the measured values must be calculated.
Recommended Test Schedule GE recommends that the tests be performed according to the following schedule: After initial installation. Once every 12 months thereafter as part of a regular maintenance plan. Whenever internal assemblies are serviced.
Recommended Test Equipment The following equipment is required to conduct the electrical safety tests: Safety Tester calibrated to IEC 60601-1. Refer to the device’s manual for details on calibration and use. To ensure personal safety, refer to the tesing instrument’s documentation. Testing connector, as described for the individual tests, below
Protective Earth Resistance Test This test determines whether the device and/or its power cord has a power ground fault. If the device has a power cord, the test measures the impedance between the cord’s protective earth pin and any accessible metal part which is protectively earthed. If the device does not have a power cord, the test measures the impedance between the AC inlet’s protective earth teminal and any accessible metal part which is protectively earthed. Conduct the test both with and without a power cord. To conduct this test, the test circuit must conform to the following values: Hertz
Amperage
Voltage
50 Hz / 60 Hz
25 A
6V
The test fails if the measured value is greater than indicated in the following table:
Revision F
IEC 60601-1
UL 60601-1
With Power Cord
200 mOhm
200 mOhm
Without Power Cord
100 mOhm
100 mOhm
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-5
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
Leakage Current Measurement To perform the suggested measurements, the unit under test has to be separated from any interconnection to a system. If the unit is part of a system, extended tests must be performed in accordance with the governing standard. The following diagram shows the Measuring Circuit [M] required for leakage current. The reading in mV corresponds to mA (leakage current). The Safety Testers generally work with this Measuring Circuit [M] and the displayed values are already converted to leakage current.
Electrical Diagram for Leakage Current Measurement
Earth Leakage (AC line) Current Test
This test measures leakage current of the device’s internal power supply. The device has to be turned on and off, and connected to your safety-testing equipment. Measurements should be taken under the following conditions (refer to the safety tester diagram): Device in “ON” state Polarity switch NORM and RVS S1 (neutral) closed and open GND switch open
5-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
The test has failed if the measured values are greater than: Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): closed GND: open
Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): open GND: open
Total tests/combinations: 2
Total tests/combinations: 2
500 µA (IEC)
1,000 µA (IEC & UL)
300 µA (UL)
Enclosure Leakage Current Test This test measures the leakage current from the chassis to the ground during both normal conditions (N.C.) and single fault conditions (S.F.C.). In both cases, use the Safety Tester to measure the leakage current from any exposed conductive part to the ground, as illustrated in the following diagram.
Electrical Diagram for Enclosure Leakage Current Test Use the following settings on your Safety Tester during normal conditions:
Revision F
Switch
Setting
Polarity
NORM and RVS
GND
closed
S1 (neutral)
closed
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-7
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
Use the following settings on your Safety Tester during single fault conditions: Switch
Setting
Polarity
NORM and RVS
GND
open and closed
S1 (neutral)
closed and open
The test fails if the measured values are greater than indicated in the following table: IEC 60601-1.
UL 60601-1
N.C.
100 µA
100 µA
S.F.C.
500 µA
300 µA
Patient Leakage Current Test This test measures leakage current from the floating input (patient connection) to ground during normal condition (N.C.) and single fault condition (S.F.C.), and depends on a domestic power outlet with 115 or 230 V AC as the source into the floating inputs. In all cases, the leakage current is measured from the floating input to ground: The device has to be turned on and off, and connected to your safety testing instrument.
Electrical Diagram for Patient Leakage Current Test NOTE For your protection, the following values of resistor R may be used:
5-8
Device Type
Resistence
Line Voltage
Type BF
22 kOhm
120 to 130 V
47 kOhm
220 to 240 V
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
During N.C., measurements should be taken under the following conditions (refer to the safety tester diagram: Device in “ON” state Polarity switch NORM and RVS GND switch GND closed S1 (neutral) closed During S.F.C., measurements should be taken under the following conditions (refer to the safety tester diagram): Device in “ON” state Polarity switch NORM and RVS GND switch closed, S1 (neutral) open GND switch open, S1 (neutral) closed The test has failed if the measured values are greater than: N.C.
Revision F
S.F.C.
Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): closed GND: closed
Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): closed | open GND: open | closed
Total tests/combinations: 2
Total tests/combinations: 4
10 µA (IEC & UL)
50 µA (IEC & UL)
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-9
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
Patient Leakage Current, Mains on Applied Part
WARNING PERSONAL SAFETY — MAINS VOLTAGE is applied to floating input (patient connection) and patient cables/test plug conductors and safety tester PATIN JACK. For the protection of the person performing these tests, the following values of resistor R may be used: Type BF — 22 kOhm (120 to 130 V) Type BF — 47 kOhm (220 to 240 V) Disconnect safety tester from line voltage before connecting patient cable/test plug to device. After line voltage has been disconnected, connect the patient cable/test plug to device. This test performs leakage current tests during single fault conditions (S.F.C.) with line voltage applied to the floating (patient connection) inputs. In all cases, the leakage current is measured from the floating (patient) inputs jack of the device to ground. To setup this leakage current test:
5-10
1.
Disconnect the safety tester from the line voltage
2.
Ground all signal input/output connections (all SIPs/SOPs connected to ground)
3.
Connect the patient cable/test plug to device
4.
Connect the patient cable/test plug to the safety tester
5.
Ensure that the person/tester in not touching the patient cable/test plug or floating (patient) input or device conductive surfaces
6.
Connect safety tester to line voltage —see warning on previous page.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
During S.F.C, measurements should be taken under the following conditions (refer to safety tester diagram): Device in “ON” state Polarity switch NORM and RVS S1 (neutral) open GND switch closed The test has failed if the measured values are greater than: N.C.
S.F.C.
N/A
Polarity: NORM & RVS S1 (neutral): closed GND: closed
Total tests/combinations: 0
Total tests/combinations: 2
N/A
5 mA (IEC & UL)
After completing this test, disconnect the safety tester from line voltage before disconnecting the patient cable/test plug and/or the device.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
5-11
Maintenance: Electrical Safety Tests
For your notes
5-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
6
Revision F
Troubleshooting
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-1
For your notes
6-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Overview
Overview This chapter discusses the tools and techniques for troubleshooting problems with the CASE system. The topics include: Service Tools Service Screen Diagnostic Tests Entering a One-Day General Fault Isolation General Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions Flat Monitor Problems Printer Debugging Usage and Workaround of Acrobat 6
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-3
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Troubleshooting Tools CASE provides two groups of tools to help you diagnose issues with the system: Service Screen Diagnostic Tests Each tool is discussed in more detail below.
Service Screen The Service Screen is used to help diagnose issues with the CASE system. It provides access to the system log, key settings, software tests, and service functions. It can be accessed in the General Settings via the “For Service” key. When prompted for a , enter helserv or case8k, depending on model.
6-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Service Screen Description The following table describes the elements of the Service Screen. Element
Revision F
Description
Logbook
Displays internal logbook entries of e errors arising during the run period since the last program start. Each entry is time stamped. You can delete the log or save it for future reference.
Active
Activates the entries in the internal logbook. Can only be deactivated until next program start
Delete…
Deletes all entries in internal logbook.
Save as…
Saves all entries of the internal logbook to a text file.
OK or Cancel
Close the Service Screen
Archive Path
Select on a CASE System the path to the archive A: (floppy drive) or E: (CDROM drive). This Archive Path is only displayed if the case8k was entered.
CORINA time constant (HP filter)
Time Constant for CORINA ECG Acquisition Module. Should be not changed unless requested by customer.
CAM14 High Filter
High Filter for CAM14 ECG Acquisition Module. Should be not changed unless requested by customer.
Research Full Disclosure ECG (in directory \ONL500, \ONL2000)
Should be set to “none”. If you select any other value, the hard disk will fill up quickly: for every Full disclosure ECG a Full disclosure ECG with 500 Samples per second or 2000 Samples per second will be stored.
CAM14 Disable Lead-Fail Bias
Disable Lead-Fail Bias for CAM14 ECG Acquisition Module.
ACQ TEST
Test of the CASE ECG Acquisition Module.
WRTR TEST
Test of the Thermal Writer.
KEYPAD TEST
Test of the CASE function keyboard.
BURN-IN TEST
Burn-In Test for CASE.
LOOPBACK TEST
Loop back test for CASE Serial ports.
Test dictionary…
Compares the Text Strings of the selected language with the actual selected language of the system configuration.
Service notice…
Service Person can write notice to a file.
Set CAM-USB/CORINA Serial Number…
Set the CAM-USB or the CORINA Serial number of a CAM-USB or CORINA from Service with Serial Number 0.
Delete Network Locks…
All other stations of the network using this server must be stopped before this Network Locks should be deleted.
Save Log Files
Save the Log Files what have been activated from Engineering and send this Log Files please to Engineering.
Format floppy
Formats a floppy disk. CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-5
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Diagnostic Tests The diagnostic tests check operation of the acquisition module and board, writer, and keypad. A burn-in test in the menu is for factory production only.
Access the Tests
6-6
1.
On the startup screen, click System Config.
2.
On the System Configuration screen click For Service Only.
3.
When the prompt appears, enter helserv or case 8R.
4.
From the bottom of the Service Screen choose the CASE Test Software you want to view
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Acquisition Test Click ACQ TEST at the bottom of the service screen. The acquisition test screen appears.
The screen displays information about the status of data acquisition.
Keypad Test Click KEYPAD TEST at the bottom of the service screen.
Press each key on the keypad, and watch the interactive screen to be sure all are functioning properly.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-7
Troubleshooting: Troubleshooting Tools
Writer Test Click WRTR TEST at the bottom of the service screen.
The screen provides information about the writer settings. If the printhead or Power Distribution with Writer PCB assembly is replaced, the resistance value must be entered in this screen, then select Recalc and Save. Speed and roller tests can be run from the CASE Writer Utility screen.
6-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Entering a One-Day
Entering a One-Day The one-day is used when the CASE application has been protected through the List. The service/service and / 1,3,5,7 name and only get you to the desktop; they do not allow you to use the CASE application. The one-day is the only way to access the CASE application when the application has been protected. The one-day is made up of 6 characters, starting with today’s YEAR DATE MONTH (with 2-digits for each parameter). 0=r
5=m
1=z
6=f
2=x
7=n
3=v
8=a
4=c
9=s
Example: the six-digit number for January 15, 2002 is 021501. Using the chart above, the would convert into “rxzmrz”.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-9
Troubleshooting: General Fault Isolation
General Fault Isolation Visual Inspection A thorough visual inspection of the equipment can save time. Small things— disconnected cables, foreign debris on circuit boards, missing hardware, loose components—can frequently cause symptoms and equipment failures that may appear to be unrelated and difficult to track. NOTE Take the time to make all the recommended visual checks (refer to Table 2, “Visual Inspection List,” on page 6-10) before starting any detailed troubleshooting procedures Table 2. Visual Inspection List Area
Look for the following problems
I/O Connectors and Cables
Fraying or other damage Bent prongs or pins Cracked housing Loose screws in plugs
Fuses
Type and rating. Replace as necessary.
Interface Cables
Excessive tension or wear Loose connection Strain reliefs out of place
Circuit Boards
Moisture, dust, or debris (top and bottom) Loose or missing components Burn damage or smell of over-heated components Socketed components not firmly seated PCB not seated properly in edge connectors Solder problems: cracks, splashes on board, incomplete feedthrough, prior modifications or repairs
Ground Wires/Wiring
Loose wires or ground strap connections Faulty wiring Wires pinched or in vulnerable position
Mounting Hardware
Loose or missing screws or other hardware, especially fasteners used as connections to ground planes on PCBs
Power Source
Faulty wiring, especially AC outlet Circuit not dedicated to system (Power source problems can cause static discharge, resetting problems, and noise.)
Power-up Self-test On power-up, the system automatically runs an internal self-test. If all circuits test good, the start up screen displays.
6-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: General Troubleshooting
General Troubleshooting Problem: Stress test driver settings lost. Stress test profiles were changed or newly created and are no longer there. Solution: The file ERG_PROT_V5AN.DAT (ERG_PROT_ANSI.DAT old name before V4.2) in the Windows directory was inadvertently deleted or overwritten. A backup of this file should be made after changing profiles so that it can be restored even after a hard disk error (restore file into Windows directory). Problem: Defective data sets in the database. Errors occur during patient selection, but not when selecting examination options. Solution: technical for a reorganization tool, which may repair the error in the database. By activating the REORG procedure you can reorganize defective BTRIEVE files from CASE. This repair procedure may become necessary when the data becomes damaged for some reason or another (e.g. after a power failure). To carry out the repair procedure successfully, CASE must first of all be terminated. There must be sufficient memory space on your hard disk. As a general rule, the following applies: memory space required = twice as much free memory space as the sum of all CASE files with the suffix “BTR”. The original CASE files are still available in the form of “OLD” files after reorganization and should only be deleted when the reorganization has been completed successfully. If the reorganization is unsuccessful, the only option remaining is to retrieve the latest backup data or technical for the Database Repair Tool (CARD_REP). Problem: Error when reading examinations, examinations get lost Error messages when calling up examinations from the archive or examinations no longer there. Solution: There are two causes, which may lead to the loss of data on hard disks. One is a read error on the disk; the second is the destructive influence of some viruses. Indications of a defective hard disk sometimes exhibit themselves as reading errors in certain sectors. The number of defective sectors increases with time. Such a hard disk must be replaced.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-11
Troubleshooting: General Troubleshooting
Problem: Patient locked, although only called up from one workstation A patient in the network is locked, although they are only called up from one workstation. This error only occurs when the program crashes or after switching off the PC without having terminated CASE beforehand. Solution: Please be sure that CASE is not running from any workstation. Problem: Monitoring stress tests Attempt to monitor a stress test from two stations at the same time. Solution: None! A stress test currently being performed can be monitored from one station only at any one time. Problem: Swapping out examinations. Almost simultaneous swap-out at several stations; examinations are destroyed. Solution: None! Refer to Device Manual. Problem: Transferring examinations to data media When an examination is transferred to another data medium, naming a subdirectory with an umlaut (or other special characters), the examination cannot be retrieved. Solution: Create subdirectories without umlauts (or other special characters). It is not possible to transfer more than 512 examinations into the root directory of a data medium as DOS is only able to manage a maximum of 512 files on this medium. If more examinations are to be transferred, a subdirectory must be created. The number of files there is practically unlimited. Problem: No connection to ergometer Ergoline 900. Solution: Use Version “752” or “M345” with OEM 4 buttons, or Version “236”/“436” in Program 10 with original 25 button Ergoline. Problem: Modem RAS connection is not started. In MUSE Settings of System Configuration of CASE is activated “Start Modem connection before transfer”, but the connection is not started. Please do not start manually the Modem RAS connection, when you configure that the application should start the connection. Solution: Terminate the manually started Modem RAS connection.
6-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: General Troubleshooting
Problem: Not enough memory space when compressing examination. When compressing examination and using a Hard Disk >4.3GB the following message will occur that less than 15% of storage medium is free. Solution: Set the percentage of storage medium in CASE tab System Configuration, button Database to 1% or Disable Check of free disk space with entry “LOG_DisableFreeCheck=1” in section “[CARDIO]” in the “WIN.INI” file Problem: Reprogramming Serial Number Solution: 1. 2.
Go to the Service Screen and select Service Tool for Corina and CAM-USB v5.0. Select Read Acquisition System Information. Only when the Acquisition System serial number is “0” the Serial Number Programming Mode can be entered.
Problem: On some occasions, the program does not calculate the target load. Solution: To calculate the target load, the program needs to know the patient's gender, date of birth, height, and weight. In the following situations, the program is not able to calculate the target load: age < 15 years or age > 84 years or height < 50 cm or height > 250 cm or weight < 20 kg or weight > 200 kg or body surface area (men) < 1.6 m2 or body surface (women) < 1.2 m2 Problem: OS Message appears: Adobe Acrobat Reader is not installed. Solution: When the message appears, please install the Acrobat Reader from the CASE CD. 1.
You must have system privileges to install the software.
2.
Insert the CASE CD in the CD ROM drive. If the CD drive automatically starts up, close the CASE Installation Screen.
3.
Select Start > Run.
4.
In the command line type X:\Disk\Setup Acrobat (X=CD ROM drive letter, e.g. “E” or “D”).
5.
Click OK.
6.
Follow the displayed prompts.
Symptom: Application seems to lock up at Test End in Exercise Test. If the database is damaged and the initiates to store the test, there is a BTRV error message. But this error message may appear behind the acquisition window. The problem is that the will not see the message box and for him it seems that the system locked up. Solution: Press one of the keys ALT, ESC, RETURN. This will bring the error message into the foreground
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-13
Troubleshooting: General Troubleshooting
Symptom: Application seems to lock up while printing a Post Test Report on the thermal printer. Solution: Press the key ‘Stop Printing’ on the function keyboard. Delete the print jobs from the Marquette Thermal printer: Settings / Control / Printer. Problem: InSite 2.0 - No remote access to server. Solution: Check if the remote servicing software “PC Anywhere” is installed on your PC. If it is installed, please remove it. Problem: By default the CASE system shuts down, when the CASE application is closed. Solution: To prevent the CASE system from shutting down after the application is closed, the following entry has to be added to your WIN.INI file: [Cardio] Mai_NTDown=0 Depending on the CASE version the file WIN.INI is located in different folders: CASE Version
WIN.INI Location
v6 or later
CASE installation directory
prior to v6
Windows system directory
Problem: Test cannot be opened with the MUSE Browser function, when running Windows XP on a CASE system. The window that opens is blank and no error message is displayed. Solution: Install the CD Security Patches CASE XP, PN 2034985-001.
6-14
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions Problem: The Remote Test Screen shows vertical red lines or the ECG does not appear continuously on the remote viewing system over T/IP. Solution: Please make the entries for the package size in the T/IP protocol in your Stress Test System (the remote viewing system does not need an additional entry for T/ IP). Windows NT 4.0 1.
With the Registry Editor "regedt32.exe", locate the following key: "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\
2.
Go to EDIT and then to Add Value.
3.
Select Data Type “REG_DWORD”
4.
Enter the Value Name “MTU”, press <ENTER>, and type in Data “200” Hex ("512" in Dec) and press <ENTER>. Now you have an additional line in the right window: MTU:REG_DWORD:0x200
5.
After the change, reboot the system.
Windows 2000 1.
With the Registry Editor “regedt32.exe” please locate and set the following key: MTU Key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Tip\Par ameters\Interfaces\ID for Adapter
2.
Go to EDIT and then to Add Value.
3.
Select Data Type “REG_DWORD”
4.
Enter the Value Name “MTU”, press <ENTER> and type in Data “200” Hex (“512” in Dec) and press <ENTER> Now you have an additional line in the right window: MTU:REG_DWORD:0x200
5.
Revision F
After the change, reboot the system.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-15
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Problem: When I open an examination, I get an error when reading examinations, examinations get lost, or I get a Decompression Error. Errors or decompression error messages come up when I call up examinations (also from the archive) or examinations that are no longer there. Solution: There are two main causes which may lead to the loss / corruption of data on hard disks: A read error on the disk, or The destructive influence of some viruses. Additionally, a defective hard disk could be the reason. Indications of a defective hard disk sometimes exhibit themselves as reading errors in certain sectors. The number of defective sectors increases with time. Such a hard disk must be replaced. Check the hard disk using SCANDISK or CHKDSK. If the result of the check indicates many lost sectors, replace the disk. If not, restore the system by using the last BACKUP file. Problem: When I start CASE, I get a database error Solution: Close CASE and start “REORG.BAT” file from CASE directory in DATABASE directory. Problem: PCW130 value will not be displayed in the stress test measurement summary Solution: PCW 130 is not for use in combination with treill stress tests. The stress test must be complete, the weight of the patient must be entered, and a heart rate of 130 must be reached. (ECG equipment must have the capability for a heart rate of 130.) Problem: The modem I use is not in the modem list and brings up an error message at initialization Solution: Chose modem type defined and delete “\X1” out of the field Initialization. After doing this, the error message will disappear. Configure modems type MultiTech only with 14400 baud and 19.2K baud. Use the newer MultiTech 56K with the modified modem type defined. Problem: Patient selection menu will not fit within the screen Solution: Select SMALL FONTS within the display configuration window. Problem: Heart Rate removed after transferred from MAC 1200 to CASE Solution: The Heart Rate is calculated from the RR duration. To get the Heart Rate in CASE, you must have the Measurement Software Option on the MAC 1200, then the RR duration and the Heart Rate can be calculated.
6-16
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Problem: Small differences in the measurement values after transferred from MAC 1200 to CASE. Solution: The protocol used to transfer the data doesn't use the same amplitude unit for the measurement values from MAC 1200. These values have to be converted when the data is received in CardioSoft and the results may not be exactly the same values. Problem: Integration of CASE in an archiving system by the customer Solution: Customer buys Adobe Acrobat. Adobe Acrobat installs a printer driver to generate PDF files. These generated PDF files can be sent to the archive system of the customer and the archiving system can view these files with the PDF reader. PDF files can be printed with high quality on a laser printer. These PDF files are better than exported screen shots (such as JPG files). Problem: Proxy Settings from Internet Explorer influence the FTP file transfer to MUSE Solution: If a Proxy Server name is configured, then the intranet MUSE FTP Server Name must be excluded from the Proxy Server. Problem: The Windows 2000 network displays a BTRV error message when a ed tries to invoke CASE. Solution: In the Windows 2000 network, the and grant ALL rights. In Windows 2000, the selection of s with limited rights is the default setting. Problem: [11007] Error starting print job on CASE Solution: This Error Message is generated if the print job cannot be started. Reasons for this error message: No printer is defined as default printer. Problem: If a PDF report with ECG grid is generated with Adobe Acrobat in CASE, the figure 2 is displayed instead of the ECG grid. Solution: 1.
Display Acrobat Distiller from Adobe Acrobat: Start Menu -> Settings -> Printers.
2.
Double-click on Acrobat Distiller and select the menu: Printer -> Document Defaults...
3.
Deactivate field Do not send fonts to Distiller on the Adobe PDF Settings tab.
4.
Set field Graphic-> True Type Font to value as Softfont on the Advanced tab.
Problem: When transferring data from MAC 1200, the same patient record is created twice. Solution: The function of CardioSys/Soft to automatically assign an incoming resting ECG from a MAC 1200 to a patient record does not pose any problems.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-17
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
If the patient with the patient ID from MAC 1200 already exists in CardioSys/Soft, the resting ECG will automatically be assigned to this patient. If the patient with the patient ID from MAC 1200 does not exist in the CardioSys/ Soft database, the patient record will be generated and the resting ECG will be assigned to the new patient record. A second patient record with the name displayed in capital letters is generated only when a resting ECG with the same acquisition date and time is transferred a second time. This second resting ECG is assigned to the second patient record and can be deleted. Make sure that you do not unnecessarily transfer resting ECGs more than once. If a new resting ECG is transferred after the resting ECG is sent a second time, the new one will be assigned to the first patient record. Problem: The MUSE Web Server works, but an error message appears when the CASE patient list is invoked. Solution: A MUSEWeb must be created under Windows and assigned to the MUSE group. The must also be created in MUSE. Problem: Metabolic Carts display a higher heart rate than CASE? Solution: During exercise tests, the heart rate is calculated for 30-second tabular data. The heart rate is averaged over 30 seconds at 5-second intervals and entered in the table. The max. heart rate is derived from the tabular data. If the heart rate is sent to the metabolic cart at 5-second intervals, the value displayed there may be higher than in CASE. Question: Network installation using cardio as the domain does not work. What can be done? Answer: For CASE to run in the Windows 2000 environment, the ed must be a member of the local group of power s. This applies to both local s and domain s. The must have the right to access the Cardio installation directory and the Temp directory. We assume you have verified the latter requirement. So the rights are probably the root cause of the problem. Log on to the CASE client as the (local), and add the “?Domain?\cardio” to the local group of power s. Repeat this configuration at each CASE client. For multiple s, it is recommended to create a special group for them on the domain controller and to add this group to the local group of main s. To do so, expand the entry Local s and groups in the computer istration and click the Groups folder. In the window at right, click Main . A dialog opens showing all of the group. Clicking the Add button opens a second dialog Select or group. Select the domain from the combo box at the top. Select the or the group and confirm with Add. Exit with OK.
6-18
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Question: How can I run CardioSoftWeb on a Windows 2000 Domain Controller? Answer: For CardioSoftWeb to run on Windows 2000 domain controllers, s IUSR_
Revision F
IVC [liters]
Inspiratory vital capacity (relaxed)
Inspiratorische Vitalkapazität
EVC [liters]
Expiratory vital capacity (relaxed)
Exspiratorische Vitalkapazität
FEVC [liters]
Forced expiratory vital capacity
Forcierte Exspiratorische Vitalkapazität
FEV1 [liters]
Volume of air exhaled during the 1st second of FEVC
Forciertes exspiratorisches Volumen in 1 Sekunde
PEF [liters/second]
Peak expiratory flow
Max. exspiratorischer Flow
MEF75 [liters/second]
Max. expired flow at 75% FEVC remaining
Forcierter max. exspiratorischer Flow bei 75% Restvolumen FEVC
MEF50 [liters/second]
Max. expired flow at 50% FEVC remaining
Forcierter max. exspiratorischer Flow bei 50% Restvolumen FEVC
MEF25 [liters/second]
Max. expired flow at 25% FEVC remaining
Forcierter max. exspiratorischer Flow bei 25% Restvolumen FEVC
MMF [liters/second]
Max. mid-expiratory flow (forced) between 25 and 75% of FEVC
Mittlerer Flow bei 25-75% FEVC
FIVC [liters]
Forced inspiratory vital capacity
Forcierte inspiratorische Vitalkapazität
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-19
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions Parameter Designation FIV1 [liters]
Volume of air inhaled during the 1st second of FIVC
Forciertes inspiratorisches Volumen nach 1 s
PIF [liters/second]
Peak inspiratory flow
Max. inspiratorischer Flow
MIF75 [liters/second]
Max. inspired flow at 75% of inhaled FIVC
Forcierter max. inspirator. Flow bei 75% der inhalierten FIVC
MIF50 [liters/second]
Max. inspired flow at 50% FIVC remaining
Forcierter max. inspirator. Flow bei 50% inhalierten FIVC
MIF25 [liters/second]
Max. inspired flow at 25% FIVC remaining
Forcierter max. inspirator. Flow bei 25% inhalierten FIVC
MVV [liters/second]
Maximal voluntary ventilationof air expired for one minute (indirect, derived from FEV1)
Maximals exspiratorisches Ventilations-Volumen pro Minute (indirekt, abgeleitet von FEV1)
Question: What are the rules for the MILLER spirometry interpretation (LF501)? Answer: 1.
FEV1/IVC ≥ 70% and IVCref/IVC ≥ 70% --> No Respiratory Problem
2.
FEV1/IVC < 70% and IVCref/IVC < 70% --> Combined Respiratory Problem
3.
FEV1/IVC < 70% and IVCref/IVC °› 70% --> Obstruction
4.
FEV1/IVC ≥ 70% and IVCref/IVC < 70% --> Restriction
Question: What are the maximum numbers of objects in the application? Answer: The CASE application has the follow restrictions for data storage:
6-20
Object
Max. number
Message at the screen
Trend
600
Trend memory full, no more trend data can be saved!
ECG strips
50
Memory for ECG Strips is full, no more ECG Strips can be saved!
Arrhy strips (Episode)
20
N/A
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Frequently Asked Questions
Revision F
Object
Max. number
Message at the screen
Medians
450
Memory for sample cardiac cycles is full, no more sample cardiac cycles can be saved!
TWA Median
300
TWA memory full, no more TWA data can be stored!
FD ECG
60 min.
N/A
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-21
Troubleshooting: Flat Monitor Problems
Flat Monitor Problems Problem: No picture Solutions:
The signal cable should be completely connected to the monitor computer. Check that the Vacation Switch is in the ON position. Front Power Switch on the monitor and the CASE power switch should be in the ON position. Check the monitor and your computer with respect to recommended settings. Check the signal cable connector for bent or pushed-in pins.
Problem: Power Button does not respond Solutions:
Unplug the power cord of the monitor from the AC outlet to turn off and reset the monitor. Check the Vacation Switch on the left side of the monitor.
Problem: Image Persistence Solution: Image persistence is when a residual or “ghost” image of a previous image remains visible on the screen. Unlike CRT monitors, LCD monitors, image persistence is not permanent, but constant images being displayed for a long period of time should be avoided. To alleviate image persistence, turn off the monitor for as long as the previous image was displayed. For example, if an image was on the monitor for one hour and a residual image remains, the monitor should be turned off for one hour to erase the image. We recommend that when your CASE is sitting idle for long periods of time, turn OFF the system or the monitor. Problem: Image is unstable, unfocused or swimming is apparent Solutions:
Signal cable should be completely attached to the computer. Use the OSM (On Screen Manager) Image Adjust controls to focus and adjust display by increasing or decreasing the fine total. When the display mode is changed, the OSM Image Adjust settings may need to be re-adjusted. Check the monitor with respect to recommended signal timings. If your text is garbled, change the video mode to non-interlace and use 60Hz refresh rate.
Problem: LED on monitor is not lit (no green or amber color can be seen) Solution: Power Switch should be in the ON position and power cord should be connected.
6-22
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Flat Monitor Problems
Problem: Display image is not sized properly Solutions:
Use the OSM Image Adjust controls to increase or decrease the Coarse total. Check to make sure that a ed mode has been selected on the system being used. (Please consult system manual to change graphics mode.)
Problem: No Video Solutions:
If no video is present on the screen, turn the Power button OFF and ON again. Make certain the computer is not in a power-saving mode (touch the keyboard or mouse).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-23
Troubleshooting: Printer Debugging
Printer Debugging Problem: In Windows 2000, some characters overlap the characters that follow them Select Start > Settings > Printers and select your standard printer. Solution: Select menu “File” the entry “Properties”. Select “General” Tab and press button “Printing Preferences” and than press button “Advanced”. In the displayed list is in the topic “Document Options” the Entry “Print Optimizations”. This “Print Optimizations” must be disabled. Problem: Printout incomplete Solution: The printer probably has insufficient memory. Problem: NT 4.0, slowly printing with HP6P, HP2100M, HP4050M (only CardioSoft) Solution: Please replace the original printer driver with “HP Laserjet 5M” from the Windows Workstation CD ROM. Problem: Laser printer prints numbers instead of grid. Solution: There are three solutions for this issue: If you work within a network installation, make sure that CardioSoft is installed on every client that wand’s to work with this software. Open Printer properties menu and change the printer scheduling to “Print direct.” Do the following entries to the WIN.INI, section.[CARDIO] GRA_DontRemoveGrid=1 Another solution can be to disable character sets in the Control : Start ---> Settings ---> Control ---> Regional Options 1.
In Language settings for systems, disable the following character sets: Arabic Hebrew Indic Korean Thai Vietnamese
2.
6-24
After changing these settings the system must be rebooted.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Troubleshooting: Printer Debugging
Problem: Paper out message from a laser printer is displayed delayed Solution: You can reduce the Transmission Retry Timeout to decrease the delay of the displayed Paper out message, but it could cause a timeout message during the printing of pages with noisy ECG curves. Reduce the Transmission Retry Timeout in Windows Printer Settings (tab Port, button Configure Port...). Problem The error message “Paper Jam” appears when the P2000 is turned off. Solution With the power on, open and close the writer door. This will clear the error message. Prevention This problem occurs only when the P2000 is turned off after the PC has booted. To prevent this error from occurring, do not turn off the P2000 while the PC is on.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
6-25
Troubleshooting: Usage and Workaround of Acrobat 6
Usage and Workaround of Acrobat 6 Problems occur if the newer Adobe Acrobat 6.0 Standard (6.0.0 19.05.2003) is used instead of version 5 which is validated for CASE 5.02 and 5.1x. The following workarounds are helpful if customers are not able to get a full Adobe Acrobat 5 version. The proper usage of Acrobat 6 will be established in a future release. Problem When you try to export an examination to a PDF the following error message occurs: “Adobe Acrobat Distiller” is not installed!” Workaround Change printer name and adjust printing preferences. 1.
Go to Start --> Settings --> Printers, and change “Adobe PDF” to “Acrobat Distiller”.
2.
In Printing Preferences of the renamed Adobe PDF (right mouse key) uncheck Do not send fonts to “Adobe PDF.
Problem In CardioSoft 5.1x, Acrobat 6 starts with this error message IF the online help function is invoked the first time: Could Not Connect Workaround Click OK to quit the message, then click Help button again. Acrobat now shows the desired location in the Operator’s Manual. Problem: OS Message appears: Adobe Acrobat Reader is not installed Solution: When the message appears, please install the Acrobat Reader V5.1 from the CardioSoft CD.
6-26
1.
You need system privileges to install the software.
2.
Insert the CardioSoft CD in the CD ROM drive. If the CD drive does an automatically start up, close the CardioSoft Installation Screen.
3.
Select Start > Run.
4.
In the command line type X:\Disk\Setup Acrobat (X=CD ROM drive letter, e.g. “E” or “D”).
5.
Click OK.
6.
Follow the displayed prompts.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
7
Revision F
Service
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-1
For your notes
7-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Overview
Overview This chapter describes the general procedures to perform the most common service tasks. These include: System Backup and Restore Software-Related Service Software Upgrade Instructions Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error Database Repair for CASE/CardioSoft Hardware-Related Service Controlling Electrostatic Discharge Damage Servicing the Light Assembly Servicing the Keypad Assembly Removing the Worksurface Assembly Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly Servicing Drive Replacing the Floppy Drive/SD Card Reader Servicing the Print Head Updating the Writer Board Firmware Servicing the I/O Assembly Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-3
Service: System Backup and Restore
System Backup and Restore Backing up the CASE system configuration and settings files ensures that the system can be restored in case of a catastrophic failure or after the hard drive is replaced. The system configuration files and the system setting files are backed up and restored independently of each other.
Saving to Diskette These procedures are used to back up the following information to a high density, 1.44 MB floppy diskette: System configurations System settings You MUST perform these procedures BEFORE replacing the hard drive. You can also use these procedures to save these settings so they can be copied from one unit to another.
Saving System Configurations to Diskette Before saving your system configurations to diskette, manually write down all of your option codes. To access a listing of option codes for this system, choose System Configuration in the CASE application. Choose the Option Code Tab. 1.
From within the CASE application, select the System Configuration icon. The System Configuration window opens.
2.
In the System Configuration window, select the For Service Only icon. You are prompted to enter a .
3.
Enter the Service : helserv NOTE The is case sensitive: be sure to use a lowercase letters.
4.
Select Ok. The Service window opens.
5.
With the Service window open, insert the floppy diskette in Drive A:.
6.
Select Format Floppy. The Format A:\ dialog window opens.
7.
Follow these steps: a.
Select Start A warning message appears.
b.
Select Ok. The message Format complete appears.
c.
7-4
Select OK.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: System Backup and Restore
d.
Select Close. The Format A:\ dialog window closes.
8.
In the Service window, select Ok. The Service Window closes.
9.
the floppy disk is still in Drive A:
10. In the System Configuration window, select the Save icon. A dialog window will appear, asking Is empty disk inserted in drive A:\? 11. Select ok. The message System Configuration successfully stored to disk displays. 12. Select OK to finish saving the system configuration.
Saving Custom Settings to Diskette 1.
At the initial screen within the CASE application, select New Test.
2.
Highlight a test patient and choose the Select icon. The Test Information window opens.
3.
In the Test Information window, select OK.
4.
Select the Custom Setup icon. The Load Settings window opens.
5.
Do one of the following: If file names are listed under Settings..., skip to step 9. If file names are not listed under Settings..., continue to step 6.
6.
select the Save icon. The Save Settings window opens.
7.
the following settings: Drive should be set to Hard Drive. Save As should be set to whatever you want to name the custom setup. Example: Dr. Smith. NOTE Make sure to delete the three dots before entering the name.
8.
In the Save Settings window, select Save. This saves all of your Custom Settings to the file and location specified.
9.
In the Load Settings window, under Drive, select Hard drive.
10. Under Settings select the Custom Setup Name that you want to save to diskette. If you have more than one file name, repeat these steps for each. 11. Select Load. The message Load setting and overwrite current setting? appears. Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-5
Service: System Backup and Restore
12. Select OK. The message Overwrite test protocols and phases? appears. 13. Select OK. 14. Select the Custom Setup icon. The Load Settings window opens. 15. Select the Save icon. 16. In the Save Settings window, set the Drive selection to Disk Drive A: 17. Select the first “---” in this list. 18. The Save As selection should be set to whatever you would like to name the custom setup. Example: Dr. Smith. NOTE Make sure to delete the three dots before entering the name. 19. In the Save Settings window, select Save. You are returned to the Load Settings window. 20. Repeat step 9 through step 17 for each custom setting. 21. After you have saved the last custom setting, select Cancel in the Load Settings window.
Restoring from Diskette These procedures are used to restore the following information from your system back: System configurations System settings You MUST perform these procedures AFTER replacing the hard drive. You can also use these procedures to restore settings from one unit to another.
Restoring System Configuration from Diskette NOTE To successfully restore the system configuration from diskette, you will need the list of option codes that were written down prior to replacing the hard drive. 1.
Select the icon System Configuration. The System Configuration window opens.
2.
Insert the diskette with backup settings and procedures into the floppy drive.
3.
In the System Configuration window select the LOAD icon. The message Load System Configuration and overwrite current Configuration? appears.
4.
Select OK. The message Is a disk with the System Configuration inserted in drive A:?
7-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: System Backup and Restore
5.
Select OK. The message System configuration successfully loaded (software options not loaded, please use option disk to load) appears.
6.
Select OK.
7.
Select the System Configuration icon. The System Configuration window opens.
8.
In the System Configuration window, select the Option Code tab.
9.
On the Option Code tab of the System Configuration window, select the Modify... icon. The message Change Software option, are you sure? appears.
10. Select OK. 11. Enter all of the option codes that you manually wrote down prior to replacing the hard drive. CAUTION Option codes are serial number specific and should not be duplicated.
12. After entering the option codes in the System Configuration window, select OK.
Restoring Custom Setups from Diskette 1.
From the initial screen, select New Test.
2.
Highlight a test patient and click on the Select icon. The Test Information window opens.
3.
In the Test Information window, select OK.
4.
Insert the diskette with backup settings and procedures in drive A:.
5.
Select the Custom Setup icon. The Load Settings window opens.
6.
Make the following selections: For Drive, select Disk drive A: Highlight the custom file name under Settings Select Load. The message Load setting and overwrite current settings? appears.
7.
Select OK. The message Overwrite test protocols and phases? appears.
Revision F
8.
Select OK.
9.
Select the Custom Setup icon.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-7
Service: System Backup and Restore
The Load Settings window opens. 10. Select Save. The Save Settings window opens. 11. Make the following selections: For Drive, select Hard drive Select the first “...” on the list. For Save As, delete the three dots and type in the custom setup name again (example: Dr.Smith) 12. Select the Save icon. You return to the Load Settings window. 13. If you need to restore additional custom setups, repeat step 5 through step 12 for each setting BEFORE proceeding to the following step. 14. If you loaded more than one custom setup, select the custom setup under Settings that you would like to use as your default setup. 15. Select Load. The message Load setting and overwrite current settings? appears. 16. Select OK. The message Overwrite test protocols and phases? appears. 17. Select OK.
7-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error
Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error Btrieve errors may occur when the CASE attempts to store a patient test. They may indicate an improper system shutdown or facility power interruptions. The Btrieve recovery process that follows is used to reorganize the corrupt database in order to possibly regain access to tests already stored and to allow new tests to be stored until the system can be repaired. For further information on recovering from a CASE BTRV error, technical at the following phone numbers: 1-800-558-7072 (U.S.) 561-575-5000 (outside of the U.S.)
Procedure Follow these steps: 1.
Log on as . a.
From the CASE initial screen press Ctrl+Alt+Delete. The Windows NT Security window opens.
b.
In the Windows NT Security window, click on Logoff.
c.
Hold down the Shift key.
d.
Click on OK.
e.
Continue holding down the Shift key until the Logon screen appears.
f.
Logon as: name: : 1,3,5,7 Click OK.
g.
Wait for the desktop screen to come up (showing the My Computer, Network Neighborhood, etc. icons).
2.
Click on My Computer.
3.
Click on D:
4.
Click on Case.
5.
Click on Database.
6.
Double-click on Reorg.bat.
7.
Each time the Press any key to continue message appears, press the space bar. This will occur four times. After you respond to the last message, the Database window opens.
8.
At the bottom left corner of the Database window, select Start > Programs > GE Medical Systems IT > Configure Auto Logon. The Configure Auto- window opens and the message Auto- configured for is displayed.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-9
Service: Recovering from a CASE BTRV Error
9.
Select OK. NOTE Some older systems will not have not have this step. If not, proceed with the next step.
10. Restart the computer as normal. 11. the system boots automatically into the CASE initial screen.
7-10
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft GE Healthcare provides a software tool—card_rep.exe—that can repair the patient.btr and examina.btr database files on the following systems: CASE (all versions) CardioSoft (v4.1 and later)
How the Data is Repaired The tool repairs the database by reading the data from the headers of the examination files in the corresponding modality directory and writing a corresponding patient.btr and examina.btr file. The tool does not modify the original data in the CASE\CardioSoft 0 database. Instead, it stores the repaired data in a temporary directory; the operator is responsible for ensuring the repaired data is usable and for moving the data to the database.
ed Modalities The tool s the following modalities: Exercise Test (v5 and above) Rest ECG (v5 and above) Ambulatory Blood Pressure (v5 and above) Spirometry (v5 and above) Archived Patient Records (v5 and above) Late Potentials (prior to v5) STAT ECG (prior to v5) Right-Heart Cath (prior to v5)
Non-ed Features The tool does NOT entries from external programs because those files do not store patient information. Nor does it repair the following data, which are not stored in the examination files: Device/Cart Number Examination Sent to MUSE flag
Installation To install the tool, copy it to the CASE\CardioSoft directory so it can use the DLLs located in that system.
Protection To use the tool, you must enter the One Day , as described in “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11. Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-11
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Directory / File Structure The following table identifies the directory structure and contents of the CASE/ CardioSoft system. DIRECTORY / Files
Description
CARDIO
Program directory
DATABASE Patient.Btr Examina.Btr s.Btr Station.Btr Network.Btr
Database directory Btrieve-file: Patients Btrieve-file: Examinations Btrieve-file: s Btrieve-file: Network-Stations, not used from V5 on Btrieve-file: Network-Locking, temporary files
RESTECG R*.*
Rest ECG directory Examination files
AVER AC*.*
Late Potentials-directory Examination files
SPIR SC*.*
Spirometry - directory Examination files
EMECG N*.*
STAT ECG - directory Examination files
RHK Z*.*
Right-Heart Cath - directory Examination files
HOLTERBP BC*.*
Ambulatory Blood Pressure - directory Examination files
CAS C*.*
Exercise test - directory Examination files
EXTPROG *.*
Directory: Results from external programs Result files
SOUND *.*
Directory: Sound-Files from all modalities Sound Files
ONLINE *.*
Directory: Full disclosure-Files from all modalities Full disclosure Files
NARRATIV *.*
Directory: Configured Reports Configured Reports from all modalities
Repair directory structure The repair directories have fix names from Card_R0 to Card_R9, where any writeable disk-drive can be selected.
7-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Configuring the Repair Below is screenshot of the English version of the CASE/CardioSoft Repair Tool. The tool is also available in German.
To use the tool, do the following: 1.
Specify the root directory of the CASE/CardioSoft system. The tool uses this directory to generate the modality directories.
2.
Specify the disk drive and directory where the repaired data will be stored. there is enough disk space.
3.
Select the examination files the tool will use to restore the database.
4.
Click the Settings button and define the following: Special Settings for handling mismatched patient data. This determines how the tool will handle patient data differences between the examination files and the database. This could happen when the patient data is modified after an examination was made. You have the following options: Control the Patient data with a dialogue Use always the Patient data from the examination-file Retain always the Patient data found in the database Update empty fields of the database with valid entries from the examination-file Special Settings for handling existing examination-data This determines how the tool will respond when the key generated from the examination-file exists in the database. This could happen when examinations are merged from different directories and there are several
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-13
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
entries for one patient from the same date and time.(year, month, day, hour, minute and second). You have the following options: Ignore the examination: The examination-file will not be copied to the repair directory Generate a new key and store the examination. The second of the recording-time will be incremented and a new try is made with this modified key. This option should be used with care, because when Card_Rep is used with the same examination-files more than once, more than one entry will be found in the database.
Using the Repaired Files After the repair is complete, use the View button to review the entries the tool made in the patient.btr and examina.btr files.
After you that the files have been repaired to your satisfaction, you need to replace the missing or corrupt database files with the repaired files. You have two methods for doing this. Move the working files to the repair directory using the following procedure:
7-14
a.
Install CASE/CardioSoft on the temporary repair-directory: c:\card_r0
b.
Copy the file uers.btr and the configured reports from the master directory to the temporary directory using the s/Conf.Rep button.
c.
Delete the master-directory and rename the temporary-directory to the master-directory.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Copy the repaired files to the appropriate master directories using the following procedure. a.
Delete the contents of these master directories: DATABASE\*.BTR RESTECG\*.* ERGOECG\*.* AVER\*.* SPIR\*.* EMECG\*.* RHK\*.* HOLTERBP\*.* CAS\*.* SOUND\*.* O NLINE\*.*
b.
Copy the files from the corresponding temporary repair directories.
c.
Copy the files examina.btr and patient.btr from the temporary database directory to the master database directory.
Merging Data Card_rep.exe can be used to merge patient and examination data stored in different directories: 1.
Decide which database should be used as a base and copy the whole directory into a repair directory (c:\Card_Rep0,... c:\Card_Rep9)
2.
Select the directories of the files where the examinations to be merged are stored.
3.
Start Repair and the selected examinations are merged to the repair directory.
Continue with the work described in “Using the Repaired Files” on page 7-14.
External Stored Examinations Card_rep.exe can be used to regenerate the database entries for the external stored examinations. The only restriction is that the device where the examinations are stored must be writeable. This is because the repair-procedure requires that the header of each examination file be changed and the file has to be renamed. NOTE Before the repair is started, you should back up the directory of the external stored examinations. This would be helpful if the system crashes while all the files are renamed.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-15
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Examinations with Full Disclosure ECG When using a directory structure that does not follow the CASE/CardioSoft conventions, there may be problems with examinations that have a Full disclosure ECG. Card_rep.exe assumes that the Online Files are stored in the directory \ONLINE, which is parallel to examinations. When card_rep.exe does not find such a directory, no Online File will be available for that examination. The modalities that may have Online files are Exercise Test, STAT ECG, RightHeart Cath. Example: To repair Exercise Tests, where the examinations are stored in the directory d:\exercise, make sure that the corresponding online files are stored in d:\online.
Repair Message Codes The following codes are used to indicate the status of the actual examination to be repaired. Code
7-16
English
German
PN
Patient entered new
Patient neu eingetragen
PF
Patient found and identical to the examination-data
Patient gefunden und identisch
PD
Patient found and different to the examination-data, not updated
Patient gefunden, aber unterschiedlich, kein Update
PE
general error
Allgemeiner Fehler
PU
Patient-data different, updated by the
Patientendaten unterschiedlich, Update durch Benutzer
PM
Patient-data different, empty fields supplemented
Patientendaten unterschiedlich, leere Fehler ergänzt
PR
Patient-data used from the examination-file
Patientendaten aus dem Untersuchungsfile übernommen
EN
Examination entered new
Untersuchung neu eingetragen
EK
Examination entered new, but recording-date modified
Untersuchung neu eingetragen aber Aufnahmedatum modifiziert
EF
duplicate examination-key, examination ignored
doppelter Untersuchungsschlüssel, Untersuchung ignoriert
E0
Error: internal patient-number is zero
Fehler: Patientennummer ist null
EE
general error
Allgemeiner Fehler
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Database Repair for CASE / CardioSoft
Patient-Filter You can use a filter to restrict the repair of patient and examination files based on the patient’s name and ID. The filter can include wild cards (*,?). For example: It is possible to set a filter for the patient´s last name. So only patients/examinations according this filter are stored in the new database. The filter-specification can also include wild cards (* ?) for example Meier
selects patients with the last name Meier.
Me*
selects patients beginning with Me followed by any other combination of characters
Me???
selects patients beginning with Me followed by exact 3 other characters.
*xyz*
selects patients containing the substring xyz
The specification for searching can also be extended by the property “Match case”. The filter is set on the “Settings” dialog box.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-17
Service: Remote Service
Remote Service Remote service is available using InSite 2.0. Refer to Chapter 4, “InSite 2.0” for more information.
7-18
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Controlling Electrostatic Discharge Damage
Controlling Electrostatic Discharge Damage All external connector inputs and outputs of the device are designed with protection from ESD damage. However, if the device requires service, exposed components and assemblies contained within are susceptible to ESD damage from sources including human hands, non-ESD protected work stations, and/or improperly grounded test equipment. CAUTION The CASE contains components that are susceptible to electrostatic discharge damage. Observe all static precautions while performing service. Failure to observe these precautions may result in failure of components.
The following guidelines help make a service workstation more resistant to the ESD damage: Discharge any static charge you may have built up before handling semiconductors or assemblies containing semiconductors. A grounded, antistatic wristband (3M part number 2046 or equivalent) or heel strap should be worn at all times while handling or repairing assemblies containing semiconductors. Use properly grounded soldering and test equipment. Use a static-free work surface (3M part number 8210 or equivalent) while handling or working on assemblies containing semiconductors. Do NOT remove semiconductors or assemblies containing semiconductors from antistatic containers (Velo-stat bags) until absolutely necessary. Make sure power to an assembly is turned off before removing or inserting a semiconductor. Do NOT slide semiconductors or electrical/electronic assemblies across any surface. Do NOT touch semiconductor leads unless absolutely necessary. Semiconductors and electrical/electronic assemblies should be stored only in antistatic bags or boxes. These guidelines may not guaranty a 100% static-free workstation, but greatly reduce the potential for failure of any electrical/electronic assemblies.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-19
Service: Servicing Light Assembly
Servicing Light Assembly Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To access the light assembly for servicing follow these steps:
7-20
1.
Remove two screws from the light assembly to separate it from the display .
2.
Remove two screws from the light assembly circuit board to separate it from the lens.
3.
Disconnect the light cable and replace the circuit board.
4.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
5.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Servicing the Keypad Assembly
Servicing the Keypad Assembly Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To access the keypad assembly for servicing follow these steps:
Revision F
1.
Remove the keypad overlay to gain access to the keypad assembly locking tabs.
2.
Working from right to left, release the locking tabs. Extract the keypad assembly.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-21
Service: Servicing the Keypad Assembly
7-22
3.
Disconnect both cables and replace the keypad assembly.
4.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
5.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Removing the Worksurface Assembly
Removing the Worksurface Assembly Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To gain access the writer and power supply assemblies, the CASE worksurface must first be removed. Follow these steps to remove the CASE worksurface: 1.
Disconnect the keyboard and mouse connectors from the I/O drawer and pull the cable through the cable guide and remove.
2.
Disconnect the ground wire on the writer drawer.
Ground Terminal
3.
Remove the 12 mounting screws from under the worksurface.
4.
Lift the worksurface up from the front. CAUTION Lift the front of the workstation only far enough to reach underneath and disconnect the keypad cables. Lifting the workstation any higher could damage the connectors on the keypad board.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-23
Service: Removing the Worksurface Assembly
5.
While holding the front of the worksurface up, reach underneath it and carefully disconnect the two keypad cables located near the left of the keypad assembly.
6.
Lift off the worksurface and set it aside.
NOTE The writer paper release button will fall through when the worksurface is lifted. When reassembling the worksurface, the button must be inserted from the top. Release Button
7-24
7.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
8.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly
Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly The power distribution assembly contains writer power supply, U power supply, power distribution board and EMI filter. Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To service the power distribution assembly, follow these steps:
Revision F
1.
Remove the CASE worksurface. Refer to “Removing the Worksurface Assembly” on page 7-23.
2.
Remove the two lock nuts and two screws holding the writer tray in place. Remove the writer assembly.
3.
Loosen the two lock nuts holding the power supply in place.
4.
Disconnect the cables that are connected to the power supply assembly. Carefully lift the assembly out for service.
5.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
6.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-25
Service: Accessing the Drives
Accessing the Drives To access drives for servicing, follow these steps:
7-26
1.
Back up the configuration and custom settings as described in “Saving to Diskette” on page 7-4.
2.
Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet.
3.
Lift drive bezel up at the bottom and pull it away from the CASE chassis.
4.
Remove the four lock nuts from the drives assembly front .
5.
Slide the drives assembly out of the CASE assembly.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Accessing the Drives
NOTE Do not allow the drive assembly to drop into the unit. 6.
Hang the drives assembly by the hooks on its side s to access connectors and individual drive mounting screws.
The drives are now accessible for replacement or upgrade. If you replace the hard drive, restore your system settings (see “Restoring from Diskette” on page 7-6).
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-27
Service: Accessing the Drives
When replacing the hard drive with the 80 GB hard drive (PN 2000714-011), change the jumper to “Master or single drive” as shown in the illustration below.
When you are done servicing the drives, reverse the procedure to reassemble. Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
7-28
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
Upgrading the Floppy Drive If you are upgrading from an earlier version of CASE, use the following procedure to replace the existing floppy drive with the floppy drive / card reader. 1.
Perform the procedure described in “Accessing the Drives” on page 7-26 to make the drives accessible for upgrade.
2.
Unplug the ribbon cable from the floppy drive.
Unplug ribbon cable
3.
Unplug the power connector from the floppy drive.
Unplug power connector
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-29
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
7-30
4.
Unplug the floppy drive ribbon cable (41978-001) from the motherboard inside the CASE and remove it. This cable will no longer be used.
5.
Remove the 2 screws on each side of the floppy drive.
6.
Slide the floppy drive out of the drive assembly.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
7.
Guide the “tail” of the USB cable through the drive assembly. Then insert the new floppy drive /card reader (2028841-001) into the slot of the drive assembly.
Insert the USB cable through the assembly first.
8.
Secure the floppy drive / card reader with 2 screws on each side of the floppy bracket.
Secure screws on left side...
and on the right side.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-31
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
9.
The USB cable of the floppy drive / card reader must be connected to the USB connector on the motherboard. Use a flashlight if necessary to ensure correct positioning.
Correct position of the USB cable on the motherboard.
10. View into CASE with the USB cable connected to the cable is routed away from the fan.
7-32
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
11. Insert the new floppy ribbon cable (2028841-002) into CASE and connect it to the floppy connector on the motherboard. It can be plugged in one position only.
Floppy cable connected to the motherboard
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-33
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
12. Connect the “Drive A” connector of the ribbon cable to the floppy drive /SD card reader. Pin 1 (red wire) on the right side
Ribbon cable connected to the floppy drive / SD card reader
!
7-34
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
13. Connect the power connector to the floppy drive.
Power connector connected to the floppy drive
14. Slide the drive assembly into the CASE assembly.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-35
Service: Upgrading the Floppy Drive
15. Secure the drive assembly front with the four lock nuts.
16. Attach the drive bezel.
17. Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power. 18. Turn on the power switch and make sure that the internal fan does not touch any cable (makes no noise). 19. Use Windows Explorer to that the card reader and floppy disk can be written to and read from. 20. Format a card or floppy disk as necessary. WARNING Formatting a card or floppy disk will erase ALL data previously stored on the medium. that the medium contains no data that you want or need to retain.
7-36
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader If the floppy drive / card reader fails, use the following procedure to replace the existing drive / reader with a new unit. 1.
Perform the procedure described in “Accessing the Drives” on page 7-26 to make the drives accessible for upgrade.
2.
Unplug the ribbon cable from the drive / reader.
Unplug ribbon cable
3.
Unplug the power connector from the drive / reader.
Unplug power connector
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-37
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
7-38
4.
Unplug the USB cable from the USB connector on the motherboard. If necessary, you may momentarily lift the drive assembly from its resting position to provide additional room to access the USB connector.
5.
Remove the 2 screws on each side of the floppy drive.
6.
Slide the floppy drive out of the drive assembly.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
7.
Guide the USB cable of the new drive through the drive assembly and insert the new drive / reader into the slot of the drive assembly.
Insert the USB cable through the assembly first.
8.
Secure the floppy drive / card reader with 2 screws on each side of the floppy bracket.
Secure screws on left side...
and on the right side.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-39
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
9.
The USB cable of the floppy drive / card reader must be connected to the USB connector on the motherboard. Use a flashlight if necessary to ensure correct positioning.
Correct position of the USB cable on the motherboard.
10. View into CASE with the USB cable connected to the cable is routed away from the fan.
7-40
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
11. Connect the “Drive A” connector of the ribbon cable to the floppy drive /SD card reader. Pin 1 (red wire) on the right side
Ribbon cable connected to the floppy drive / SD card reader
!
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-41
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
12. Connect the power connector to the floppy drive.
Power connector connected to the floppy drive
13. Slide the drive assembly into the CASE assembly.
7-42
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Replacing the Floppy Drive / Card Reader
14. Secure the drive assembly front with the four lock nuts.
15. Attach the drive bezel.
16. Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power. 17. Turn on the power switch and make sure that the internal fan does not touch any cable (makes no noise). 18. Use Windows Explorer to that the card reader and floppy disk can be written to and read from. 19. Format a card or floppy disk as necessary. WARNING Formatting a card or floppy disk will erase ALL data previously stored on the medium. that the medium contains no data that you want or need to retain.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-43
Service: Servicing the Print Head
Servicing the Print Head Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To replace the print head, follow these steps:
7-44
1.
Remove the thermal writer from the worksurface assembly. Refer to “Removing the Worksurface Assembly” on page 7-23 for details.
2.
Press the paper release button to move the print roller away from the print head.
3.
Remove the rubber disk from the slide plate and set it aside.
4.
Disconnect the print head ribbon cable from the print head connector.
5.
Move the slide plate to the right to remove pressure from the print head.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Servicing the Print Head
6.
Pull back on the brush assembly and lift out the print head.
7.
Before installing the new print head, record the resistance value. If it is different from the original print head resistance value, the writer test will have to be performed when this your CASE is reassembled. Refer to “Writer Test” on page 6-8 for more information. Resistance Value
8.
Insert the new print head while taking care that the printhead brush does not get caught under the printhead.
Incorrect
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-45
Service: Servicing the Print Head
9.
Move slide plate to the left to lock it in place.
10. Replace the rubber disk that was removed earlier. 11. Connect the print head cable and reassemble the CASE. 12. Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power and turn the power switch ON. 13. Perform the writer test discussed in “Writer Test” on page 6-8 for more information.
7-46
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Writer Board Firmware Update
Writer Board Firmware Update Follow this procedure when replacing the Writer/Power Distribution Assembly FRU to ensure the USB Writer board has the latest firmware and correct printhead resistance. 1.
Install the new Writer/Power Distribution Assembly.
2.
Boot up the system. One of two things will happen: If the CASE has the latest application software, the system boots normally. Skip to step 7. If a firmware update is needed, the Writer Firmware Update Utility runs. Proceed to step 3.
3.
When the Writer Firmware Update Utility is finished, click OK then Exit. NOTE If the update doesn't complete, check the USB connections and connections to the board or FRU that was just installed. Then repeat from step 2.
4.
Perform a normal unit shutdown.
5.
After the screen goes completely black, turn off the Mains power switch on the back of the unit.
6.
Wait at least 30 seconds for all capacitors to drain down, then turn on the Mains power switch and press the start button by the floppy drive door.
7.
Check the writer firmware version using the following procedure: a.
On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Control .
b.
Double-click on GEMS-IT USB Devices.
c.
the two numbers under the Revision section for the thermal writer are 2.08 2.08 or higher. If the numbers shown are less than 2.08 2.08, then the update did not work and you must repeat this procedure from the beginning.
d. 8.
Revision F
Close the USB Devices and Control windows.
Reburn the printhead resistance into the writer PCB using the following procedure: a.
On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Run.
b.
Browse to D:\CASE\Diags\writerutil.exe.
c.
Click OK.
d.
Check the printhead in the writer for the indicated printhead resistance label. Refer to “Resistance Value” on page 7-45 for more information.
e.
If the Printhead Resistance value displayed is incorrect, enter the correct number.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-47
Service: Writer Board Firmware Update
f.
Click the Recalc and Save buttons. CAUTION Perform this step regardless of whether you modified the resistance value: it is required to burn the resistance value into the new writer PCB flash.
g. 9.
Close the Case Writer Utility window.
Perform a normal unit shutdown.
10. After the screen goes completely black, turn off the Mains power switch on the back of the unit. 11. Wait at least 30 seconds for all capacitors to drain down, then turn on the Mains power switch and press the start button by the floppy drive door. The unit is now ready for normal operation. 12. Launch the CASE application. 13. Click on the System Config icon. 14. Select For Service Only. The Service window opens. 15. In the Service window, enter the helserv. 16. Select Launch Writer Tests. For more information, refer to “Writer Test” on page 6-8. 17. Run the test at the speed of 25 mm/second. NOTE The first 1mm of the speed test may be distorted at 25mm/s and 50mm/s, due to the new current limiting startup ramp that was put into 2.07 and higher to prevent motor problems. 18. When the test is complete, quit the CASE application. 19. On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Programs > GE Medical Systems IT > Configure Auto Logon. The Configure Auto Logon window opens. 20. Select and click OK. NOTE Some older systems will not have not have this step. If not, proceed with the next step. 21. Perform a normal Windows shutdown.
7-48
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Servicing the I/O Assembly
Servicing the I/O Assembly Log off the CASE application, shut down the system, turn the power switch to OFF, and unplug the unit from the power outlet. To access the I/O assembly for servicing follow these steps: 1.
Use a screw driver to loosen and open the I/O access drawer located on the back of the unit.
2.
Remove five mounting screws from the I/O drawer rear .
Cable clamps – used for external devices, e.g., the CAM-14. Use care not to damage the attached board by pulling on device cables/cords attached here.
MOUNTING SCREWS
3.
Carefully slide out the I/O drawer to gain access to the I/O boards and mother board assembly CAUTION When moving the I/O drawer, keep it to the left or press in on circuit board to prevent the side of the chassis from damaging it.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-49
Service: Servicing the I/O Assembly
4.
Hang the drive bay as described in “Servicing the Power Distribution Assembly” on page 7-25 to position I/F cables appropriately when reinserting the I/O drawer assembly back into the CASE chassis.
5.
Reverse the procedure to reassemble.
6.
Reconnect the CASE unit to AC power.
Shown below is a picture of the interior of the I/O assembly drawer. Floppy Drive
Not Used
Hard Drive & CDRW
Harness Reset Switch Analog I/O
Power Header
Com D
Com C
7-50
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Service: Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board
Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board After replacing the acquisition interface board, you must configure the board to work with the CASE workstation by specifying the workstation’s unit serial number. This is done with syscfg.exe using the following instructions. 1.
Make sure that you are at the initial CASE application screen.
2.
Hold down the Ctrl key and press Esc. The Start menu opens.
3.
Log on as a service with the following procedure: a.
Select Start and then Shut Down. The Shut Down Windows window opens.
b.
Select choose Close all programs and log on as a different .
c.
Press and hold the Shift key. CAUTION Do not release the Shift key until the Logon Information window opens.
d.
Select YES. The system reboots and the Logon Information window appears.
e.
Type service for the name and . Use all lowercase letters. The system completes the boot process.
4.
On the Windows desktop, right-click Network Neighborhood and select Properties. The Network window opens.
5.
that the Computer Name is entered as the unit serial number.
6.
Select Ok to close the Network window and return to the desktop.
7.
On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Run. The Run dialog box opens.
8.
Type syscfg and click OK. The System Configuration window opens. NOTE If Windows cannot find the application, you may need to specify the entire path and filename, which is typically c:\hardware\syscfg.exe.
9.
the Unit Serial Number is correct.
10. If the Unit Serial Number is incorrect, enter the correct number. 11. Select Configure.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
7-51
Service: Configuring the Acquisition Interface Board NOTE Some earlier units prompt you to enter the NT License number also. If this prompt displays, enter Certificate of Authenticity or 00000-oem-000000000000. 12. Select Update. 13. When the update is complete, select Exit. 14. On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Programs > GE Medical Systems IT > Configure Auto Logon. The Configure Auto Logon window opens. 15. Select , and then click OK. NOTE Some older systems will not have not have this step. If not, proceed with the next step. 16. Shut down the computer as normal.
Verification After configuring the acquisition interface board, its success by running a burn-in test with the following instructions: 1.
Launch the CASE application.
2.
Click on the System Config icon.
3.
Select For Service Only. The Service window opens.
4.
In the Service Screen, enter the helserv.
5.
From the bottom of the Service Screen choose Burn-in Test. The burn-in test begins.
6.
that the correct unit serial number is displayed.
7.
Click anywhere on the screen to stop the burn-in test. The message Stop Burn-in test? appears.
8.
7-52
Select Yes.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
8
Revision F
System Rebuild
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-1
For your notes
8-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: Overview
Overview In the event of a catastrophic system failure or a hard drive replacement, it will be necessary to restore the CASE system. This process consists of the following steps: 1.
Apply the CD image. For details, refer to “CD Image and Application Installation” on page 8-4.
2.
Configure the CASE system language. For details, refer to “Configure the CASE System Language” on page 8-8.
3.
Install the supplemental XP system files, if necessary. For details, refer to “Install Supplemental XP System Files and XP Security Patches” on page 8-11.
4.
Install the application. For details, refer to “Install the Application” on page 8-12.
5.
Identify the options that were purchased with this installation. For details, refer to “Options Installation” on page 8-13.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-3
System Rebuild: CD Image and Application Installation
CD Image and Application Installation CAUTION The CD reimaging procedure will completely erase all information on the unit, including patient data. ALL PATIENT DATA WILL BE LOST. For technical , call the Jupiter Remote On-Line Center at 1-800-558-7044. If you need technical and you are not in the US, see “How to Reach Us...” at the front of this manual to determine who to for technical for further information on copying patient data prior to CD reimaging.
This procedure describes how to install the CD image and CASE Exercise Testing System application software. Follow all the instructions to ensure your system saves your exercise test settings ( lists, protocols, etc.) and stored tests during the upgrade process. For information on saving system settings, see “General Troubleshooting” on page 6-11.
Kit Check that the following items are in the kit you received. For technical , call the Jupiter Remote On-Line Center at 1-800-558-7044. If you need technical and you are not in the US, see “How to Reach Us...” at the front of this manual to determine who to for technical . Description
QTY
Multi Image CD Kit
3
CASE application software CD
1
XP Supl. Files CD (only shipped with V6.5/V6.51)
1
XP Security Patch CD (only shipped with V6.51)
1
InSite 2.0 CD (only shipped with V6.5/V6.51)
1
Initial BIOS Configuration To do the initial setup, complete the following steps:
8-4
1.
Restart the system by left-clicking Start on the task bar, selecting Shut Down, and selecting Restart.
2.
When Loading... appears press the F2 key immediately to enter the BIOS SETUP.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: CD Image and Application Installation
Bios Setup — Changing the Boot Sequence 1.
When asked to Enter type system then press Enter. You will then be entered into the BIOS Setup Utility.
2.
Insert the CASE Disk 1 Image CD into the CD-ROM drive.
3.
Press the right-arrow key to select the Boot Menu.
4.
In the Boot Menu, arrow up/down to highlight the desired device, then use the +/- keys of the numeric keypad to move the device order up/down and change so the sequence is as follows: ATAPI CDROM Drive Removable Devices Hard Drive
5.
With this order set, right arrow to the Exit Menu, highlight Exit Savings Changes, and press Enter. Highlight Yes and press Enter again. The system will reboot.
NOTE In the BIOS Setup Utility Screen, under the EXIT menu, the text “CMOS Restore Condition (CMOS Corruption)” is displayed. This is a normal condition. No action is required.
Disk Image Loading 1.
The CASE Image Utility window will appear on the display along with some warning messages. Press Y in response to the question Do you wish to continue[Y,N]?
2.
Press Y again in response to the question Are you sure? (The existing contents of your hard drive will be lost!) [Y,N]? CAUTION Pressing Y to this prompt will erase the contents of your hard drive. All patient data will be lost.
3.
When the message Span Volume [1] Done, Insert next media and press Enter to continue appears, insert Disk 2 into the CD-ROM drive and click OK.
4.
When loading is done the message Partition 1 successfully imaged will appear. Remove the CASE Image CD from the CD-ROM drive.
5.
Reboot the system by pressing Ctrl+Alt+Delete. When Loading... appears on the screen, press the F2 key immediately to enter the BIOS SETUP.
Final Bios Configuration
Revision F
1.
When asked, Enter , type system. The BIOS Setup Utility opens.
2.
Use the right arrow key to select the Exit Menu.
3.
In the Exit Menu, use the arrow key to select Restore CMOS From Flash.
4.
Press Enter to select.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-5
System Rebuild: CD Image and Application Installation
5.
Press Enter again to confirm.
6.
Use the arrow key to highlight Exit Saving Changes.
7.
Press Enter.
8.
Select Yes and press Enter again to reboot the system.
9.
Press Ctrl+Alt+Delete to open the window. Log on with your: name: __________ : __________ Click OK
10. The System Configuration Utility dialog box appears on the screen.
XP Systems — CRT or Flat Display Settings The XP image installs display settings for a CASE system with a flat display. The display settings for a CASE system with CRT are different. If the image is loaded on a CRT system, the display settings need to be modified.
Modify CRT Display Settings To modify display settings on a CRT system: 1.
Right-click My Computer and click Explore.
2.
Click Local Disk (C:) and double-click the folder.
3.
Right-click the CRT_Settings.inf file and select Install.
4.
Restart the system.
CRT or Flat Display Settings that the display settings for CRT or Flat are the same as listed in the table below. 1.
Right-click anywhere on the desktop and select Properties from the menu.
2.
Click the Settings tab on the Display Properties box.
3.
the Screen Resolution and Color Quality.
4.
Click the Advanced button.
5.
Click the Monitor tab.
6.
the Screen Refresh Rate.
Color Quality Screen Resolution Screen Refresh Rate
8-6
Display Settings for CRT
Display Settings for Flat (19” and 17”)
Medium (16 bit)
Medium (16 bit)
1024 by 768 pixels
1280 by 1024 pixels
85 Hertz
60 Hertz
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: CD Image and Application Installation
The System Configuration Utility 1.
Enter the serial number for your CASE. This entry is not case sensitive.
2.
Click Configure. The Acquisition Board Firmware Update runs automatically, followed by the New SID utility. When both operations are complete, the CASE restarts automatically. CAUTION Do not interrupt this update. Interruption of the Acquisition Board Firmware Update may damage the Acquisition Board.
3.
After the computer has restarted, press Ctrl+Alt+Delete to enter the screen. Logon as: name: : 1,3,5,7 Click OK.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-7
System Rebuild: Configure the CASE System Language
Configure the CASE System Language The CASE XP image is a single image with the multi-language interface. All language is loaded on the image and can be configured as needed. The following 15 languages are ed: Chinese (Simplified) Czech Danish Dutch English French German Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese (Brazilian) Russian Spanish Swedish Four language settings are needed to change languages on a CASE XP system: Language used on operating system menus and dialogs Input Language Regional Standards and Formats Language for Non-Unicode program NOTE Since all but the Non-Unicode Program Language settings in XP apply to the logged-in , and since most CASE customers use the , apply these setting changes while logged in as a at a minimum.
Set Menus and Dialog Language The CASE system s multiple languages for its menus and dialogs. This setting sets the language to be used. NOTE Applies to logged-in only.
8-8
1.
Double-click on the Set Windows Language icon on the CASE system desktop.
2.
Click the Languages tab and choose the desired language from the Language used in menus and dialogs drop-down list.
3.
Click OK.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: Configure the CASE System Language
CASE 6.5 s the following languages: Chinese (Simplified) Czech Danish Dutch English French German Hungarian Italian Japanese Norwegian Polish Portuguese (Brazilian) Russian Spanish Swedish
Set Input Language The CASE system has a separate keyboard for each ed language. This setting sets the keyboard to be used. NOTE Applies to logged-in only. 1.
Click the Languages tab and click the Details button.
2.
Click the Settings tab of the Text Services and Input Languages dialog, and select the keyboard language from the Default input language drop-down list.
3.
Click OK.
Set Regional Standards and Formats This sets how dates, times, etc., appear in the operating system. NOTE Applies to logged-in only.
Revision F
1.
Double-click the Set Windows Language icon on the CASE system desktop.
2.
Click the Regional Option tab and select the Language (and Country) where the CASE system is installed.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-9
System Rebuild: Configure the CASE System Language
Set Non-Unicode Program Language The CASE application is a non-unicode program, so this setting is needed for languages to appear correctly in the CASE application. NOTE Applies to all s. 1.
Double-click the Set Windows Language icon on the CASE system desktop.
2.
Click the Advanced tab.
3.
Select the language for the CASE application from the Language for nonUnicode programs dropdown list.
4.
Click OK. A message is displayed stating that the necessary files are installed on the system.
8-10
5.
Click Yes to use the installed files.
6.
Click Yes to restart the system.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: Install Supplemental XP System Files and XP Security Patches
Install Supplemental XP System Files and XP Security Patches If you are restoring a CASE system running on a Windows XP platform, you need to update some system files prior to restoring the CASE application. Use the following instructions. NOTE If you are upgrading a CASE system running on a Windows NT platform, it is not necessary to update your system files. Skip the following process and proceed to “Install the Application” on page 8-12. NOTE If you are upgrading a CASE V6.5 system running on a Windows XP platform, it is not necessary to update your system files. Skip the following process and proceed to “Install XP Security Patches” on page 8-11. 1.
Insert the XP Supl Files CASE UPD from V6.01 CD (2031971-001) into the CDROM drive. Windows will automatically start the upgrade of the system files. The next time the CASE system is started, Windows will check the file system.
2.
When the system files have been installed on the CASE system, remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive and proceed to “Install the Application” on page 8-12.
1.
Insert the SECURITY PATCHES CASE XP CD (2034985-001) into the CD-ROM drive.
Install XP Security Patches
Windows will automatically start the installation and finally shut down and restart the system. 2.
Revision F
Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive and proceed to “Install the Application” on page 8-12.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-11
System Rebuild: Install the Application
Install the Application To perform the initial setup, complete the following steps: 1.
Load the application CD into the CD-ROM drive. Windows will start the Install Shield Wizard.
2.
When the Case window opens, select Next.
3.
Choose the destination default, D:\CASE and select Next. The program installs automatically.
4.
Choose Program directory (local).
5.
Choose Database directory (local or network): Choose D:\CASE for local. See “Network Installation” on page 3-17 for network instructions. The program installs automatically and a progress bar appears on the screen showing the upgrade’s percent of completion.
6.
When the Install Shield Wizard is complete, select Yes I want to restart my computer now.
7.
Remove the Application CD and store. The system is now ready for use.
8.
Select Finish and the system will restart.
9.
After the computer has rebooted, press Ctrl+Alt+Delete to enter the screen. Logon as: name: : 1,3,5,7 Click OK. The CASE icon will appear on the desktop.
After performing the application installation procedure, reload customer options. For more information, refer to “Options Installation” on page 8-13.
8-12
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
System Rebuild: Options Installation
Options Installation NOTE Please read this entire procedure before continuing. To enable options complete the following steps: 1.
Open the CASE application.
2.
If the Select Patient window appears, select Cancel.
3.
From the right task bar select System Configuration.
4.
At the System Configuration window, select the Option Code tab.
5.
Insert the Options disk.
6.
Select the Load button at the statement: Change Software Options - Are you sure?
7.
Select OK.
8.
Select the swopt.txt file then select Open.
9.
Select OK.
10. Remove the Options disk from the drive and store. 11. Peel off the backing of the options code label and affix it to the inside of the writer door.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
8-13
System Rebuild: Options Installation
8-14
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
9
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-1
Upper Level Assembly:
For your notes
9-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Upper Level Product Numbers
Upper Level Product Numbers The following table identifies the product numbers for the two upper level CASE assemblies. These numbers are presented for reference only. The products cannot be ordered as field replaceable units (FRUs). Product Number
Revision F
Description
2012492-007
CASE Series
2012492-008
CASE with KISS
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-3
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Field Replaceable Units Some items in a CASE system may not be assigned separate manufacturing part numbers because they are normally part of a larger assembly. Since they are considered field replaceable units (FRUs), they have specific service part numbers so they can be ordered and replaced by service technicians. Tech for FRU information for assemblies used on previous configurations. NOTE part numbers before ordering service parts (field replaceable units). See the tech memo series for this product for changes or additions to this list. This section presents the FRUs in two ways: FRU List This is a series of tables that identify the FRUs by category. Each table includes the associated item numbers and descriptions. FRU Diagrams This is a series of CASE design diagrams that callout the locations of various core FRUs. For each callout, a table following the description lists the item number, description, and location.
9-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRU Lists This section lists FRUs in the following categories: Core FRUs Cables, Interface Keyboards and Mice KISS Module Miscellaneous Monitors and Cables Power Cords Software
Core FRUs The following table lists the FRUs that are part of the core CASE system. The FRUs are listed sequentially by item numbe. For each FRU, the table includes the item description, the name and page of the design drawing on which the FRU is included, and the number of the callout identifying the location of the FRU on the drawing. Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
4520-306
WASHER LOCK EXIT #6,
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
66
4520-008
WASHER FLAT SS #8,
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
103
4528-106
CLAMP CABLE CUSH-.31 ID
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”7
9-16 9-26
106
4535-001
TIE WRAP 4.00 LG X .125W
Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-28
112
4702-023
WHEEL ASSY, FRONT, BRAKE
Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-18
114
4702-022
WHEEL ASSY, BACK, SWIVEL
Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-18
115
45000-604
SCREW SEMS PH 6-32X1/4
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
93
45000-603
SCREW SEMS PH 6-32 X 3/16 PHIL
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
67
45142-002
HINGE INVISIBLE SOSS 101
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
64
45177-204
SCREW PH 2-25 X .25LG
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-22 9-26
104
58017-001
BUTTON PPR TRAY MTG CASE 12
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-16 9-26
57
70437-005
LABEL SYMBOL GROUND
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
105
70437-002
LABEL, SYMBOL, EQUIP.
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back” Drawing 11, “Trays and Holders”
9-26 9-32
110
80307-059
WIRE GROUND CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-14 9-18 9-33
45
400040-001
PLUG MC EQUIPOTENTIAL
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
60
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-5
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
400041-001
WASHER LOCK SERRATED F/M-6
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
59
402019-001
SCREW 100FLHD 4-40 X 3/8
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
65
404525-001
LABEL BLANK 2 X 3/4
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
83
404811-001
TAB .25 FASTON LUG #6 STUD
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
74
405655-006
DOOR PAPER ACCESS
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
73
406831-001
HANDLE WRITER DOOR
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
49
409561-001
WASHER, M2, SS
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail” Drawing 11, “Trays and Holders”
9-30 9-32
111
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 4, “U Detail” Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail” Drawing 7, “Drives Detail” Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-14 9-16 9-20 9-22 9-24 9-28
53
411153-001
FUSE 8 AMP TYPE T 5X20MM
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
85
411324-001
NUT HEX KEPS M4-.7 CLASS 8 ZP
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-14 9-16
54
412048-002
WASHER LOCK M4 EXT TOOTH
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
81
418277-602
HOLDER-ACQ MODULE CASE
Drawing 11, “Trays and Holders”
9-32
71
418277-601
TRAY PAPER CASE
Drawing 11, “Trays and Holders”
9-32
70
418278-103
KNOB CRT BRCKT CASE
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
61
418653-031
CABLE USB A TO B 1M WHITE
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
42
419783-001
CABLE IDE DUAL 533 MM
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
43
419960-002
FUSEDRAWER 2-POLE BLACK
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
21
420430-001
INLET IEC320 MODULE W/SW
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
76
420697-001
CLIP - RIBBON CABLE CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
63
420759-001
SCREW FLATHEAD M6 X 12
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
62
420815-001
SCREW 82 DEG FLTHD 8-32 X.63 BLK
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
56
420860-001
NUT M6 KEPS
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
58
421200-001
SCREW THREAD FORMING M3 ZINC
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
51
421491-001
EMI FILTER 6A LOW LEAKAGE 250V
Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-28
20
700708-001
RIBBON CABLE 10P 170MM
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
91
801500-001
CASE 2 CONN PCB
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
38
9-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
2
2000714-010 OR (alternative) 2000714-011
HARD DRIVE, 40 GB
2002599-001
PCB CASE ACQ INTFC
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
3
2003089-001
WORKSURFACE CASE
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
5
2003091-001
TRAY ACCESSORY CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
6
2003092-001
BRACKET MTG FLOPPY DRIVE
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
7
2003141-007
DISK DRIVE CDRW 52X32X52X EIDE W/ROXIO
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
75
2003342-001
EXTRUSION DISPLAY
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
9
2004060-001
PCB CASE LIGHT BOARD
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
10
2004064-001
PCB CASE USB WRITER
Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-28
11
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back” Drawing 9, “Power Detail” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-24 9-26 9-28 9-33
48
2004293-001
PAD WORKSURFACE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
72
2004295-001
BEZEL DRIVES W/BUTTON CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-14 9-18
12
2004296-001
TRAY WRITER CASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
13
2004297-001
WELDMENT CARD CAGE
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
2004417-001
BUTTON WRITER RELEASE
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
17
2004508-001
DOOR ACCESS I/O
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
18
2004527-001
ACCESS CABLE
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
19
2004540-001
SHIELD EMI CASE SERIES
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
22
2004574-001
BRACKET XFMR CASE
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
23
2004605-002
ASSY STRESS KEYPAD 22 KEY CASE SERIES
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2004769-001
BUSHING INSULATOR SNAP
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
108
2004770-001
CLAMP CABLE .187 ID
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
107
2004867-001
LENS CLEAR CASE SERIES
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
25
2004915-016
LABEL STRESS KEYPAD (PORTUGUESE)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2004960-001
LABEL MAX-2 POWER RATING
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
95
2004972-002
HARN LIGHT EXTERNAL CASE
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-22 9-33
28
Revision F
HARD DRIVE, 80 GB
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-7
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
2004972-001
HARN LIGHT INTERNAL CASE
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-26 9-33
27
2004974-001
HARN POWER INLET W/TOROID
Drawing 9, “Power Detail” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-28 9-33
30
2004975-001
HARN POWER FILTER
Drawing 9, “Power Detail” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-28 9-33
31
2004976-001
HARN PS1/PS2/PWRDIST
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
32
2004977-002
HARN PWRSPLY TO PDBD LONG
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
29
2004977-001
HARN PWRSPLY TO PDBD SHORT
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
33
2004979-001
ASSY ISOLATION XFMR 150VA 90V265VAC 1:1
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-16 9-26 9-33
34
2004980-001
HARN RIBBON WRITER
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
35
2004981-001
HARN ATX POWER
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
36
2004982-001
HARN POWER HARD/FLOPPY DRIVE
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
37
2004985-001
ASSY CABLEWITH BRACKET PC SERIAL
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
118
2004986-001
HARN RESET SWITCH CASE
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-16 9-33
39
2005897-001
ASSY CABLE GUIDE CASE SERIES
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
24
2006194-001
CABLE POWER DISPLAY
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
92
2006195-001
HARN POWER CDRW
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
90
2006392-001
PLATE U SLIDE
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
100
2006536-001
LABEL CASE CABLE GUIDE
Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-18
97
2006537-001
LABEL CASE DRIVE SETTINGS
Drawing 3, “WorkStation Side”
9-18
26
2006538-001
LABEL BIOS SETUP CASE
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
99
2006539-001
LABEL CASE WORKSURFACE LIGHT
Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-26
98
2006581-001
BUSHING SNAP PLASTIC 3.0IN
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-16 9-33
77
2006582-001
SCR W/WASHER M4X8
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back” Drawing 8, “U Top and Back”
9-14 9-16 9-26
55
2006583-001
CLAMP PUSH MOUNT .75 DIA.
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front” Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-14 9-22
78
2006584-001
GUIDES PUSH MOUNT 8.0IN LG
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
101
9-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
2006585-001
CLIP WIRE ROUTING PUSH MT
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
102
2007165-001
KIT FRU WRITER CASE SERIES
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
79
2007169-002
KIT, POWER DISTRIBUTION W/O FILTER
Drawing 9, “Power Detail”
9-28
113
2007206-001
WIRE GROUND W/CHOKE
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
47
2007786-009
NAMEPLATE 40MM GE LOGO DK BLUE
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
87
2007892-002
MAIN U BOARD W/SDRAM, BIOS AND U OR compatible/interchangeable FRU SET MOTHERBOARD CASE RADISYS ROHS
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
1
2007976-001
COVER PLATE D CONNECTORS
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
82
2008051-001
LABEL SERVICE I/O CASE
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
86
2008053-001
STANDOFF 10.5MM LG FEMALE M3 THD
Drawing 4, “U Detail”
9-20
84
2008062-001
ASSY CHASSIS CASE SERIES
Drawing 2, “WorkStation Back”
9-16
4
2021892-001
ASSY LCD MOUNT, CASE
Drawing 5, “Display Platform Detail”
9-22
15
2026205-015
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (POLISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-014
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (CZECH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-013
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (HUNGARIAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-012
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (DANISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-011
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (NORWEGIAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-010
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (JAPANESE)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-009
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (CHINESE)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-008
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (RUSSIAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-007
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (DUTCH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-006
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (ITALIAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-005
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (SPANISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-004
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (SWEDISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-003
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (FRENCH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2026205-002
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (GERMAN)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2035864-001
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-9
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Item Number
Item Description
Drawing(s)
Page
Loc Num
2026205-001
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (ENGLISH)
Drawing 10, “Worksurface Detail”
9-30
88
2028841-010
CABLE PC DISK DRIVE FDD
Drawing 12, “Electrical Diagram”
9-33
41
2028841-008
DISK DRIVE FDD/ CARD READER
Drawing 7, “Drives Detail”
9-24
8
1479-005T
PRINTHEAD
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
135
CS-1150
PRINTHEAD SCREW
Drawing 1, “WorkStation Front”
9-14
136
Cables, Interface The following table identifies the FRUs available for connecting the CASE system tothe exercise products. Item Number 700609-001
Item Description CABLE, TREILL TO STRESS SYSTEM
Keyboards and Mice The following table identifies the input and navigation devices availble for the CASE system. Item Number
9-10
Item Description
2005125-014
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (CZECH)
2005125-013
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (HUNGARIAN)
2005125-012
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (DANISH)
2005125-011
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (NORWEGIAN)
2005125-007
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (DUTCH)
2005125-006
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (SWEDISH)
2005125-005
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (SPANISH)
2005125-004
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (ITALIAN)
2005125-003
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (GERMAN)
2005125-002
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (FRENCH)
2005125-001
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (USA)
2005125-016
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (PORTUGUESE)
2007023-001 OR (alternative) 2022144-001
MICROSOFT INTELLIMOUSE
2005125-015
KEYBOARD PC PS/2 104 (POLISH)
MICROSOFT OPTICAL MOUSE PS/2 or USB
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
KISS Module The following table identifies the FRUs that are part of the KISS component available for the CASE system. Item Number
Item Description
2008712-001
PUMP INTERNAL KISS CASE
2008713-001
KIT KISS CASE EXTERNAL
2031030-001
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR GER, ENG, FRE
2031030-002
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR ITA, SPA, DUT
2031030-003
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR SWE, DAN, NOR
2031030-004
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR HUN, CZE, SLA
2031030-005
SET KISS MULTILEAD FOR RUS, POL
Miscellaneous The following table identifies various FRUs that are not part of some other subsystem. Item Number
Item Description
801280-001
CAM-14 PCB
4582-015
STRAIN RELIEF 5/8D 6N3-4
2024039-001
SET UPGRADE ELECTRODES NEHB
2024040-001
SET UPGRADE ELECTRODES A1-A4
2028841-010
FRU CABLE PC DISK DRIVE FDD(
2031549-001
CORE RING FERRITE SAFETY LOCK D=6.6MM
2031549-002
CORE RING FERRITE SAFETY LOCK D=13MM
2031549-003
CORE RING FERRITE SAFETY LOCK D=27.5MM
2024038-001
SET UPGRADE ELECTRODES FRANK
Monitors and Cables The following table identifies the FRUs assocaited with the CASE system’s display subsystem. Item Number
Revision F
Item Description
2019792-001
CABLE ASSY DVI-D TO DVI-D VIDEO
2032323-001
DISPLAY, 19” CHILIN TECH MDC1900
2026400-001
DISPLAY LCD 17" NEC 1770NX
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-11
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Power Cords The following table identifies the power cords available for the CASE system. Item Number
Item Description
401855-010
10A, 8FT, AUST
401855-009
10A, 8FT, DANISH
401855-008
10A, 8FT, INDIAN
401855-007
10A, 8FT, SWISS
401855-004
10A, 8FT, ISRAELI
401855-003
10A, 8FT, ITALIAN
401855-002
10A, 8FT, BRITISH
401855-001
10A, 8FT, CONT. EURO
405535-002
15A, 125V, 12FT, USA
Software The following table identifies the software available for the CASE system. Item Number
9-12
Item Description
2022587-010
CD CASE V6.51
2022588-004
KIT IMAGE CASE XP RADISYS V1.2 MULTILANG
2028915-004
CD CASE V6.51 CLIENT
2028918-001
CD CASE CARDIOSOFT INSITE 2.0
2031971-001
XP SUPL FILES UPD FROM V6.01 CD-ROM
2034985-001
CD SECURITY PATCHES CASE XP (only for CASE systems with product code SCF or higher)
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRU Diagrams The diagrams on the following pages identify the various assemblies, components, and FRUs of the CASE 6.5 system. Key FRUs are identified by numbered callouts. The table following each diagram identifies the Item Number and description of each callout in the drawing.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-13
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 1: WorkStation Front
9-14
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 1, WorkStation Front Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
6
2003091-001
TRAY ACCESSORY CASE
12
2004295-001
BEZEL DRIVES W/BUTTON CASE
13
2004296-001
TRAY WRITER CASE
17
2004417-001
BUTTON WRITER RELEASE
22
2004540-001
SHIELD EMI CASE SERIES
24
2005897-001
ASSY CABLE GUIDE CASE SERIES
45
80307-059
WIRE GROUND CASE
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
54
411324-001
NUT HEX KEPS M4-.7 CLASS 8 ZP
55
2006582-001
SCR W/WASHER M4X8
63
420697-001
CLIP - RIBBON CABLE CASE
72
2004293-001
PAD WORKSURFACE
78
2006583-001
CLAMP PUSH MOUNT .75 DIA.
79
2007165-001
KIT FRU WRITER CASE SERIES
81
412048-002
WASHER LOCK M4 EXT TOOTH
135
1479-005T
PRINTHEAD
136
CS-1150
PRINTHEAD SCREW
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-15
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 2: WorkStation Back
FRUs in Drawing 2, WorkStation Back Loc Num
9-16
Item Number
Item Description
4
2008062-001
ASSY CHASSIS CASE SERIES
18
2004508-001
DOOR ACCESS I/O
21
419960-002
FUSEDRAWER 2-POLE BLACK
23
2004574-001
BRACKET XFMR
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 2, WorkStation Back (Continued) Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
34
2004979-001
ASSY ISOLATION XFMR 150VA 90V-265VAC 1:1
39
2004986-001
HARN RESET SWITCH CASE
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
54
411324-001
NUT HEX KEPS M4-.7 CLASS 8 ZP
55
2006582-001
SCR W/WASHER M4X8
56
420815-001
SCREW 82 DEG FLTHD 8-32 X.63 BLK
57
58017-001
BUTTON PPR TRAY MTG CASE 12
59
400041-001
WASHER LOCK SERRATED F/M-6
60
400040-001
PLUG MC EQUIPOTENTIAL
76
420430-001
INLET IEC320 MODULE W/SW
77
2006581-001
BUSHING SNAP PLASTIC 3.0IN
85
411153-001
FUSE 8 AMP TYPE T 5X20MM
86
2008051-001
LABEL SERVICE I/O CASE
101
2006584-001
GUIDES PUSH MOUNT 8.0IN LG
102
2006585-001
CLIP WIRE ROUTING PUSH MT
103
4520-008
WASHER FLAT SS #8,
106
4528-106
CLAMP CABLE CUSH-.31 ID
107
2004770-001
CLAMP CABLE .187 ID
108
2004769-001
BUSHING INSULATOR SNAP
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-17
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 3: WorkStation Side
9-18
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 3, WorkStation Side Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
12
2004295-001
BEZEL DRIVES W/BUTTON CASE
26
2006537-001
LABEL CASE DRIVE SETTINGS
45
80307-059
WIRE GROUND CASE
97
2006536-001
LABEL CASE CABLE GUIDE
114
4702-023
WHEEL ASSY, FRONT, BRAKE
115
4702-022
WHEEL ASSY, BACK, SWIVEL
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-19
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 4: U Detail
FRUs in Drawing 4, U Detail Loc Num
9-20
Item Number
1
2007892-002
1
2035864-001
Item Description MAIN U BOARD W/SDRAM, BIOS AND U OR compatible/interchangeable FRU CASE RADISYS ROHS MOTHERBOARD KIT
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 4, U Detail (Continued) Loc Num 3
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
2002599-001
PCB CASE ACQ INTFC
10.
4520-008
WASHER FLAT SS #8
38
801500-001
CASE 2 CONN PCB
51
421200-001
SCREW THREAD FORMING M3 ZINC
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
82
2007976-001
COVER PLATE D CONNECTORS
84
2008053-001
STANDOFF 10.5MM LG FEMALE M3 THD
100
2006392-001
PLATE U SLIDE
118
2004985-001
ASSY CABLE WITH BRACKET PC SERIAL
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-21
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 5: Display Platform Detail 117
FRUs in Drawing 5, Display Platform Detail Loc Num
9-22
Item Number
Item Description
9
2003342-001
EXTRUSION ALUMINUM CASE
10
2004060-001
PCB CASE LIGHT BOARD
15
2021893-001
ASSY LCD MOUNT, CASE
25
2004867-001
LENS CLEAR CASE SERIES
28
2004972-002
HARN LIGHT EXTERNAL CASE Note: Also order Ferrite bead 2027241001 (117) when replacing Harness Light External CASE.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 5, Display Platform Detail (Continued) Loc Num
Item Number
Item Description
117
2027241-001
FERRITE BEAD
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
58
420860-001
NUT M6 KEPS
61
418278-103
KNOB CRT BRCKT CASE
62
420759-001
SCREW FLATHEAD M6 X 12
78
2006583-001
CLAMP PUSH MOUNT .75 DIA.
104
45177-204
SCREW PH 2-25 X .25LG
Drawing 6: Ferrite Bead Installation
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-23
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 7: Drives Detail
FRUs in Drawing 7, Drives Detail
9-24
Loc Num
Item Number
2
2000714-010 OR (alternative) 2000714-011
Item Description HARD DRIVE, 40 GB HARD DRIVE, 80 GB
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 7, Drives Detail (Continued) Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
7
2003092-001
BRACKET MTG FLOPPY DRIVE
8
2028841-008
DISK DRIVE FDD/ CARD READER
48
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
67
45000-603
SCREW SEMS PH 6-32 X 3/16 PHIL
75
2003141-007
DISK DRIVE CDRW 52X32X52X EIDE W/ROXIO
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-25
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 8: U Top and Back
FRUs in Drawing 8, U Top and Back Loc Num 27
9-26
Item Number 2004972-001
Item Description HARN LIGHT INTERNAL CASE
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 8, U Top and Back (Continued) Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
34
2004979-001
ASSY ISOLATION XFMR 150VA 90V-265VAC 1:1
48
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
55
2006582-001
SCR W/WASHER M4X8
57
58017-001
BUTTON PPR TRAY MTG CASE 12
83
404525-001
LABEL BLANK 2 X 3/4
95
2004960-001
LABEL MAX-2 POWER RATING
98
2006539-001
LABEL CASE WORKSURFACE LIGHT
104
45177-204
SCREW PH 2-25 X .25LG
105
70437-005
LABEL SYMBOL GROUND
106
4528-106
CLAMP CABLE CUSH-.31 ID
110
70437-002
LABEL, SYMBOL, EQUIP.
116
2004297-001
WELDMENT CARD CAGE
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-27
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 9: Power Detail
9-28
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 9, Power Detail Loc Num
Revision F
Item Number
Item Description
11
2004064-001
PCB CASE USB WRITER
20
421491-001
EMI FILTER 6A LOW LEAKAGE 250V
30
2004974-001
HARN POWER INLET W/TOROID
31
2004975-001
HARN POWER FILTER
40
2005124-001
PWR SPLY SW 75W MED 4 OUTS 5/12/-12/12
44
420025-003
POWER SUPPLY SWIT 75W-15V
48
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
53
411059-006
SCREW SEMS PH M3-.5X6 ZIN,
80
2005342-001
BRACKET POWER SUPPLIES
112
4535-001
TIE WRAP 4.00 LG X .125W
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-29
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 10: Worksurface Detail
9-30
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 10, Worksurface Detail Loc Num
Item Number
Item Description
5
2003089-001
WORKSURFACE CASE
19
2004527-001
ACCESS CABLE
49
406831-001
HANDLE WRITER DOOR
64
45142-002
HINGE INVISIBLE SOSS 101
65
402019-001
SCREW 100FLHD 4-40 X 3/8
66
4520-306
WASHER LOCK EXIT #6,
73
405655-006
DOOR PAPER ACCESS
74
404811-001
TAB .25 FASTON LUG #6 STUD
87
2007786-009
NAMEPLATE 40MM GE LOGO DK BLUE
88
2026205-015
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (POLISH)
2026205-014
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (CZECH)
2026205-013
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (hUNGARIAN)
2026205-012
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (DANISH)
2026205-011
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (NORWEGIAN)
2026205-010
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (JAPANESE)
2026205-009
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (CHINESE)
2026205-008
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (RUSSIAN)
2026205-007
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (DUTCH)
2026205-006
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (ITALIAN)
2026205-005
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (SPANISH)
2026205-004
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (SWEDISH)
2026205-003
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (FRENCH)
2026205-002
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (GERMAN)
2026205-001
KIT, KEYPAD ASSEMBLY (ENGLISH)
2004605-002
ASSY STRESS KEYPAD 22 KEY CASE SERIES1
2004915-016-
LABEL STRESS KEYPAD (PORTUGUESE)1
93
45000-604
SCREW SEMS PH 6-32X1/4
99
2006538-001
LABEL BIOS SETUP CASE
111
409561-001
WASHER, M2, SS
1. NOTE: Both 2004605-002 and 2004915-016 are required to replace the keypad on a Portuguese unit.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-31
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 11: Trays and Holders
FRUs in Drawing 11, Trays and Holders Loc Num
9-32
Item Number
Item Description
70
418277-601
TRAY PAPER CASE
71
418277-602
HOLDER-ACQ MODULE CASE
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
Drawing 12: Electrical Diagram
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-33
Upper Level Assembly: Field Replaceable Units
FRUs in Drawing 12, Electrical Diagram Loc Num
9-34
Item Number
Item Description
27
2004972-001
HARN LIGHT INTERNAL CASE
28
2004972-002
HARN LIGHT EXTERNAL CASE
29
2004977-002
HARN PWRSPLY TO PDBD LONG
30
2004974-001
HARN POWER INLET W/TOROID
31
2004975-001
HARN POWER FILTER
32
2004976-001
HARN PS1/PS2/PWRDIST
33
2004977-001
HARN PWRSPLY TO PDBD SHORT
34
2004979-001
ASSY ISOLATION XFMR 150VA 90V-265VAC 1:1
35
2004980-001
HARN RIBBON WRITER
36
2004981-001
HARN ATX POWER
37
2004982-001
HARN POWER HARD/FLOPPY DRIVE
39
2004986-001
HARN RESET SWITCH CASE
41
2028841-010
CABLE PC DISK DRIVE FDD
42
418653-031
CABLE USB A TO B 1M WHITE
43
419783-001
CABLE IDE DUAL 533 MM
45
80307-059
WIRE GROUND CASE
47
2007206-001
WIRE GROUND W/CHOKE
48
2004111-001
BUSHING SNAP HEYCO .875 DIA SHORTY
77
2006581-001
BUSHING SNAP PLASTIC 3.0IN
90
2006195-001
HARN POWER CDRW
91
700708-001
RIBBON CABLE 10P 170MM
92
2006194-001
CABLE POWER DISPLAY
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Documentation FRUs
Documentation FRUs The following table identifies the documentation available for CASE v6.5 and their part numbers.. Part Number
Revision F
Description
2027786-078
CASE Op Manual ENG
2027786-083
CASE Op Manual GER
2027786-086
CASE Op Manual FRE
2027786-089
CASE Op Manual DUT
2027786-092
CASE Op Manual ITA
2027786-095
CASE Op Manual SPA
2027786-098
CASE Op Manual SWE
2027786-101
CASE Op Manual DAN
2027786-104
CASE Op Manual NOR
2027786-107
CASE Op Manual RUS
2027786-110
CASE Op Manual HUN
2027786-113
CASE Op Manual CZE
2027786-116
CASE Op Manual SLA
2027786-120
CASE Op Manual POL
2027786-127
CASE Op Manual JPN
2027786-130
CASE Op Manual CHS
2027786-185
CASE Op Manual POR
2027786-082
CASE Service Manual ENG
2027786-141
CASE CLIENT OP Manual ENG
2027786-144
CASE CLIENT OP Manual GER
2027786-146
CASE CLIENT OP Manual FRE
2027786-148
CASE CLIENT OP Manual DUT
2027786-150
CASE CLIENT OP Manual ITA
2027786-152
CASE CLIENT OP Manual SPA
2027786-154
CASE CLIENT OP Manual SWE
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-35
Upper Level Assembly: Documentation FRUs
Part Number
9-36
Description
2027786-156
CASE CLIENT OP Manual DAN
2027786-158
CASE CLIENT OP Manual NOR
2027786-160
CASE CLIENT OP Manual RUS
2027786-162
CASE CLIENT OP Manual HUN
2027786-164
CASE CLIENT OP Manual CZE
2027786-166
CASE CLIENT OP Manual SLA
2027786-168
CASE CLIENT OP Manual POL
2027786-170
CASE CLIENT OP Manual JPN
2027786-172
CASE CLIENT OP Manual CHS
2027786-188
CASE CLIENT OP Manual POR
2027786-143
CASE CLIENT Service Manual ENG
2027786-142
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide ENG
2027786-145
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide GER
2027786-147
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide FRE
2027786-149
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide DUT
2027786-151
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide ITA
2027786-153
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide SPA
2027786-155
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide SWE
2027786-157
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide DAN
2027786-159
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide NOR
2027786-161
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide RUS
2027786-163
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide HUN
2027786-165
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide CZE
2027786-167
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide SLA
2027786-169
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide POL
2027786-171
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide JPN
2027786-173
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide CHS
2027786-189
CASE CLIENT Sw.Install.& Upgr.Guide POR
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Upper Level Assembly: Documentation FRUs
Part Number 2025521-xxx
22745001
TBD
Revision F
Description KISS MULTILEAD Op. Manual (will be available in 14 languages)
KISS Service Manual
Installation Manual KISS MAC5000 in dif. Languages
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
9-37
Upper Level Assembly: Documentation FRUs
For your notes
9-38
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Appendix A Abbreviations
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
A-1
A-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations
Standard Abbreviations A A A-ang A-arh A-coa A-hyp A1 - A4 AAMI ABP ac, AC ACLS A/D Adj AG Ah AHA Al AllRam AllSec AllTrk ALT Alt-Off am, AM AM-1 AM-1M AM-2 AM-3 AM-4 amp Ampl AMU ANA ANLG AnsrTone A/O ASCII ASSY Attn AUG AUST AUSTRALN Auto AutoRhym AUX aVF avg aVL
Revision F
ampere antianginal antiarrhythmic anticoagulants antihypertensive auxiliary leadwires American Association of Medical Instrumentation ambulatory blood pressure alternating current Advanced Cardiac Life analog-to-digital adjustable automotive glass ampere hours American Heart Association aluminum all RAM all sector all track alternate alternate offset acquisition module, ante meridiem acquisition module-1 acquisition module-1 modified acquisition module-2 acquisition module-3 acquisition module-4 ampere amplifier ambulatory monitoring unit analog analog answer tone Analog Output American Standard Code for Information Interchange assembly attention August Australian Australian automatic automatic rhythm auxiliary augmented left leg lead average augmented left arm lead
aVR AWG
augmented right arm lead American Wire Gage B
Bd BDGH BetaB BKSP BLK BLU Blvd BP BPM BRIT BRN BSI Btu
board, baud binding head beta blockers backspace black blue boulevard blood pressure beats per minute Britain brown British Standards Institute British thermal unit C
CalcBlk CAPOC CASE Catoprl Cauc Cer CFM CGR Ch, CH C/L CLK Clonid cm cm2 Cmd CMMR CMOS c/o COM1 COM2 ComLink Comp Confrmd Cont, CONT Coumadn R U CR CRC CRD
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
calcium blockers Computer Assisted Practice of Cardiology Computer Aided System for Exercise Catopril Caucasian ceramic cubic feet/minute computer graphic record channel center line clock signal Clonidine centimeter square centimeters command number common mode rejection ratio complementary metal-oxide semiconductor in care of communications port 1 communications port 2 communications link composition confirmed Continental, continued Coumadin cardiopulmonary resuscitation central processing unit diode cyclic redundancy check cord
A-3
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations crt, CRT CSA CTRL
cathode ray tube Canadian Standards Association control
ESD etc, etc. EURO EXP
electrostatic discharge et cetera Europe, European Expanded
D D/A DA dac, DAC DAN Dat/Tim dBm dc, DC DD DDD DEC Del DEMO DES DevId Diag Digital Digitox Digox Digoxin DIP Dirctry Diurt DOB DOS DP DPST DRAM DR/DT DSKTP Dysopyr
digital to analog damping relay digital-to-analog converter Danish date/time decibel (referenced to 1 milliwatt into 600 ohms) direct current double density, day Digital Diagnostic Diskette Digital Equipment Corporation, December delete demonstration designation device identification diagnostic Digitalis Digitoxin digoxin Digoxin-Lanoxin dual in-line package directory diuretics date of birth disk operating system diametral pitch double-pole, single-throw dynamic RAM digital recording/digital transmission desktop Dysopyramide E
E ecg, Ecg, ECG ECO EDIC EEPROM e.g. EGA EMF EMI ENG EOF EPIC EPLD EPROM
A-4
enable, vector electrode site, vector lead electrocardiogram Engineering Change Order Electrocardiograph Digital Information Center electrically erasable programmable ROM for example enhanced graphics adapter electromotive force electromagnetic interference English end of file Electronic Patient Information Chart electrically programmable logic device eraseable, programmable, read-only memory
F F F1-F5 Fax FCC FE FILH FLH FLRAM FR FrntEnd FSK ft Furosem
fuse, Farad, female function keys 1 through 5 facsimile Federal Communications Commission front end fillister head flat head flash RAM French front end frequency shift keying foot, feet Furosemide G
g GB GERM GND GRN GRY
gram, acceleration due to gravity Great Britain German, ground, digital ground (dc common) green gray H
H HDLC Hex, HEX HH HiRes Hr Hydral Hz
high, vector electrode site, vector lead high-level data link control hexagon, hexadecimal hour high-resolution hour Hydralazine Hertz (cycles per second) I
I I, II, III IC ID i.e. IEC in IN inc, inc., INC Info Ins I/O I/P ISA
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
on, input, vector electrode site limb leads integrated circuit identification that is International Electrotechnical Commission inch input incorporated information insert input/output input industry standard architecture
Revision F
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations Isosorb IT
MMM mm/mV mm/s Modem MOS MPE ms MS-DOS MTBF mtg MTR mux mV mVR
Isosorbide Italian, Italy J
JAN JIS
January Japan Industrial Standards K
k, K Kb, KB kg, Kg kHz, KHz kV, KV Kyb
kilo, 1000, 1024 kilobyte kilogram kilohertz kilovolt keyboard
N
L L L1 L2 LA lb LCD Lcl Line Ld Grps LED LH Lidoca LL Loc Loc LogRetry Ltd
N n/a NA NC Nitrate NLQ NMI NMOS No NO norm nS NSR
line level one level two left arm pound liquid crystal display local line lead groups light-emitting diode left hand Lidocaine left leg location Local MAC PC log retry limited
mA MAC mains voltage
max Measure Med MEM MF MHz min Misc mm MM
Revision F
neutral not available not applicable no connection nitrates near letter quality non-maskable interrupt N-channel metal-oxide semiconductor number normally open normal nanoseconds Normal Sinus Rhythm O
M m M
month millimeter per millivolt millimeter per second modulator/demodulator metal oxide semiconductor metallized polycarbonate expitaxial milliseconds Microsoft Disk Operating System mean time between failures mounting MOTOR multiplexer millivolt minus (inverted) aVR
meter megabyte, metric, vector electrode site, vector lead, male milliamperes Microcomputer Augmented Cardiograph voltage of a supply mains between 2 line conductors of a polyphase system or voltage between the line conductor and the neutral of a single-phase system maximum measurements medications memory metal film megahertz minutes, minimum miscellaneous millimeter minute
O OE OEM OH OneSec ORG Orig OUT oz
off, original other errors original equipment manufacturer off-hook relay one sector orange original output ounce P
P p-p PA Params wds PatData PatInfo PATN PC PCB pF
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
P wave (section of the ECG waveform) peak-to-peak P wave amplitude parameters s patient data patient information patient printed circuit, personal computer printed circuit board picofarad
A-5
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations Pgm PgmId Phenoth Phenytn PID PLCC PM pm, PM PM-2 PM-3 pn, PN PNH PPA PR Pro-Off Procain PROM Propran PSK PSU Psych PUP PVC PWM PWR PWR CRD
program program identification Phenothiazide Phenytoin patient identification digit plastic leadless chip carrier power module post meridiem, preventive maintenance Power Module-2 Power Module-3 part number pan head P wave amplitude ECG signal interval progressive offset Procainamide programmable read-only memory Propranolol phase shift keying power supply unit psychotropic pull-up signal polyvinyl chloride pulse-width modulation power power cord Q
Q QA QAD QAM QC QD QRS QT QTC QTY Quinid
transistor quality assurance, Q wave amplitude Quality Assurance Deviation quadrature amplitude modulation (phase and amplitude modulation) quality control Q wave duration QRS complex (portion of ECG waveform), interval of ventricular depolarization QRS interval QRS interval quantity Quinidine R
R RA RAM RC RD Ref REN Reserp REV RevdBy RevXmit
A-6
resistor, red, reset right angle, right arm or R wave amplitude random access memory resistor capacitor R wave duration reference, refresh Ringer Equivalence Number Reserpine revision reviewed by reverse transmission
rf RFI RGB RI RL RMR ROM RPA RPD rpt, Rpt RTC RTI RTN RVS R/W
radio frequency radio frequency interference red, green, blue ring indicate right leg Rhythm and Morphology Report read only memory R wave amplitude R wave duration report real time clock relative to patient input return reverse read/write S
12SL s, S SA SB SCL SD SE sec sec.s SEER SING SP SPA SPDT SRAM ST-T standrd, Standrd STD STE STJ STM stmts, Stmts supply mains SVT sw, SW SW
12 simultaneous leads second, select, switch s wave amplitude slow-blow safe current limits schematic diagram, S wave duration serial input/output errors second seconds Solid-state Electronic ECG Recorder Singapore Spanish S wave amplitude single-pole, double-throw static RAM ST-T wave (section of the ECG waveform) standard standard ST segment displacement at the end ST segment displacement at the J point ST segment displacement at the mid-point between STJ and STE statements permanently installed power source power cord type; 300 V switch, software Swedish, Sweden T
T Tone TA Tant TDML TE Tech Thiazid TM
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
touch tone T wave amplitude tantalum treill timeout errors technical Thiazide trademark
Revision F
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations Tot TP TPA TRAM Tricyli TTL TVS
total test point T’ wave amplitude Transport Remote Acquisition Monitor Tricylic antidepressant transistor-transistor logic, TTL levels transient voltage suppressor U
UE uF UL Unconf UUT
undefined errors microfarad Underwriters’ Laboratory, Inc unconfirmed unit-under-test
Vent. VF VGA VIA VIO Volt VRAM vs
x XCV X,Y,Z
by (as in “8-1/2 x 11”) transceiver orthogonal leads Y
Y yr yrs YY
year, yellow year years year Symbols
V v, V V1-V6 V123 V3R V456 V4R V ac V dc VA Var VDE
X
volt, volts precordial leads V1, V2, V3 precordial lead V4, V5, V6 precordial lead volts, alternating current voltage, direct current volt-amperes variable Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (German regulatory agency) ventricular ventricular fibrillation video graphics array versatile interface adapter violet voltage video RAM versus
↑ µ µF µs, µsec 68K & # °C °F Ω % ® > < ± *
12SL
SHIFTed or alternate function micro microfarad microsecond 68000 and number degrees Celsius degrees Fahrenheit Ohm, ohm percent ed greater than less than plus or minus An asterisk after a signal name indicates the signal is active at its relatively lower potential, or “active-low.” Signals without the asterisk suffix are active at their relatively higher potential, or “active-high.” 12 simultaneous leads
W w/ W Warfar WHT WI
Revision F
with watt Warfarin white Wisconsin
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
A-7
Abbreviations: Standard Abbreviations
For your notes
A-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Appendix B Technical Description
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
B-1
B-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Technical Description: Technical Specifications
Technical Specifications
Table 1. Performance Specifications - Signal Processing Item
Description
Instrument type
Unity-enhanced cardiac stress testing system with 14 channel acquisition and programmable lead configurations. Celeron-based, NT technology platform and hard drive storage delivers local and MUSE database access.
ECG analysis frequency
500 Hz
ST measurements
ST amplitudes, slope, integral, index, ST/HR slope, ST/HR loops, ST/HR index up to 15 leads
E, J, and post-J point
Manual or computer selected
Signal processing technique
Incremental updating to minimize artifact in all leads
Baseline correction
Cubic Spline or Finite Residual Filter algorithm
QRS detection and analysis
Based on automatic or manual lead selection
ECG output
Real-time ECG/QRS beep/TTL synchronization output
Heart rate
Automatic arrhythmia detection, documentation and annotation
Full disclosure ECG
Beat-to-beat ECG record and event review
Reanalysis
Post-test medians remeasurement from E, J, post-J point selections
ECG interpretation (optional)
12SL Adult and Pediatric ECG Analysis Program
Additional ECG function
Vectorcardiography
Table 2. Performance Specifications - Data Acquisition Item
Description
Technology
Active, “Type BF” floating isolated powered 14 channel acquisition module with built-in lead-fail detection and lead prep impedance measurement
Sampling rate
Over-sampling @ 4000 Hz, 12 leads
Dynamic range
320 mV, ±10 mV signal superimposed on ±150 mV DC offset
Resolution
4.88 µV/LSB @ 500 Hz
Noise
< 15 µV peak-to-peak noise over 0.01 to 150 Hz (-3 dB) bandwidth
Frequency response
-3dB, display and writer
High filter
0.01 Hz (or 0.05 Hz, special use) with DC offset control
Low filter
20, 40, 100 or 150 Hz (selectable)
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
B-3
Technical Description: Technical Specifications
Table 2. Performance Specifications - Data Acquisition (Continued) Item
Description
Line filter
50.0 or 60.0 Hz notch filter (selectable)
Baseline correction
Cubic spline algorithm
Artifact/baseline correction
Finite Residual Filter (FRF) algorithm
Common mode rejection
> 140 dB (123 dB with AC filter disabled)
Input impedance
> 10MΩ @ 10 Hz, defibrillator protected
Patient leakage
< 10 µA
Pace detect
Orthogonal LA, LL, and V6; 750 µV @ 50 µs
Communication/storage
MUSE CV system compatible via diskette, network (optional) MUSE CV Web compatible for retrieval, view, printing of MUSE CV system data Local storage: minimum 10 GB hard drive storage of complete ECG record and test results CD-RW removable archive (optional) Adobe PDF export of final reports Microsoft Word export of configured reports XML or XL export of special data
Table 3. Display Item
Description
Type
LCD
Resolution
1280 x 1024
Size
19” diagonal DVI
Monitored leads
3, 6, or 15
Displayed leads
Number on screen 3 or 6 (12 lead check)
Format
3 rhythm, 3 rhythm + medians, 3 rhythm + trends, 6 rhythm, 4 x 2.5 + 1 rhythm, 2 x 6
Speeds
25, 50 mm/s
Sensitivity/Gain
2.5, 5, 10, 20 mm/mV
Displayed vital signs data (configurable)
Heart rate, target heart rate, blood pressure, exercise clock, stage clock, phase clock, protocol, speed, grade, Watts, METS, RPP, and SpO2
Other displayed data
ST scan/median complexes, arrhythmias, ventricular ectopic/min. counter, 3 to 15 waveforms, lead check torso and 12 leads, waterfall displays, trends, tabular summary, stored ECG strips, interpretation, time-of-day clock, patient name, warning messages and prompts
B-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Technical Description: Technical Specifications
Table 4. Writer Item
Description
Technology
“Instant” load thermal dot array
Leads
3, 6, 12, or 15 (standard, NEHB, Cabrera, configurable)
Speeds
5, 12.5, 25, and 50 mm/s (± 2%)
Sensitivity/Gain
2.5, 5, 10, or 20 mm/mV (± 5%)
Resolution
Horizontal 1000 lines/s x 200 dpi dedicated local printing, 200 x 200 dpi generic printing
Paper type
Thermal, perforated, fanfold, 300 sheets per pack
Paper size
A size 214.63 mm x 280 mm (8.45 in. x 11.7 in.)
Table 5. Environmental - Power Requirements Item
Description
Power supply
AC operation only
Operating voltage range
100-135 VAC, 45-63 Hz, 2.8 A 180-240 VAC, 45-63 Hz, 1.4 A
Power consumption
350 Watts maximum <250 Watts normal <30 Watts standby
1200 BTU/Hr 850 BTU/Hr 100 BTU/Hr
Operating conditions Temperature Humidity Pressure
+10 to + 40° C (+50 to 104° F) 20 to 95% RH non-condensing 700 to 1060 hPa
Storage/Transport conditions Temperature Humidity Pressure
-40 to +70° C (-40 to 158° F)* 15 to 95% RH non-condensing 500 to 1060 hPa
*. Paper discoloration may occur at higher temperatures.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
B-5
Technical Description: Technical Specifications
Table 6. Physical Item
Description
Height
125 cm (49 in.) floor to display shelf.
Width
62 cm (24 in.) with paper tray removed
Depth
75 cm (29 in.)
Weight
66.6 kg (147.5 lbs.) without monitor and KISS pump
Interfaces included
Acquisition module Keyboard (PS/2) and dedicated stress keypad (USB) Mouse (PS/2) Built-in thermal printer (USB) Parallel printer port (LPT1) Only printers modified by GE Medical Systems Information Technologies are allowed to be installed. Full Duplex IEEE 802.3 10 Base-T and 100 BaseTX compatible through RJ45, MUSE compatible 6 Serial ports (COM 1-2, COM A-D); treill, BP, ergometer, SpO2 4 Analog and 1 TTL (trigger) output; analog ergometer, camera synch., etc. Diskette drive; 3 ½ in., 1.44 MB PC-compatible for data storage CD-R/W drive; for software updates and optional patient data archival
Table 7. Safety Item Certification
Description UL 2601-1 classified UL classified for CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 601.1 CB certified for IEC 601-1CSA certification CE marking for Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices Meets applicable AAMI EC-11 requirements
Type of protection against electrical shock
Class 1
Degree of protection against ingress of liquids
Ordinary
Handling of disposable supplies and other consumables
Use only parts and accessories manufactured or recommended by GE. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for use for disposable/consumable product. Follow local environmental guidelines concerning the disposal of hazardous materials.
Patient mode of operation
Continuous
Patient leakage current
<10 µA
Degree of protection against electrical shock
Type BF defibrillation protection for the patient cable (acquisition module)
Maintenance frequency
B-6
Recommended daily visual inspection and cleaning. Recommended six-month routine maintenance checks and test procedures performed by qualified technical personnel.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Appendix C Electromagnetic Compatibility
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
C-1
For your notes
C-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Changes or modification to this system not expressly approved by GE Medical System could cause EMC issues with this or other equipment. This system is designed and tested to comply with applicable regulation regarding EMC and needs to be installed and put into service according to the EMC information stated as follows. WARNINGS Use of portable phones or other radio frequency (RF) emitting equipment near
the system may cause unexpected or adverse operation. The equipment or system should not be used adjacent to, or stacked with, other equipment. If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the equipment or system should be tested to normal operation in the configuration in which it is being used.
Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Emissions The CASE is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. It is the responsibility of the Emissions Test
Revision F
Compliance
RF emissions CISPR11
Group 1
RF emissions CISPR11
Class A
Harmonic Emissions EN 61000-3-2
Class A
Voltage fluctuations/ Flicker emissions EN 61000-3-3
Complies
customer or to ensure that the CASE is used in such an environment. Electromagnetic Environment - Guidance The equipment uses RF energy only for its internal function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause any interference in nearby electronic equipment. The equipment is suitable for use in all establishments other than domestic establishments and those directly connected to the public low-voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
C-3
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Immunity The CASE is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. It is the responsibility of the
Immunity Test
EN 60601 Test Level
customer or to ensure that the CASE is used in such an environment.
Compliance Level
Electromagnetic Environment Guidance
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) EN 61000-4-2
± 6 kV ± 8 kV air
± 6 kV ± 8 kV air
Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic tile. If floors are covered with synthetic material, the relative humidity should be at least 30%.
Electrical fast transient/burst EN 61000-4-4
± 2 kV for power supply lines ±1 kV for input/output lines
± 2 kV for power supply lines ±1 kV for input/output lines
Mains power should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.
Surge EN 61000-4-5
± 1 kV differential mode ± 2 kV common mode
± 1 kV differential mode ± 2 kV common mode
Mains power should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment.
Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations on power supply input lines EN 61000-4-11
<5% Ut (>95% dip in Ut) for 0.5 cycles 40% Ut (60% dip in Ut) for 5 cycles 70% Ut (30% dip in Ut) for 25 cycles <5% Ut (>95% dip in Ut) for 5 sec
<5% Ut (>95% dip in Ut) for 0.5 cycles 40% Ut (60% dip in Ut) for 5 cycles 70% Ut (30% dip in Ut) for 25 cycles <5% Ut (>95% dip in Ut) for 5 sec
Mains power should be that of a typical commercial or hospital environment. If the of the CASE requires continued operation during power mains interruptions, it is recommended that the CASE be powered from an uninterruptible power supply or a battery.
Power frequency (50/60 Hz) magnetic field EN 61000-4-8
3 A/m
3 A/m
Power frequency magnetic fields should be at levels characteristics of a typical location in a typical commercial or hospital environment.
NOTE Ut is the AC mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
C-4
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Guidance and Manufacturer’s Declaration – Electromagnetic Immunity The CASE is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. It is the responsibility of the Immunity Test
EN 60601 Test Level
customer or to assure that the CASE is used in such an environment.
Compliance Level
Electromagnetic Environment – Guidance Portable and mobile RF communications equipment should not be used closer to any part of the equipment, including cables, than the recommended separation distance calculated from the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter. Recommended separation distance
Conducted RF EN 61000-4-6
3 Vrms 150 KHz to 80 MHz
2.6 V rms
Radiated RF EN 61000-4-3
3 V/m 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
1.8 V/m
d = 1.2
P
d = 1.2
P 80 MHz to 800 MHz
d = 2.3
P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer, and d is the recommended separation distance in meters (m). Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an electromagnetic site surveya, should be less than the compliance level in each frequency rangeb. Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following symbol:
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies. NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by reflection from structures, objects, and people. a Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radio, AM and FM radio broadcast, and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the equipment is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the equipment should be observed to normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the equipment. b Over the frequency range 150 KHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
C-5
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Recommended Separation Distances controlled. The customer or the of the CASE can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the CASE as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.
The table below provides the recommended separation distances (in meters) between portable and mobile RF communication equipment and the CASE. The CASE is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment on which radiated RF disturbances are
Separation Distance in Meters (m) According to Frequency of Transmitter Rated Maximum Output Power of Transmitter in Watts
150 kHz to 80 MHz outside ISM bands
0.01
0.12
0.12
0.12
0.23
0.1
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.73
1
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.3
10
3.8
3.8
3.8
7.3
100
12
12
12
23
d = 1.2
P
150 kHz to 80 MHz in ISM bands d = 1.2
80 MHz to 800 MHz
P
d = 1.2
P
800 MHz to 2.5 GHz d = 2.3
P
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance [d] in meters (m) can estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (w) according to the transmitter manufacturer. NOTE These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects, and people.
C-6
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Compliant Cables and Accessories WARNING The use of accessories, transducers and cables other than those specified may result in increased emissions or decreased immunity performance of the equipment or system.
Part No
Revision F
The table below lists cables, transducers, and other applicable accessories with which GE Medical Systems claims EMC compliance. NOTE Any supplied accessories that do not affect EMC compliance are not included. Description
Maximum Lengths
2019792-001
Cable Assy DVI-D to DVI-D Video
1.8m
700609-001
Cable Treill to Stress Sys
6.096m
900995-001
Cam 14
NA
2026400-001
Display LCD 17” NEC 1770NX
N/A
2023603-001
Display LCD 19” NEC 19805XI
N/A
2032323-001
Display LCD CHILIN TECH MDC1900
N/A
2005125-0XX
Keyboard
NA
901142-001
Kit Cam 14 Resting W/AHA Adaptors
NA
901142-002
Kit Cam 14 Resting W/IEC Adaptors
NA
420403-001
Mouse Two Button Logitech
NA
401855-0XX
Power Supply Cord European 10A 250V
2.5m
405535-002
Power Supply Cord US 15A 125V
3.0m
2008712-001
Pump Internal KISS CASE
NA
400073-001
Serial Comm. Cable 8 Pin Mini DIN
6.1m
2031030-001
Set KISS Multilead for Ger, Eng, Fre
N/A
2031030-004
Set KISS Multilead for Hun, Cze, Sla
N/A
2031030-002
Set KISS Multilead for Ita, Spa, Dut
N/A
2031030-006
Set KISS Multilead for Jpn, Chs
N/A
2031030-005
Set KISS Multilead for Rus, Pol
N/A
2031030-003
Set KISS Multilead for Swe, Dan, Nor
N/A
2024040-001
Set Upgrade Electrodes A1-A4
N/A
2024038-001
Set Upgrade Electrodes FRANK
N/A
2024039-001
Set Upgrade Electrodes NEHB
N/A
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
C-7
Electromagnetic Compatibility: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
For your notes
C-8
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
Appendix D CASE Files
Revision F
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
D-1
For your notes
D-2
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
CASE Files: Directory Structure and Notes on CASE Files
Directory Structure and Notes on CASE Files the examination data, speech entries and the configuration data. After calling up CASE, the directory structure is as follows:
When installing CASE, a subdirectory (default: D:\CASE) is created into which the files required for execution are copied. When calling up CardioSoft for the first time, several subdirectories are then created in this directory for CARDIO
DATABASE
Databases for Patient Examination Data
RESTECG
Resting ECG Reports
SPIR
Spirograms
SOUND
Sound Files from all Examinations.
ONLINE
Full Disclosure ECG from all Examinations.
SETUP
Configurations
TAPE
Dictated Data
AVER
Late Potential Reports
DOC
manual and Help Files
CAS
Ergometry Reports
NARRATIV
Configured report templates
ONL500
not used
ONL2000
not used
RHK
Right-Heart-Catheterization
HOLTERBP
Long-Term Blood Pressure Reports
EXTPROG
Reports from all External Progs.
DIAGS
Diagnostic Software
HELP
Help files
WRITER
Thermal Writer Windows Driver
Files in Windows system32 directory: CardioSoft requires the following files from the Windows system32 directory: Filename mfc42.dll msvcrt.dll
Visual C++ class library Functions
hel_grid.ttf
Special Font
msflxgrd.ocx
Revision F
Description
Flex Grid Tools for Stress Test Table
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
D-3
CASE Files: Directory Structure and Notes on CASE Files
File name nomenclature of the examination procedure The file name consists of the following components:
U: ultrasound X: external programs
the ID letter for the examination procedure
Y: X-ray
A: late potential analysis
Z: Right-Heart-Catheterization
B: ambulatory blood pressure measurement
the identification letter for the compression
C: Ergometry
C: compressed
H: Holter ECG
U: uncompressed
K: cardiac catheterization
the internal patient ID
N: STAT (emergency) ECG
6-digit with leading zeros
R: Resting ECG
the internal examination ID, which gives additional file data
S: spirometry T: stress echocardiography
3-digit with leading zeros
File in the Windows INF directory CardioSoft requires the following file in the Windows INF Filename
directory: Description
camusb.inf
Information file for the USB cam device
Files in the Windows directory Cardiosoft creates the following files in the Windows Filename
Description
cardio.ini
Initialization file that stores program settings. These settings
ca_sys.ini
Initialization file that stores system settings.
erg_prot_vsan.dat
NOTE The program settings in cardio.ini can be allocated with an identifier and stored in the help functions under Settings in the \SETUP directory, thus making them available to all s of a network (load help functions under Settings). Up to 10 settings can be stored with file names from SETUP0.INI to SETUP9.INI. Stress test driver settings are stored in file PA5V0.DAT to PA5V9.DAT.
D-4
directory:
Data file that stores the settings for the stress test driver (e.g., ergometer, treill). NOTE If the profiles in erg_prot_vsan.dat are modified or recreated, the file should be saved. It has been known for this file to have been deleted during new installations. It can also prove useful to assign the file with the attribute READONLY. This prevents overwriting or deletion. However, this attribute must be removed again before making any new changes in the profile. It is more advisable, however, to make a backup of the file as it cannot then be lost, even in the event of a hard disk error.
CASE Exercise Testing System 2027786-082
Revision F
gemedical.com World Headquarters GE Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. 8200 West Tower Avenue Milwaukee, WI 53223 USA Tel: + 1 414 355 5000 1 800 558 5120 (US only) Fax: + 1 414 355 3790
European Representative GE Medical Systems Information Technologies GmbH Munzinger Straße 3-5 D-79111 Freiburg Tel: + 49 761 45 43 - 0 Fax: + 49 761 45 43 - 233
Asia Headquarters GE Medical Systems Information Technologies Asia; GE (China) Co., Ltd. 24th Floor, Shanghai MAXDO Center, 8 Xing Yi Road, Hong Qiao Development Zone Shanghai 200336, P.R. China Tel: + 86 21 5257 4650 Fax: + 86 21 5208 2008
Related Documents 3h463d
Case - Servicemanual 86k3f
August 2021 0
Ir105 Servicemanual 3pb6b
November 2019 86
W20-servicemanual 5qw25
May 2022 0
Roland-spd-s-servicemanual 6m4g4q
December 2019 69
S6-650 Servicemanual 141e4z
October 2019 71
i Popcorn Hussar Servicemanual 3z372a
April 2023 0More Documents from "Doron Forshtat" 1l5st
Case - Servicemanual 86k3f
August 2021 0
What Is So Special About Spoof Mail Attack -part 3#9.pdf 303r3z
April 2023 0
4p345f
January 2023 0
Pokemon Theme Song k568
May 2020 18